Innovative Systems 2015
LED Constant-current Systems LED modules, constant-current drivers and connecting technology LED Modules for Direct Connections to Mains Voltage Downlights, DecoLEDs and LEDSpots Components for Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment 24 V LED Systems LED modules, converters, colour control units and connecting technology Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications LED Lamps Replacement for low-voltage and mains voltage halogen incandescent lamps LiCS Indoor Lighting control systems for indoor applications LiCS Outdoor Lighting control systems for outdoor applications
06/2015 | www.vossloh-schwabe.com
Vossloh-Schwabe
LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS
Vossloh-Schwabe Vossloh-Schwabe is not merely a provider of top-quality system solutions for the lighting industry, but above all makes a competent and innovative contribution to setting market trends in the field of LED lighting. Numerous VS project solutions implemented on the basis of entire LED systems are currently satisfying the high requirements placed on energyefficient lighting all over the world. Employing approximately 1000 people in more than 20 countries, Vossloh-Schwabe is represented all over the world. As a subsidiary of the Japanese Panasonic Group, VS can draw on extensive resources for R&D as well as for international expansion activities. A highly motivated workforce, comprehensive market knowledge, profound industry expertise as well as eco-awareness and environmental responsibility show Vossloh-Schwabe to be a reliable partner for the provision of optimum and cost-effective LED lighting solutions. But Vossloh-Schwabe naturally also continues to provide all components needed in the field of conventional lighting technology. Vossloh-Schwabe's dedication to delivering superior quality is reflected in its ISO 9001 certification. Vossloh-Schwabe is ready to embark on a collaborative journey into an economically illuminated LED future.
Some lighting applications continue to rely on conventional technologies. Please see our separate Standard Technology Catalogue for product details.
2
Contents
LED System Overview
1
2
3
4
LED Constant-current System LUGA Line LED Line SMD Kit LED Line SMD L14/28/56 LED Line SMD Slim LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 LED Line Fix SMD LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 LED Line AluFix SMD LED Light Panel SMD LUGA Shop 2015 LUGA C 2015 LED industry and hall lighting SYM I SYM II SYM I – Allround SYM II – Allround Industrial FlatEmitter SMD LUGA Industrial 2014 10,000 lm LUGA C 2015, Optics LED street and outdoor lighting M-Class S-Class AreaLED M-Class – Allround S-Class – Allround AreaLED – Allround Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD 3000–11,000 lm PowerEmitter TriplePowerEmitter PowerOptics Reflectors for PowerEmitter XP modules Heat sinks for LED modules XP and XML Thermal tapes LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage LEDSpot ReadyLine IP LEDSpot ReadyLine MR16 ReadyLine S ReadyLine DL ReadyLine C LED Downlights Pro and Prime DecoLED
LEDSpots LEDSpot overview ShopLine LEDSpot ActiveLine LEDSpots
6–7 8–91 10–13 14–16 17–19 20–21 22–26 27–29 30–33 34–35 36 37–41 42–46 47–63 49–52 53–56 57–58 59 60 61 62–63 64–82 65–69 70–73 74–77 78–79 80 81 82 83–84 84–85 86–88 89 89 90–91
5
LED Constant-current Drivers For office lighting For retail lighting For residential lighting For street lighting For industrial lighting iProgrammer
138–182 141–150 151–159 160–167 168–176 177–181 182
Protection and Power Adjustment Luminaire protection device Inrush current limiter Power switches Switch units Resistor network
183–191 184–185 186 187–189 190 191
24 V Systems High Power 24-V-CA modules LEDLine Flex SMD Professional AluLED IP20 / IP64 Colour control modules – DigiLED CA LED connection technology LED converters for LED modules 24 V and 12 V
192–212 194–195 196–197 198–199 200–202 203–204 205–212
Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications
213–215
LED Lamps Low-voltage replacement Mains voltage replacement
216–223 217–219 220–223
10
Technical Details for LED Applications
224–229
11
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Systems overview Light Controller IP/DALI, LightBox Light Controller L / LS and LW / LSW Light Controller S / XS Extender / Extender Flex MultiSensors Industry sensors High Bay Technical details
230–255 232–233 234–235 236–237 238–239 240 241 242 243–255
12
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Smart Night Flex Night Managed Night Accessories
256–272 260–261 262–264 265–270 271–272
Table of Reference Numbers
273–280
6
7
8 9
92–104 93 94 95–96 97 98–104 105–111 106–109 110–111
112–137 113 114–121 122–127 128–137
3
LED Systems
LED SYSTEM LED MODULES, OPERATING DEVICES AND CONNECTING TECHNOLOGY
Vossloh-Schwabe is not merely a provider of top-quality system solutions Systems and Components for Lighting Applications with LEDs Thanks to the characteristics and advantages of LED modules over conventional light sources, there is almost no limit to the ways in which LED modules can be used, and new applications are being found on a continuous basis. The usefulness of LED modules stretches from architecture and furniture design right through to creating atmospheric lighting in homes, shops, bars and restaurants. LED modules can be integrated into existing lighting systems or integrated into the respective application as a separate light source. These LED modules are dimmable if used with a suitable LED ballast and a matching control unit. Vossloh-Schwabe develops and manufactures LED modules in different performance classes and shapes on the basis of COB and SMD technology with a comparably minimal decrease in luminous flux over a module's service life and with extremely high colour stability. The DigiLED series makes a high-performance range of colour-control modules for polychromatic control of LED modules using RGB technology available to users. The digital technology and user-friendly interfaces guarantee LED lighting is simple to use. Vossloh-Schwabe's high-quality electronic LED control gear, which is available in various performance classes and designs, is designed to supply power to voltage- and constant-current-operated LED applications. Vossloh-Schwabe's range of LED lighting systems and components is rounded off by connection components for integrating LED modules into lighting applications. Different joining elements to match the individual LED modules guarantee simple, low-cost and soldering-free assembly.
Maryling, Milan VS products: LUGA Shop COB and LED drivers Photographer/Architect: Casonato
4
Giordano, Jakarta
Foyer of the Torre Agbar tower
Giordano in the Living World Mall, Jakarta
Torre Agbar, Barcelona
The entire Living World Mall in Jakarta is illuminated solely using LEDs. The mall is located in Jakarta's Serpong business park and features a large selection of international brands, including the fashion outlet Giordano.
With its height of 142 metres, 34 floors above ground level and a usable floor space totalling 39,000 square metres, the Torre Agbar – Catalan for "Agbar Tower" – is one of Catalonia's tallest buildings and the new symbol of the 22@Barcelona technology centre.
Due to the increase in energy costs in Indonesia, retailers and tenants in the Living World Mall were encouraged to convert to LED lamps and with that ensure a reduction in power consumption.
Designed by architect Jean Nouvel in cooperation with the b720 Arquitectos company, the tower's dazzling, 16,000 square metre façade lets the tower appear like a water fountain. The outer aluminium shell of the tower resembles the skin of a reptile or a large, fluid, organic mass. The mountains of Montserrat and the works of the Catalan architect, Antoni Gaudí, served as inspiration for the shape of the tower.
The choice was easy to make: Vossloh-Schwabe's highly efficient PAR38 LED lamps with their service life of up to 45,000 hours and a correspondingly low need for maintenance proved to be ideal for the project. Thanks to the E27 base and 38° radiation angle of the PAR38 lamps, exchanging the previously installed 70 W HID lamps required only minimal effort. Apart from the expected energy savings, these new LED lamps have also resulted in a decisive reduction in CO2 emissions in the interest of countering global warming. Available in different colour temperatures and with various angles of radiation, these dimmable LED lamps are mercury-free, energy-saving and will not impair products (IR- and UV-free). In addition, their energy efficiency, eco-friendliness and high light output have set standards for other Giordano outlets. LED lamps are set to feature in further Giordano branches in the future. Photos: Giordano, Serpong, Jakarta, Indonesia
The special colours of the tower were also chosen for a reason. As the client, Grupo Agbar, is Barcelona's municipal waterworks (Aguas de Barcelona, or Aigües de Barcelona in Catalan), this influenced the tower's iridescent and colourful appearance. The immediate vicinity of the building was designed in such a way as to give onlookers the impression that the tower is standing in a body of water. Consisting mainly of office space, a cafeteria and a multi-purpose hall, the building was inaugurated by the Spanish King on 16 October 2005. For Vossloh-Schwabe, the "Torre Agbar" project began in September 2011. A need had been identified to improve the lighting situation in the foyer, the only solution to which was energy-efficient LED lighting in combination with DALI drivers and a LiCS Indoor light management system made by Vossloh-Schwabe. In cooperation with the customer, a projectspecific luminaire was developed on the basis of the VS LED Shop module (3000 K). Photos Torre Agbar: José Tío
5
LED System Overview
LED System Overview by Application Fields LED modules • M-Class: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • S-Class: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • AreaLED: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD LED drivers • Capacity range: 40–150 W • Current supply: 350–1400 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V, power-reduction • Variants: PrimeLine and ComfortLine
STREET
Accessories Luminaire protection device, power switches, switch units
LED modules • High Power 24 V CA: White and RGB • LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor 24 V: White; Standard and High Brightness • AluLED: IP20, IP64; White and RGB LED Converters • ComfortLine 24 V: Capacity range: 20, 70, 75, 100, 130, 150 W Degree of protection: IP20, IP67 • ComfortLine 12 V: Capacity range: 12, 15, 30, 50, 70 W Degree of protection: IP20, IP67
ARCHITECTURE LED Colour control • DigiLED: Manuell, DALI, DMX, IR, RF, Push, Mono, Slave Accessories Connecting technology: flatband cable, connector, PCB distributor LED modules • SYM I: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • SYM II: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • LUGA Industrial • Industrial FlatEmitter SMD • LUGA C LED Converters • Capacity range: 20–230 W • Current supply: 350–1400 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V • Variants: ComfortLine and EasyLine
INDUSTRY Accessories Luminaire protection device, inrush current limiter, resistor network
6
LED System Overview
LED modules • LUGA Line: Linear COB modules • LED Line SMD: Kit, ECO, L14/28/56, Slim • LED Line Fix: LUGA and SMD • LED Line AluFix: LUGA and SMD • LED Light Panel SMD • AreaLED: IP20, IP66, Allround, LightEngine • Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD
OFFICE
LED drivers • Capacity range: 40–150 W • Current supply: 350–1400 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V, power-reduction • Variants: PrimeLine and ComfortLine Accessories Luminaire protection device, power switches, switch units
LED modules • LUGA Shop • LUGA C
LED-Spots and Downlights • ShopLine: Standard, NEXT, EVO • Activeline: LUGA, COB 9.1, COB 7.1, COB 6.1, Quad • Downlights Pro and Prime
LED drivers • Capacity range: 10–60 W • Current supply: 250–1050 mA • Dimming: DALI, PUSH, 1–10 V, 3C • Variants: PrimeLine, ComfortLine and EasyLine
LED Lamps • AR111 • PAR30, PAR38 • GU10
RETAIL Accessories Luminaire protection device, inrush current limiter, resistor network
RESIDENTIAL
LED modules • PowerEmitter • TriplePowerEmitter
LED Spots and Downlights • Single LEDSpots • ActiveLine Pro • DecoLEDs
LED modules for direct connection to mains • LEDSpot ReadyLine IP and MR16 • ReadyLine: S, DL and C
LED Lamps • MR16 • GU10
LED drivers • Capacity range: 5,2–36 W • Current supply: 150–1050 mA • Dimming: Phase-cut dimmable • Variants: ComfortLine and EasyLine Accessories Reflectors, Optics
7
Constant-current System
CONSTANT CURRENT LED MODULES, DRIVERS AND ACCESSORIES The LED modules dealt with in this chapter are constant-currentoperated, built-in modules whose circuit board does not feature its own power-supply electronics. Circular and linear modules featuring various chip types are available. Ensuring constant-current control of LED modules benefits permanent operation, efficiency (lm/Watt) and the service life of LEDs. Constantcurrent control is particularly important for high-performance LEDs, as a module brightness of up to 10,000 lm can be achieved. Various brightness levels can be set by selecting the requisite operating current (350 mA, 500 mA, 700 mA, 1050 mA). In this regard, the maximum admissible current must never be exceeded and heat development must be monitored.
Typical applications • Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes • Residential lighting • Reading lamps and spots • Entertainment • Retail lighting • Architectural lighting • Street lighting
The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at www.vossloh-schwabe.com.
8
Constant-current LED modules for all applications
Constant-current drivers for current-operated LED modules
Vossloh-Schwabe's constant-current-operated LED modules are characterised by their extreme efficiency, long service life and colour brilliance. The extensive range of different designs and brightness levels results in a multitude of application options.
To ensure safe operation of LEDs that are connected in series, the operating current must be kept at a constant value by the ballast. It is recommended to operate all high-performance LED modules in combination with an external constant-current driver.
Whether they are used for indoor or outdoor applications: VS LED modules can be found as a decorative and functional lighting source in offices, homes, buildings and on our streets. They are: • highly efficient, • characterised by a high CRI and • extremely versatile.
To ensure the same current flows through every LED, high-performance LEDs can only be connected in series. For each respective application, the source of the constant-current must be selected to ensure the required current and sufficient voltage are supplied to the LED modules. The number of LED modules that can be connected to control gear is dependent on the forward bias of the respective modules.
9
Constant-current System – Linear
LUGA Line RX 2015 Built-in PCB lighting modules The new LUGA Line RX 2015 is characterised by its particularly easy-to-use mounting and connection options (ZHAGA-compliant hole spacing). Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T5 and T8 lamps. I (cd/klm)
Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting
90° 75 60°
150 225 300 C0 – C180
C90 – C270
DML028 0.8
93.2±0.2 62.5 18.4±0.2
4.7
R2.35 (3x)
tc/tp
LES
0.7 1
3.7
Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x18.4 mm und 93 x18.4 mm On-board push terminal system WAGO 2059 Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 148 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80/> 90 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L80/B10: 50,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 60 pcs.
DML068 279.6±0.2 125
125
Type
Ref. No.
Colour
tc/tp
Ø4.7(5x)
Products under development; preliminary technical datas
62.5
1.7 1
18.4±0.2
4.7(5x)
62.5 R0.75
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.)
Beam
CRI
colour
and power consumption (Pel)**
angle
Ra
temperature*
350 mA
K
lm
°
typ.
82
lm/W
Pel = 5.9 W DML068
500 mA lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 8.6 W
lm
1050 mA lm/W
Pel = 12.3 W
lm
lm/W
Pel = 19.1 W
Utyp. = 16.8 V
Utyp. = 17.1 V
Utyp. = 17.6 V
Utyp. = 18.2 V
DML068C27FR
557979
warm white 2700
780
132
1070
124
1435
117
1980
104
120
DML068C30FR
557980
warm white 3000
810
137
1110
129
1490
121
2055
108
120
82
warm white 3000 (below BBL)
775
131
1065
124
1425
116
1965
103
120
82 82
DML068C30FBR 557981 DML068C35FR
557982
neutral white 3500
835
142
1150
134
1540
125
2125
111
120
DML068C40FR
557983
neutral white 4000
860
146
1185
138
1585
129
2185
114
120
84
neutral white 4000 (below BBL)
825
140
1135
132
1520
124
2095
110
120
84
DML068C40FBR 557984 DML068C50FR
557985
cool white
5000
875
148
1205
140
1615
131
2225
116
120
84
DML068C65FR
557986
cool white
6500
870
147
1200
140
1605
130
2215
116
120
84
DML068S31FR
557987
pearl white
3100
680
115
935
109
1260
102
1730
91
120
95
DML028C27FR
558100
warm white 2700
245
125
340
119
455
111
625
98
120
82
DML028C30FR
558101
warm white 3000
255
130
355
125
470
114
650
102
120
82
warm white 3000 (below BBL)
DML028
DML028C30FBR 558102
245
125
340
119
450
110
620
97
120
82
DML028C35FR
on request neutral white 3500
265
135
365
128
490
119
675
106
120
82
DML028C40FR
558103
neutral white 4000
270
138
375
132
505
123
690
108
120
84
neutral white 4000 (below BBL)
260
133
360
126
480
117
665
104
120
84
DML028C40FBR 558104 DML028C50FR
558105
cool white
5000
275
140
380
133
510
124
705
111
120
84
DML028C65FR
on request cool white
6500
275
140
380
133
510
124
700
110
120
84
DML028S31FR
558106
3100
215
110
295
104
400
97
550
86
120
95
pearl white
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15 % | Min. CRI Ra: > 80 / > 90
10
30°
Constant-current System – Linear
LUGA Line 2015 45 Chips
1
Built-in PCB lighting modules The linear LED COB modules produce a very high lumen output. The modules are available in warm white, neutral white and cool white; they can also be seamlessly connected (no gaps).
2 90° 75
225 300 C0 – C180
C90 – C270
tc
30°
(1.8) 0.6 Offset LES from center
280 +0.1 -0.3 product marking
24.5±0.1
1.8±0.1 1.0±0.1
24.5±0.1
280±0,2
280±0,2
1
5 6
15±2
24,5±0,2
X PCB-PCB connector
Feed-in connector
4
7
Connection example
X
3
60°
150
1,8
Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x15 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Ceramic PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 160 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 60 pcs.
I (cd/klm)
Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting
2.5±0.2 15±0.2
The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management. Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T5 and T8 lamps.
End connector
8 9
Type
Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs pcs.
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.)
Beam
CRI
colour
and power consumption (Pel)**
angle
Ra
temperature*
350 mA
K
lm
500 mA lm/W lm
Pel = 5.1 W LUGA Line 2015 with 45 LEDs
700 mA lm/W lm
Pel = 7.7 W
1050 mA lm/W
Pel = 11.5 W
lm
lm/W °
min.
typ.
10
Pel = 19.1 W
Utyp. = 14.7 V Utyp. = 15.4 V
Utyp. = 16.4 V
Utyp. = 18.2 V
DML059C27EC 556912 45
warm white
2700
725
142
1030
134
1400
122
2000
105
120
80
82
DML059C30EC 556926 45
warm white
3000
755
148
1075
140
1460
127
2080
109
120
80
82
DML059C30EBC 557228 45
warm white
3000 (below BBL) 715
140
1015
132
1380
120
1965
103
120
80
82
DML059C35EC 556927 45
neutral white 3500
775
152
1110
144
1500
130
2140
112
120
80
82
DML059C40EC 556928 45
neutral white 4000
800
157
1145
149
1550
135
2210
116
120
80
84
DML059C40EBC 557229 45
neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 745
146
1060
138
1440
125
2050
107
120
80
84
DML059C50EC 556929 45
cool white
5000
815
160
1165
151
1580
137
2250
118
120
80
84
DML059C65EC 556930 45
cool white
6500
805
158
1150
149
1560
136
2220
116
120
80
84
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80
11 12 11
Constant-current System – Linear
LUGA Line 2015 – FOOD Built-in PCB lighting modules The linear LED COB modules produce a very high lumen output. The modules are available in warm white, neutral white and cool white; they can also be seamlessly connected (no gaps). The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management. Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T5 and T8 lamps. Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x15 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Ceramic PCB for optimum thermal management Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 or > 70 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 60 pcs.
I (cd/klm)
Typical applications • Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Retail lighting especially for fresh food (bread, fruits, vegetables, meat) • Refrigerator lighting
90° 75
225 300 C0 – C180
C90 – C270
1,8
24.5±0.1
24.5±0.1
1.8±0.1 1.0±0.1
2.5±0.2 15±0.2
tc
30°
(1.8) 0.6 Offset LES from center
280 +0.1 -0.3 product marking
60°
150
Connection example 280±0,2
1
X
Ref. No. Colour
X PCB-PCB connector
Correlated Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage Typ. colour
Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
beam
tempera-
700 mA
angle
ture* (K)
lm
1050 mA lm/W
Pel = 11.5 W LUGA Line 2015 – FOOD
15±2
24,5±0,2
Feed-in connector
Type
280±0,2
lm
lm/W
Typ. CRI
°
Ra
End connector
Typical applications
Pel = 19.1 W
Utyp. = 16.4 V
Utyp. = 18.2 V
3000
850
74
1210
63
120
85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Bread, fruits, vegetables, cheese
DML059G40EC 556933 neutral white 4000
890
77
1265
66
120
85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Fish, drugstore, drapery
DML059M19EC 556934 "white effect" 2000
675
59
965
51
120
82
DML059M40EC 556935 "pink effect"
790
69
1125
59
120
70 (special spectrum: HiGa) Meat
DML059G30EC 566047 warm white
4000
Meat
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
12
Constant-current System – Linear
Accessories for LUGA Line Modules
1
Other lead lengths on request X±2
PCB–PCB connector Max. permissible current: 1.5 A Type: 893 Ref. No.: 551129 X = 43 mm Ref. No.: 549993 X = 61 mm Ref. No.: 549992 X = 220 mm
4,6
10±1 cabel(–);wire black,AWG28(7x0,127mm),UL10584
cabel(+);wire white,AWG28(7x0,127mm),UL10584
3 wires UL10584, 28AWG(7x0,127mm)
4 15±2
wires UL10584, 28AWG(7x0,127mm)
5
End connector Type: 893 Ref. No.: 551132
8.7
4.73
5
Thermally conductive adhesive tape Dimensions: 278 x13 mm Ref. No.: 548179
5
15
3
2
6
ø3.5
2.5
90°
1
Plastic holder for LUGA Line modules For fixing LUGA Line modules Fixing hole for countersunk screw M3 With cable holder Min. 2.5 pcs. per LUGA Line module needed Ref. No.: 551039
2
X±1
4
Feed-in connector Feed in connector for power supply Colour: – black + white Max. permissible current: 1.5 A Number of strands: 2 (Strand diameter: 0.09 mm²/AWG28) Type: 893 Ref. No.: 551131 X = 310 mm Ref. No.: 550952 X = 610 mm
2.8
3.2
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD Kit Built-in PCB lighting modules with optics The LED Line SMD kit consists of SMD modules in two lengths (280 mm and 560 mm) as well as matching optics. LED modules and optics are an ideal LED solution to replace luminaires with T5/T8 lamps. Both the optics and LED modules are easy to attach using standardised fixing holes (ZHAGAcompliant hole spacing) and screws.
I (cd/klm) 90° 85
VS also provides optics that are perfect for office, industrial and shop (e.g. supermarket) lighting.
170 255 340 0°–180°
Technical notes Dimensions: WU-M-480/501: 279.6 x39.6 mm WU-M-481/502: 560.6 x39.6 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 170 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Lumen maintenance L80/B10: 60,000 hrs. (IF 350 mA; tp 50 °C)
90°–270°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 190
100 60°
200
0°–180°
30°
90°–270°
60°
705
760
940
90°–270°
30°
Standard
Diffuse
0°–180°
60°
60°
60°
30°
0°–180°
90°–270°
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
200 60°
300
375 60°
400
750
300
500
600
1025
400
700
800
1400
0°–180°
30°
90°–270°
0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
0°–180°
HB – Standard
HB – Diffuse
90°–270°
HB – Retail SYM
30°
0°–180°
90°–270°
HB – Retail ASYM
WU-M-481 560.6
WU-M-501
7.5 13.7
4.3
4.3
13.7 7.5
ø4.7 29.8
1.6
4.3
30.5 30.5
6
ø4.7
4.3
29.8
9.5 11.5
Ø4.7
WU-M-502
X2
-
+
39.6
7.5 13.7
4.3
281
4.3
Ø4.7 X1
tc/tp Ø4.7
Ø4.7
30.5 30.5
Ø4.7
Ø4.7
29.8
1.6
29.8
4.3
Ø4.6
1.6
110
4.3
110
13.7 7.5
X2
-
Ø4.6 tc/tp
9.5 11.5
4.3
WU-M-501
6
39.6
7.5 13.7
4.3
13.7 7.5
Ø4.7
tc
6
tc
560.6
9.5 11.5
+
15
X2
+
WU-M-502 280
9.5 11.5 18.5 X1
14
X1
1.6
4.3
6
110
9.5 11.5
tc/tp
tc/tp 110
ø4.7
Rev. A4
4.3
-
X2
4.3
39.6
Rev. A4
tc
281 ø4.7 WU-M-481
39.6
WU-M-480
+
X1
7.5 13.7
ø4.7
9.5 11.5
4.3
13.7 7.5
9.5 11.5
9.5 11.5
30°
Retail ASYM
I (cd/klm) 100
200
90°–270°
90°
90° 100
90°
Retail SYM
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
470
570
0°–180°
90° 235
380
300 400
I (cd/klm)
90°
90°
Dimensions of SMD board
280
30°
Without optics
Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module
WU-M-480
60°
60°
30°
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD Kit
1
Built-in PCB lighting modules with optics Type
Ref. No. Number
Colour
of LEDs
Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) and typical efficiency (lm/W),
Beam
CRI
colour tem- typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)
angle
Ra
perature pcs.
K
LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 30 LEDs
350 mA
500 mA
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
lm
lm
lm/W lm
700 mA
typ.
typ.
lm
lm/W lm
Pel = 4.9 W
Pel = 7.3 W
Utyp. = 14.1 V
Utyp. = 14.5 V
min.
typ.
typ.
min. typ.
lm
lm/W °
Pel = 10.7 W Utyp. = 15.3 V
WU-M-480-830
555314
30
warm white
3000
680
745 152
925 1015 139
1250 1375 129
120
80
85
WU-M-480-840
555315
30
neutral white 4000
680
815 166
925 1105 151
1250 1495 140
120
80
85
WU-M-480-850
555316
30
neutral white 5000
680
855 174
925 1160 159
1250 1570 147
120
80
85
WU-M-480-865
555317
30
cool white
680
855 174
925 1160 159
1250 1570 147
120
80
85
6500
LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 30 LEDs
Pel = 9.9 W
Pel = 14.7 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 28.4 V
Utyp. = 29.4 V
Utyp. = 30.4 V
Pel = 21.2 W
WU-M-480-HB-830
557723
30
warm white
3000
1220 1350 136
1755 1940 132
2320 2570 121
120
80
85
WU-M-480-HB-840
557724
30
neutral white 4000
1220 1455 147
1755 2095 143
2320 2770 131
120
80
85
WU-M-480-HB-850
559069
30
neutral white 5000
1220 1530 155
1755 2200 150
2320 2910 137
120
80
85
WU-M-480-HB-865
559070
30
cool white
1220 1530 155
1755 2200 150
2320 2910 137
120
80
85
Pel = 9.9 W
Pel = 14.5 W
Pel = 21.4 W
Utyp. = 28.2 V
Utyp. = 29 V
Utyp. = 30.5 V
6500
LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 60 LEDs 555318
60
warm white
3000
1360 1495 151
1850 2030 140
2500 2745 128
120
80
85
WU-M-481-840
555319
60
neutral white 4000
1360 1630 165
1850 2210 152
2500 2990 140
120
80
85
WU-M-481-850
555320
60
neutral white 5000
1360 1710 173
1850 2320 160
2500 3140 147
120
80
85
WU-M-481-865
555321
60
cool white
1360 1710 173
1850 2320 160
2500 3140 147
120
80
85
LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 60 LEDs
Pel = 19.8 W
Pel = 29.4 W
Pel = 42.5 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 56.7 V
Utyp. = 58.7 V
Utyp. = 60.7 V
WU-M-481-HB-830
557725
60
warm white
3000
2435 2700 136
3505 3885 132
4635 5135 121
120
80
85
WU-M-481-HB-840
557726
60
neutral white 4000
2435 2915 147
3505 4195 143
4635 5545 130
120
80
85
WU-M-481-HB-850
559071
60
neutral white 5000
2435 3055 154
3505 4400 150
4635 5815 137
120
80
85
WU-M-481-HB-865
559072
60
cool white
2435 3055 154
3505 4400 150
4635 5815 137
120
80
85
Pel = 3 W
Pel = 4.5 W
Pel = 6.5 W
Utyp. = 8.6 V
Utyp. = 9 V
Utyp. = 9.3 V
6500
LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 15 LEDs WU-M-501-830
557727
15
warm white
3000
395
435 145
545
600 135
740
810 125
120
80
85
WU-M-501-840
557728
15
neutral white 4000
395
470 157
545
650 145
740
885 136
120
80
85
WU-M-501-850
557729
15
neutral white 5000
395
495 165
545
685 150
740
930 143
120
80
85
WU-M-501-865
557730
15
cool white
395
495 165
545
685 150
740
930 143
120
80
85
6500
LED Line SMD Kit – 280 mm – 15 LEDs
Pel = 6 W
Pel = 9 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 17.3 V
Utyp. = 17.9 V
Utyp. = 18.7 V
557731
15
warm white
3000
745
825 138
1040 1150 128
1395 1545 118
120
80
85
WU-M-501-HB-840
557732
15
neutral white 4000
745
890 148
1040 1245 138
1395 1670 127
120
80
85
WU-M-501-HB-850
559261
15
neutral white 5000
745
930 155
1040 1305 145
1395 1750 134
120
80
85
WU-M-501-HB-865
559262
15
cool white
745
930 155
1040 1305 145
1395 1750 134
120
80
85
Pel = 9 W
Pel = 13 W
Pel = 6 W LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 30 LEDs
Utyp. = 17.2 V
Utyp. = 18 V
Utyp. = 18.6 V
WU-M-502-830
557733
30
warm white
3000
790
865 144
1090 1195 135
1480 1625 125
120
80
85
WU-M-502-840
557734
30
neutral white 4000
790
945 158
1090 1305 145
1480 1770 136
120
80
85
WU-M-502-850
557735
30
neutral white 5000
790
990 165
1090 1365 150
1480 1855 143
120
80
85
WU-M-502-865
557736
30
cool white
790
990 165
1090 1365 150
1480 1855 143
120
80
85
Pel = 26.1 W
6500
LED Line SMD Kit – 560 mm – 30 LEDs
Pel = 12.1 W
Pel = 17.9 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 34.5 V
Utyp. = 35.9 V
Utyp. = 37.3 V
WU-M-502-HB-830
557737
30
warm white
3000
1485 1645 136
2080 2305 129
2795 3095 119
120
80
85
WU-M-502-HB-840
557738
30
neutral white 4000
1485 1775 147
2080 2490 139
2795 3340 128
120
80
85
WU-M-502-HB-850
559263
30
neutral white 5000
1485 1865 154
2080 2610 146
2795 3505 134
120
80
85
WU-M-502-HB-865
559264
30
cool white
1485 1865 154
2080 2610 146
2795 3505 134
120
80
85
6500
Emission data at tp = 50 °C | * Measurement tolerance: ± 7 % | 2000 K and 2400 K on request
4
6 7 8
Pel = 13.1 W
WU-M-501-HB-830
6500
3
5
WU-M-481-830
6500
2
9 10 11 12 15
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD Kit Technical notes optics Dimensions: 280 x 43 mm. SMD Kits can be stringed together, for modules 280 mm, 560 mm and module chains Material: PMMA Fixation with flat or cylinder head screws (M4) Max. torque: 1.2 Nm (M4) Optics type
Ref. No.
Standard
555437
Retail SYM
Efficiency
Weight
%
g
Unit pcs.
95
50
192
555438
95
50
192
Retail ASYM 555439
95
50
192
559972
88
50
192
Diffuse
End cap Lateral tongue and groove for optics attachment Weight: 0.9 g, unit: 500 pcs. Type: 98810 Ref. No.: 555482
16
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W2
1
Built-in PCB lighting modules The SMD PCB LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W is optimally suited for use in classic T5/T8 luminaires. Available in three different lengths (140 mm, 280 mm and 560 mm), the LED modules are easy to fix.
2
Technical notes Dimensions: WU-M-507/508: 140 x20 mm WU-M-509/510: 280 x20 mm WU-M-511/512: 560 x20 mm On-board push terminal system (WAGO 2060) Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 165 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Lumen maintenance L80/B10: up to 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50 °C)
90° 85 60°
170 255 340 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4 5
110 133.6
20 14
3.4(5x) 3.2x2.2 (3x)
1.5
20 14
28
250
6
3.2x2.2 (3x)
273.6 28
WU-M-509 139.6 131.5 15
5x3 (2x)
6
20 14
3.4(5x)
14
WU-M-508
5x3 (2x)
250
3.2x2.2 (3x)
1.5
20 14
110 133.6
279.6 271.5 125
tc/tp
18.4
tc/tp
6
7
3.2x2.2 (3x)
273.6 14
WU-M-510
5.5
559.6 551.6 405 280 155
5x3 (2x)
6
20 14
18.4
tc/tp
5.5
1.5
6
18.4
WU-M-507
5x3 (2x)
14.5
1.5
3.4(4x)
279.6 271.5 125
tc/tp
18.4
6
18.4
5x3 (2x)
14.5
139.6 131.5 15
tc/tp
3.4(5x) 250
6.4
250
8
3.2x2.2 (6x)
1.5
553.6 28
WU-M-511
5.5
559.6 551.6 405 280 155
5.5
5x3 (2x)
20 14
18.4
tc/tp
3.4(5x) 250
1.5
Typical applications • Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes • Office lighting • Retail, corridor and shelf lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting • Backlighting for advertising
3
I (cd/klm)
6.4
250
6
9
3.2x2.2 (6x)
553.6 14
10
WU-M-512
Connection example WU-M-xxx
WU-M-xxx
WU-M-xxx
11 12 17
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W2 Built-in PCB lighting modules Type
Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs
Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) and typ. efficiency (lm/W),
Beam
CRI
colour
angle
Ra
°
min.
typ.
typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)
temperature 350 mA pcs.
K
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 5 LEDs
700 mA
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
lm
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
Pel = 1 W
Pel = 1.5 W
Pel = 2.2 W
Utyp. = 2.9 V
Utyp. = 3 V
Utyp. = 3.1 V
WU-M-507-830
557992
5
warm white
3000
130
145 145
180
200 133
245
270 123
120
80
85
WU-M-507-840
557993
5
neutral white
4000
130
155 155
180
215 143
245
295 134
120
80
85
WU-M-507-850
559199
5
neutral white
5000
130
165 165
180
230 153
245
310 141
120
80
85
WU-M-507-865
559200
5
cool white
6500
130
165 165
180
230 153
245
310 141
120
80
85
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 5 LEDs High Brightness
Pel = 2 W
Pel = 2.9 W
Pel = 4.3 W
Utyp. = 5.7 V
Utyp. = 5.9 V
Utyp. = 6.1 V
WU-M-507-HB-830** 559201
5
warm white
3000
250
275 138
345
385 133
465
515 120
120
80
85
WU-M-507-HB-840** 559202
5
neutral white
4000
250
295 148
345
415 143
465
555 129
120
80
85
WU-M-507-HB-850** 559203
5
neutral white
5000
250
310 155
345
435 150
465
585 136
120
80
85
WU-M-507-HB-865** 566051
5
cool white
6500
250
310 155
345
435 150
465
585 136
120
80
85
85
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 10 LEDs
Pel = 2 W
Pel = 3 W
Pel = 4.3 W
Utyp. = 5.7 V
Utyp. = 5.9 V
Utyp. = 6.2 V
WU-M-508-830
557994 10
warm white
3000
265
290 145
365
400 133
495
540 126
120
80
WU-M-508-840
557995 10
neutral white
4000
265
315 158
365
435 145
495
590 137
120
80
85
WU-M-508-850
566052 10
neutral white
5000
265
330 165
365
455 152
495
620 144
120
80
85
WU-M-508-865
566053 10
cool white
6500
265
330 165
365
455 152
495
620 144
120
80
85
85
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 10 LEDs High Brightness
Pel = 4 W
Pel = 5.9 W
Pel = 8.5 W
Utyp. = 11.4 V
Utyp. = 11.8 V
Utyp. = 12.2 V
WU-M-508-HB-830** 558825 10
warm white
3000
495
550 138
695
770 131
930 1030 121
120
80
WU-M-508-HB-840** 566054 10
neutral white
4000
495
590 148
695
830 141
930 1110 131
120
80
85
WU-M-508-HB-850** 566055 10
neutral white
5000
495
620 155
695
870 147
930 1165 137
120
80
85
WU-M-508-HB-865** 566056 10
cool white
6500
495
620 155
695
870 147
930 1165 137
120
80
85
85
LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 10 LEDs
Pel = 2 W
Pel = 3 W
Pel = 4.3 W
Utyp. = 11.4 V
Utyp. = 5.9 V
Utyp. = 6.2 V
WU-M-509-830
557996 10
warm white
3000
265
290 145
365
400 133
495
540 126
120
80
WU-M-509-840
557997 10
neutral white
4000
265
315 158
365
435 145
495
590 137
120
80
85
WU-M-509-850
566057 10
neutral white
5000
265
330 165
365
455 152
495
620 144
120
80
85
WU-M-509-865
566058 10
cool white
6500
265
330 165
365
455 152
495
620 144
120
80
85
85
LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 10 LEDs High Brightness
Pel = 4 W
Pel = 5.9 W
Pel = 8.5 W
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 11.8 V
Utyp. = 12.2 V
WU-M-509-HB-830** 566059 10
warm white
3000
495
550 138
695
770 131
930 1030 121
120
80
WU-M-509-HB-840** 566060 10
neutral white
4000
495
590 148
695
830 141
930 1110 131
120
80
85
WU-M-509-HB-850** 566061 10
neutral white
5000
495
620 155
695
870 147
930 1165 137
120
80
85
WU-M-509-HB-865** 566062 10
cool white
6500
495
620 155
695
870 147
930 1165 137
120
80
85
85
LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 20 LEDs
Pel = 4 W
Pel = 5.9 W
Pel = 8.7 W
Utyp. = 11.4 V
Utyp. = 11.9 V
Utyp. = 12.4 V
WU-M-510-830
557998 20
warm white
3000
525
580 145
725
800 136
985 1080 124
120
80
WU-M-510-840
557999 20
neutral white
4000
525
630 158
725
870 147
985 1180 136
120
80
85
WU-M-510-850
566063 20
neutral white
5000
525
660 165
725
910 154
985 1235 142
120
80
85
WU-M-510-865
566064 20
cool white
6500
525
660 165
725
910 154
985 1235 142
120
80
85
85
LED Line SMD L28 W2 – 20 LEDs
Pel = 8 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Pel = 11.8 W
Pel = 17.1 W
Utyp. = 23.6 V
Utyp. = 24.4 V
WU-M-510-HB-830** 558826 20
warm white
3000
990 1095 137
1385 1585 130
1860 2060 120
120
80
WU-M-510-HB-840** 566065 20
neutral white
4000
990 1185 148
1385 1385 141
1860 2225 130
120
80
85
WU-M-510-HB-850** 566066 20
neutral white
5000
990 1245 156
1385 1385 147
1860 2335 137
120
80
85
WU-M-510-HB-865** 566067 20
cool white
6500
990 1245 156
1385 1385 147
1860 2335 137
120
80
85
** Products under development; preliminary technical datas Emission data at tp = 50 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
18
500 mA
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD L14/28/56 W2
1
Built-in PCB lighting modules Type
Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs
Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) and typ. efficiency (lm/W),
Beam
CRI
colour
angle
Ra
°
min.
typ.
typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)
temperature 350 mA pcs.
K
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 20 LEDs
500 mA
2
700 mA
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
lm
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
Pel = 4 W
Pel = 5.9 W
Pel = 8.7 W
Utyp. = 11.4 V
Utyp. = 11.9 V
Utyp. = 12.4 V
WU-M-511-830
558000
20
warm white
3000
525
580 145
725
800 136
985 1080 124
120
80
85
WU-M-511-840
558001
20
neutral white
4000
525
630 158
725
870 147
985 1180 136
120
80
85
WU-M-511-850
559220
20
neutral white
5000
525
660 165
725
910 154
985 1235 142
120
80
85
WU-M-511-865
559221
20
cool white
6500
525
660 165
725
910 154
985 1235 142
120
80
85
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 20 LEDs
Pel = 8 W
Pel = 11.8 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 23.6 V
Utyp. = 24.4 V
Pel = 17.1 W
WU-M-511-HB-830** 559222
20
warm white
3000
990 1095 137
1385 1535 130
1860 2060 120
120
80
85
WU-M-511-HB-840** 559223
20
neutral white
4000
990 1185 148
1385 1660 141
1860 2225 130
120
80
85
WU-M-511-HB-850** 559224
20
neutral white
5000
990 1245 156
1385 1740 147
1860 2335 137
120
80
85
WU-M-511-HB-865** 559225
20
cool white
6500
990 1245 156
1385 1740 147
1860 2335 137
120
80
85
Pel = 17.3 W
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 40 LEDs
Pel = 8 W
Pel = 11.9 W
Utyp. = 22.9 V
Utyp. = 23.8 V
Utyp. = 24.8 V
4 5
WU-M-512-830
558002
40
warm white
3000
1050 1155 144
1455 1595 134
1970 2165 125
120
80
85
WU-M-512-840
558003
40
neutral white
4000
1050 1260 158
1455 1740 146
1970 2355 136
120
80
85
WU-M-512-850
559226
40
neutral white
5000
1050 1320 165
1455 1825 153
1970 2475 143
120
80
85
WU-M-512-865
559227
40
cool white
6500
1050 1320 165
1455 1825 153
1970 2475 143
120
80
85
LED Line SMD L14 W2 – 40 LEDs
Pel = 15.9 W
Pel = 23.6 W
Pel = 34.2 W
High Brightness
Utyp. = 45.5 V
Utyp. = 47.1 V
Utyp. = 48.8 V
WU-M-512-HB-830** 558827
40
warm white
3000
1980 2159 138
2775 3070 130
3720 4120 120
120
80
85
WU-M-512-HB-840** 559229
40
neutral white
4000
1980 2370 149
2775 3315 140
3720 4450 130
120
80
85
WU-M-512-HB-850** 559232
40
neutral white
5000
1980 2485 156
2775 3480 147
3720 4670 137
120
80
85
WU-M-512-HB-865** 559234
40
cool white
6500
1980 2485 156
2775 3480 147
3720 4670 137
120
80
85
** Products under development; preliminary technical datas Emission data at tp = 50 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
3
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 19
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD Slim Equipped with SMD Line LED modules Consisting of one energy-efficient LED Line SMD Slim, a thermo-conductive resin adhesive tape and a cover, this LED Line Slim constitutes an ideal way of facilitating direct conversion to modern LED technology. Enabling fast, reliable and flexible fixing inside the luminaire via – adhesive tape – clip fitting (Zhaga-compliant) – screw fitting the unit constitutes an ideal solution for indoor linear lighting applications. Lighting modules with cover LED Line SMD Slim consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module and a cover with several attachment options. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L56W2 hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications.
Technical notes On-board push terminals: 0.34 mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 at 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 166 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: min. 80 Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM Lumen maintenance L80/B10: > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50 °C)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
95 190
85 60°
285
255
380
340
30°
With clear cover
60°
170
30°
With diffuse cover
Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps
The light module is fitted with either a clear or diffuse cover that serves to protect it and, in the diffuse version, to reduce glare and distribute light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp.
Optical characteristics at tp = 50 °C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type
Ref. No. Number Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux* and typ. efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel) Beam
CRI
of LEDs
colour
350 mA
angle
Ra
temperature min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
pcs
K
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
°
min. typ.
lm
500 mA
Pel = 4.9 W LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 280 mm
Pel = 7.3 W
Utyp. = 14.1 V
Utyp. = 14.5 V
Pel = 10.7 W Utyp. = 15.3 V
WU-M-499-830 556538
30
warm white 3000
680
745
152
925 1015 139
1250 1375 129
120
80
85
WU-M-499-840 556539
30
neutral white 4000
680
815
166
925 1105 151
1250 1495 140
120
80
85
Pel = 9.9 W
Pel = 14.5 W
Pel = 21.4 W
LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 560 mm
Utyp. = 28.2 V
Utyp. = 29 V
Utyp. = 30.5 V
WU-M-500-830 556540
60
warm white 3000
1360
1495
151
1850 2030 140
2500 2745 128
120
80
85
WU-M-500-840 556541
60
neutral white 4000
1360
1630
165
1850 2210 152
2500 2990 140
120
80
85
* Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
20
700 mA
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line SMD Slim
1
Ref. No. LED Line SMD Slim – 280 mm Fixing
For tape fixing – type: 89510
For screw fixing – type: 89511
For clip fixing – type: 89512
Cover
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
SMD0283000
557767
557769
558182
558184
558186
558188
SMD0284000
557768
557770
558183
558185
558187
558189
Ref. No. LED Line SMD Slim – 560 mm Fixing
For tape fixing – type: 89560
For screw fixing – type: 89561
For clip fixing – type: 89562
Cover
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
SMD0563000
557440
557442
557445
557448
557452
557455
SMD0564000
557441
557443
557447
557449
557453
557456
LED Line SMD Slim for tape fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 With base thermal tapes Weight: 30.5/67 g, unit: 6 pcs. Type: 89510/89560 Module length
Drawing
Dimensions (LxW xH)
280
A
285x24x10.5
560
B
565x24x10.5
mm
Drawing
Dimensions (LxW xH)
280
C
285x39x10.5
560
D
565x39x10.5
mm
4 5
B – For tape fixing – type 89560 – LED Line SMD Slim 560
6 C – For screw fixing – type 89511 – LED Line SMD Slim 280
7 D – For screw fixing – type 89561 – LED Line SMD Slim 560
8
mm
LED Line SMD Slim for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 30.5/68 g, unit: 6 pcs. Type: 89512/89562 Module length
3
mm
LED Line SMD Slim for screw fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm With base thermal tapes Weight: 31/69 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89511/89561 Module length
A – For tape fixing – type 89510 – LED Line SMD Slim 280
2
Drawing
mm
Dimensions (LxW xH)
9 E – For clip fixing – type 89512 – LED Line SMD Slim 280
10 F – For clip fixing – type 89562 – LED Line SMD Slim 560
11
mm
280
E
285x24x10.5
560
F
565x24x10.5
12 21
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix LUGA consists of an energy-efficient linear COB module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L28/L56W4 hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications.
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 75 150
The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Technical notes LUGA Line module On-board push terminal system: Electrical connection with lateral connection leads 28AWG Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Efficiency up to 160 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps
22
90°
60°
160
90° 70
80 60°
140
225
240
210
300
320
280
Without cover
The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire.
I (cd/klm)
90°
30°
With clear cover
30°
With diffuse cover
60°
30°
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix LUGA 2015
1
Optical characteristics at tp = 65 °C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type
Number
Colour
Correlated colour
of LEDs
temperature
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)* 350 mA
pcs.
K
For LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 mm
Beam
lm
lm
2
angle
500 mA lm/W
Typ. CRI
700 mA lm/W
lm
1050 mA lm/W
lm
lm/W
Pel = 5.1 W
Pel = 7.7 W
Pel = 11.5 W
Pel = 19.1 W
Utyp. = 14.7 V
Utyp. = 15.4 V
Utyp. = 16.4 V
Utyp. = 18.2 V
°
Ra
DML059C27EC 45
warm white
2700
725
142
1030
142
1400
122
2000
105
120
82
DML059C30EC 45
warm white
3000
755
148
1075
148
1460
127
2080
109
120
82
DML059C40EC 45
neutral white
4000
800
157
1145
157
1550
135
2210
116
120
84
For LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 mm
Pel = 10.2 W
Pel = 15.4 W
Pel = 23 W
Pel = 38.2 W
(2 wired LED modules per holder)
Utyp. = 29.4 V
Utyp. = 30.8 V
Utyp. = 32.8 V
Utyp. = 36.4 V
DML059C27EC 2x45
warm white
2700
1450
142
2060
142
2800
122
4000
105
120
82
DML059C30EC 2x45
warm white
3000
1510
148
2150
148
2920
127
4160
109
120
82
DML059C40EC 2x45
neutral white
4000
1600
157
2290
157
3100
135
4420
116
120
84
3 4 5
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
Ref. No. LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 mm Fixing
For tape fixing – type: 89300
Cover
Without
Clear
Diffuse
Without
For screw fixing – type: 89301 Clear
Diffuse
Clear
For clip fixing – type: 89302 Diffuse
DML059C27EC
558667
558670
558673
558676
558679
558682
558685
558688
DML059C30EC
558668
558671
558674
558677
558680
558683
558686
558689
DML059C40EC
558669
558672
558675
558678
558681
558684
558687
558690
Ref. No. LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 mm (2 wired LED modules per holder) Fixing
For tape fixing – type: 89350
For screw fixing – type: 89351
For clip fixing – type: 89352
Cover
Without
Clear
Diffuse
Without
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
DML059C27EC
558691
558694
558697
558700
558703
558706
558709
558712
DML059C30EC
558692
558695
558698
558701
558704
558707
558710
558713
DML059C40EC
558693
558696
558699
558702
558705
558708
558711
558714
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 23
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 mm
A – For tape fixing – type 89300 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280
B – For tape fixing – type 89300 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 16,1
With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 284 x 23.2 x16.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 67 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89300, drawing B
280
23,2
LED Line Fix LUGA for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 280 x 23.2 x 4.5 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 43 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89300, drawing A
23,2
4,5
Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin Lead exit: lateral or base wiring When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. The LED modules of versions with a cover are already fully wired. Additional connectors must be ordered separately for versions without a cover.
284
4,5
40 31 23,2
280
16,1
D – For screw fixing – type 89301 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280
220 284
E – For clip fixing – type 89302 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280 16,1
LED Line Fix LUGA for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 284 x 23.2 x16.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 67 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89302, drawing E
220
23,2
With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 284 x 40 x16.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 67 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89301, drawing D
Ø 4,5
40 31 23,2
LED Line Fix LUGA for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 280 x 40 x 4.5 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 43 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89301, drawing C
4,5
C – For screw fixing – type 89301 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 280
284
24
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 mm
3
4,5
F – For tape fixing – type 89350 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560
23,2
LED Line Fix LUGA for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 561x 23.2 x 4.5 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 86 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89350, drawing F
2
4
561
G – For tape fixing – type 89350 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 16,1
Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin Lead exit: lateral or base wiring When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. The LED modules of versions with a cover are already fully wired. Additional connectors must be ordered separately for versions without a cover.
1
5
23,2
With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 565 x 23.2 x16.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 135 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89350, drawing G
565
6
8
23,2
40 31 16,1
J – For screw fixing – type 89351 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560
9
23,2
61 281 501 565
10
K – For clip fixing – type 89352 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560 16,1
LED Line Fix LUGA for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 565 x 23.2 x16.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 135 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89352, drawing K
61 281 501 561
7
11
23,2
With cover Degree of protection: IP40 Dimensions (L x Wx H): 565 x 40 x16.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 135 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89351, drawing J
Ø 4,5
40 31
LED Line Fix LUGA for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (L x Wx H): 561x 40 x 4.5 mm Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 86 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89351, drawing H
4,5
H – For screw fixing – type 89351 – LED Line Fix LUGA 2015 – 560
565
12 25
Constant-current System – Linear
Covers Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90% Covers for LED Line Fix for tape and screw fixing For type: 89300/89301, LED Line Fix 280 mm Ref. No.: 549585 clear Ref. No.: 549586 diffuse Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing For type 89302 – LED Line Fix 280 mm 243 ±0,1
22 ±0,05
For type: 89350/89351, LED Line Fix 560 mm Ref. No.: 550912 clear Ref. No.: 550913 diffuse
9,2 ±0,05
2,3 ±0,05
104 ±0,1
Covers for LED Line Fix for clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0.4–1 mm For type: 89302, LED Line Fix 280 mm Ref. No.: 549994 clear Ref. No.: 549995 diffuse
For type 89352 – LED Line Fix 560 mm 385 ±0,1 177 ±0,1
9,2 ±0,05
Connectors You will find connectors for the LED Line Fix LUGA on page 13.
26
2,3 ±0,05
For type: 89352, LED Line Fix 560 mm Ref. No.: 550914 clear Ref. No.: 550915 diffuse
22 ±0,05
524 ±0,1
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix SMD
1
Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L28/L56W4) hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications. The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Electrical characteristics at tp = 50 °C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type
Ref. No. Number Colour of LEDs pcs
2 I (cd/klm)
Technical notes SMD Line modules On-board push-in terminals: 0.34 mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 166 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: min. 80 Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM I (cd/klm) Lumen maintenance L80/B10: 95 > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50°C)
90° 90 180 270 360
30°
Without cover
90° 85
60°
60°
170
285
255
380
340
30°
With clear cover
30°
6 Beam
CRI
colour
angle
Ra
°
min. typ.
500 mA
700 mA
temperature min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
min.
typ.
typ.
K
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
lm
lm
lm/W
LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 280 mm
lm Pel = 4.9 W
Pel = 7.3 W
Utyp. = 14.1 V
Utyp. = 14.5 V
Utyp. = 15.3 V
warm white 3000
680
745
152
925 1015 139
1250 1375 129
120
80
85
WU-M-499-840 556539 30
neutral white 4000
680
815
166
925 1105 151
1250 1495 140
120
80
85
Pel = 14.5 W
7
Pel = 10.7 W
WU-M-499-830 556538 30
Pel = 9.9 W
5
With diffuse cover
Correlated Luminous flux* and typ. efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel) 350 mA
4
I (cd/klm) 90°
190
Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps
3
60°
Pel = 21.4 W
LED Line SMD Slim – PCB – 560 mm
Utyp. = 28.2 V
Utyp. = 29 V
Utyp. = 30.5 V
WU-M-500-830 556540 60
warm white 3000
1360
1495
151
1850 2030 140
2500 2745 128
120
80
85
WU-M-500-840 556541 60
neutral white 4000
1360
1630
165
1850 2210 152
2500 2990 140
120
80
85
* Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
8 9
Ref. No. LED Line Fix SMD 280 Fixing
For tape fixing – type: 89500
Cover
Without
Clear
Diffuse
Without
For screw fixing – type: 89501 Clear
Diffuse
Clear
For clip fixing – type: 89502 Diffuse
SMD56/30/280
557460
557462
557464
557466
557468
557470
557472
557474
SMD56/40/280
557461
557463
557465
557467
557469
557471
557473
557475
Ref. No. LED Line Fix SMD 560 Fixing
For tape fixing – type: 89550
Cover
Without
Clear
Diffuse
Without
For screw fixing – type: 89551 Clear
Diffuse
Clear
For clip fixing – type: 89552 Diffuse
SMD56/30/560
557394
557396
557398
557400
557402
557404
557406
557408
SMD56/40/560
557395
557397
557399
557401
557403
557405
557407
557409
10 11 12 27
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix SMD Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion.
LED Line Fix SMD for tape fixing With base thermal tapes Weight: 95/142 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89500/89550 Module length Drawing Degree of
Dimensions
mm
protection
(LxW xH) mm
LED Line Fix SMD – For tape fixing A – Type 89500 – 280 mm Without cover
B – Type 89500 – 280 mm With cover
C – Type 89550 – 560 mm Without cover
D – Type 89550 – 560 mm With cover
Without cover 280
A
—
280x23.2x4.5
560
C
—
561x23.2x4.5
With cover 280
B
IP20
284x23.2x16.1
560
D
IP20
565x23.2x16.1
LED Line Fix SMD for screw fixing Fixing holes for screws M4 Tightening torque: 0.6–0.7 Nm Weight: 96/143 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89501/89551 Module length Drawing Degree of
Dimensions
mm
protection
(LxW xH) mm
LED Line Fix SMD – For screw fixing E – Type 89501 – 280 mm Without cover
F – Type 89501 – 280 mm With cover
G – Type 89551 – 560 mm Without cover
H – Type 89551 – 560 mm With cover
Without cover 280
E
—
280x40x4.5
560
G
—
561x40x4.5
With cover 280
F
IP20
284x40x16.1
560
H
IP20
565x40x16.1
LED Line Fix SMD for clip fixing With base thermal tapes Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0.4–1 mm Weight: 95/142 g, unit: 4 pcs. Type: 89502/89552 Module length Drawing Degree of
Dimensions
mm
protection
(LxW xH) mm
With cover
28
280
K
IP20
284x23.2x16,1
560
L
IP20
565x23.2x16,1
LED Line Fix SMD – For clip fixing K – Type 89502 – 280 mm With cover
L – Type 89552 – 560 mm With cover
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line Fix SMD
1
Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Lead exit: lateral push-in holes Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90%
Covers for LED Line Fix 280 mm for tape and screw fixing For type: 89500/89501 Ref. No.: 554044 clear Ref. No.: 554045 diffuse
2 Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing For type 89502 – LED Line Fix 280 mm
4
For clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0.4–1 mm For type: 89502 Ref. No.: 554046 clear Ref. No.: 554047 diffuse
Covers for LED Line Fix for tape and screw fixing For type: 89550/89551 Ref. No.: 551588 clear Ref. No.: 551589 diffuse For clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0.4–1 mm For type: 89552 Ref. No.: 551590 clear Ref. No.: 551591 diffuse
3
5 Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing
6
For type 89552 – LED Line Fix 560 mm
7 8 9 10 11 12 29
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line AluFix LUGA consists of an energy-efficient linear COB module, an aluminium holder and a clear cover or, alternatively, optics. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The light module is available with up to five pre-wired LUGA modules in lengths of 305 to 1,429 mm. The robust aluminium holder serves to optimise thermal management and is easy to attach using M3 screws. The clear or diffuse cover protects LED modules from environmental factors. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Enabling the kind of light distribution typically required in offices or shops, the optics versions facilitate luminaire designs that can do without an additional light guidance system. The high-quality optics consist of only one unit, regardless of its length, and therefore provide optimal protection for LED modules and ensure homogeneously illuminated surfaces without optical interruptions.
30
Technical notes For one to five LUGA Line modules On-board push terminal system: Electrical connection with lateral connection leads 28AWG Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required: for drivers with UOUT < 150 V DC Efficiency up to 157 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 55,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps
Further shapes and optics on request.
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015
1
Optical characteristics of LUGA Line LED modules at tp = 65 °C | The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: see data sheets Type
Correlated colour
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)*
of LEDs
Number
Colour
temperature
350 mA
pcs.
K
lm
500 mA lm/W
Pel = 5.1 W For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 305 mm
Utyp. = 14.7 V
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 7.7 W
lm
lm/W
lm
lm/W
Pel = 11.5 W
Pel = 19.1 W Utyp. = 18.2 V
Utyp. = 15.4 V
Utyp. = 16.4 V
DML059C27EC
45
warm white
2700
725
142
1030
134
1400
122
2000
105
DML059C30EC
45
warm white
3000
755
148
1075
140
1460
127
2080
109
DML059C40EC
45
neutral white 4000
800
157
1145
149
1550
135
2210
116
For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 586 mm
Pel = 10.2 W
(2 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)
Pel = 15.4 W
Pel = 23 W
Utyp. = 29.4 V
Utyp. = 30.8 V
Utyp. = 32.8 V
2x45
warm white
2700
1450
142
2060
134
2800
122
4000
105
DML059C30EC
2x45
warm white
3000
1510
148
2150
140
2920
127
4160
109
DML059C40EC
2x45
neutral white 4000
1600
157
2290
149
3100
135
4420
116
Pel = 15,3 W
(3 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)
Pel = 23,1 W
Utyp. = 36.4 V
Pel = 34,5 W
Pel = 57,3 W Utyp. = 54,6 V
Utyp. = 44,1 V
Utyp. = 46,2 V
Utyp. = 49,2 V
DML059C27EC
3x45
warm white
2700
2175
142
3090
134
4200
122
6000
105
DML059C30EC
3x45
warm white
3000
2265
148
3225
140
4380
127
6240
109
DML059C40EC
3x45
neutral white 4000
2400
157
3435
149
4650
135
6630
116
For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 1148 mm
Pel = 20.4 W
(4 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)
Pel = 30.8 W
Pel = 46 W
Utyp. = 58.8 V
Utyp. = 61.6 V
Utyp. = 65.6 V
4x45
warm white
2700
2900
142
4120
134
5600
122
8000
105
DML059C30EC
4x45
warm white
3000
3020
148
4300
140
5840
127
8320
109
DML059C40EC
4x45
neutral white 4000
3200
157
4580
149
6200
135
8840
116
Pel = 25.5 W
(5 wired LED modules per aluminium profile)
Pel = 38.5 W
4 5
Pel = 76.4 W
DML059C27EC
For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 1429 mm
3
Pel = 38.2 W
DML059C27EC
For LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – 867 mm
2
1050 mA
Pel = 57.5 W
Utyp. = 72.8 V
6
Pel = 95.5 W
Utyp. = 73.5 V
Utyp. = 77 V
Utyp. = 82 V
Utyp. = 91 V
DML059C27EC
5x45
warm white
2700
3625
142
5150
134
7000
122
10000
105
DML059C30EC
5x45
warm white
3000
3775
148
5375
140
7300
127
10400
109
DML059C40EC
5x45
neutral white 4000
4000
157
5725
149
7750
135
11050
116
7
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
8 9 10 11 12 31
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 Technical notes Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads, lead length: 70 mm with 2-poles connector AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 1445049-2 Degree of protection: IP40 Rear slots for screws M3 Tightening torque: 0.5 Nm
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90° 70
80 160
60°
140
240
210
320
280
With clear cover
30°
60°
30°
With diffuse cover
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Cover Type
Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm
Unit
L
Weight
W
H
pcs.
g
89001
305
40.2
22
15
171
89002
586
40.2
22
15
330
89003
867
40.2
22
15
495
89004
1148
40.2
22
15
650
89005
1429
40.2
22
15
815
L
Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Cover The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type / Total length
89001 / 305 mm
89002 / 586 mm
89003 / 867 mm
89004 / 1148 mm
89005 / 1429 mm
Cover
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
DML059C27EC
558491
558494
558497
558500
558503
558506
558509
558512
558515
558518
DML059C30EC
558492
558495
558498
558501
558504
558507
558510
558513
558516
558519
DML059C40EC
558493
558496
558499
558502
558505
558508
558511
558514
558517
558520
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Office
I (cd/klm) 90°
Type
Unit
Weight
100
W
H
pcs.
g
200
Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm L
89011
305
36
15
15
165
89012
586
36
15
15
316
89013
867
36
15
15
466
89014
1148
36
15
15
617
89015
1429
36
15
15
767
300 400
Office
Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Office Efficency optics: 94%
32
60°
Type / Total length
89011 / 305 mm
89012 / 586 mm
89013 / 867 mm
89014 / 1148 mm
89015 / 1429 mm
DML059C27EC
558521
558524
558527
558530
558533
DML059C30EC
558522
558525
558528
558531
558534
DML059C40EC
558523
558526
558529
558532
558535
30°
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015
1
Technical notes Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads, lead length: 70 mm with 2-poles connector AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 1445049-2 Degree of protection: IP40 Rear slots for screws M3 Tightening torque: 0.5 Nm
2
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-SYM Type
Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm Unit L
3
Weight I (cd/klm)
W
H
pcs.
g
89021
305
36
15
15
165
89022
586
36
15
15
316
130 260
89023
867
36
15
15
466
89024
1148
36
15
15
617
89025
1429
36
15
15
767
90° 60°
4
390 520 0°–180°
30°
90°–270°
Retail 1-SYM
Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-SYM Efficency optics: 94% 89021 / 305 mm
Type / Total length
89022 / 586 mm
5 89023 / 867 mm
89024 / 1148 mm
89025 / 1429 mm
DML059C27EC
558628
558631
558634
558637
558640
DML059C30EC
558629
558632
558635
558638
558641
DML059C40EC
558630
558633
558636
558639
558642
6
LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-ASYM Type
Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm Unit L
90°
Weight
W
H
pcs.
g
89031
305
36
15
15
165
89032
586
36
15
15
316
89033
867
36
15
15
466
89034
1148
36
15
15
617
89035
1429
36
15
15
767
60°
30°
Retail 1-ASYM
Ref. No. LED Line AluFix LUGA 2015 – Optics Retail 1-ASYM Efficency optics: 94% 89031 / 305 mm
89032 / 586 mm
89033 / 867 mm
89034 / 1148 mm
89035 / 1429 mm
DML059C27EC
558644
558647
555650
555653
555656
DML059C30EC
558645
555648
555651
555654
555657
DML059C40EC
558646
555649
555652
555655
555658
Connection leads 2-poles, ferrule on bare end of cores and AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 1445022-2 Lead length L 100 mm
200 mm
L
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
8 9
Type / Total length
Ref. No.
7
10 11
600 mm
554285 554286 554287 554288 554289 554290
12 33
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line AluFix SMD – Cover Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line AluFix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, an aluminium holder and a clear or diffuse cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The light module is available with up to five pre-wired SMD modules in lengths of 305 to 1,429 mm and is thus an ideal component for LED lighting strips. The robust aluminium holder serves to optimise thermal management and is easy to attach using M3 screws. The clear or diffuse cover protects LED modules from environmental factors. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp.
I (cd/klm)
Technical notes Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 75 °C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required: for driver with UOUT < 250 V DC Efficiency up to 166 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: min. 80 Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM; Lumen maintenance L80/B10 > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 50 °C)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
95 190
85 60°
170
285
255
380
340
30°
With clear cover
With diffuse cover
Further shapes and optics on request. Typical applications • Office and school lighting • Retail lighting • Industrial lighting • For replacement of T5 and T8 lamps
Optical characteristics at tp = 50 °C | The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type
Number
Correlated colour
Typ. luminous flux* and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)
of LEDs
Colour
temperature
350 mA
pcs.
K
lm
For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 305 mm
Pel = 4.9 W
(1 SMD module 280 mm)
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 7.3 W
Utyp. = 14.1 V
lm
lm/W
Pel = 10.7 W
Utyp. = 14.5 V
Utyp. = 15.3 V
AluFixSMD/305/30
1x30
warm white
3000
745
152
1015
139
1375
129
AluFixSMD/305/40
1x30
neutral white
4000
815
166
1105
151
1495
140
For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 586 mm
Pel = 9.9 W
(1 SMD module 560 mm)
Pel = 14.5 W
Pel = 21.4 W
Utyp. = 28.2 V
Utyp. = 29 V
AluFixSMD/586/30
2x30
warm white
3000
1495
151
2030
140
2745
128
AluFixSMD/586/40
2x30
neutral white
4000
1630
165
2210
152
2990
140
Utyp. = 30.5 V
For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 867 mm
Pel = 14.8 W
Pel = 21.8 W
Pel = 32.1 W
(2 wired SMD modules 1x560 mm + 1x280 mm per aluminium profile)
Utyp. = 42.3 V
Utyp. = 43.5 V
Utyp. = 45.8 V
AluFixSMD/867/30
3x30
warm white
3000
2240
151
3045
140
4120
128
AluFixSMD/867/40
3x30
neutral white
4000
2445
165
3315
152
4485
140
For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 1148 mm
Pel = 19.8 W
Pel = 29 W
(2 wired SMD modules 560 mm per aluminium profile)
Utyp. = 56.4 V
Utyp. = 58 V
AluFixSMD/1148/30 4x30
warm white
3000
2990
151
4060
140
5490
128
AluFixSMD/1148/40 4x30
neutral white
4000
3260
165
4420
152
5980
140
Pel = 42.8 W Utyp. = 61 V
For LED Line AluFix SMD Cover – 1429 mm
Pel = 24.7 W
Pel = 36.3 W
Pel = 53.5 W
(3 wired SMD modules 2x560 mm + 1x280 mm per aluminium profile)
Utyp. = 70.5 V
Utyp. = 72.5 V
Utyp. = 76.3 V
AluFixSMD/1429/30 5x30
warm white
3000
3735
151
5075
140
6865
128
AluFixSMD/1429/40 5x30
neutral white
4000
4075
165
5525
152
7475
140
* Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
34
500 mA lm/W
60°
30°
Constant-current System – Linear
LED Line AluFix SMD – Cover
1
Technical notes LED Line AluFix cover Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads: Cu tinned, single-core 0.32 mm² (AWG22), PVC-insulation, red and black, notched lead ends, lead length: L + 80 mm Degree of protection: IP40 Rear slots for screws M3 Tightening torque: 0.5 Nm
Type
Dimensions (LxW xH) in mm L
Unit
2 3
Weight
W
H
pcs.
g
89001
305
40.2
22
15
171
89002
586
40.2
22
15
330
89003
867
40.2
22
15
495
89004
1148
40.2
22
15
650
89005
1429
40.2
22
15
815
4 5
Ref. No. LED Line AluFix SMD – Cover – with linear SMD module 280 Type / Total length
89001 / 305 mm
89002 / 586 mm
89003 / 867 mm
89004 / 1148 mm
89005 / 1429 mm
Cover
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
Clear
Diffuse
SMD56/30/280
557856
557820
557858
557822
557860
557824
557862
557826
557864
557828
SMD56/40/280
557857
557821
557859
557823
557861
557825
557863
557827
557865
557829
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 35
Constant-current System
LED Light Panel SMD Built-in lighting modules The new LED light panels are a highly effective SMD solution for producing very homogeneous, widely distributed light. They are particularly suitable for integration in louvered luminaires (600 x 600 mm). These LED SMD modules are available in various shades of white and permit easy, cost-effective and solder-free connection using push-in connectors.
I (cd/klm) 90° 90
Technical notes Dimensions: 249 x 249 mm On-board push-in connector Fixing holes: Ø 4.5 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 190 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: typ. 85 Lumen maintenance L80/B10: up to 60,000 hrs. (IF 350 mA, tp = 70 °C) Unit: 50 pcs.
60°
180 270 360
tc/tp
180
249
Typical applications • Office lighting • Retail lighting • T5/T8 replacement as built-in module • Furniture lighting • Backlighting for advertising
30°
WU-M-520 RG5 <Datecode>
222 249
1.60 6.15
7x45°(4x)
Ø4.5(5x)
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux* and typ. efficiency*, voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)
Typ.
colour temperature
350 mA
K
min.
500 mA typ.
lm/W (typ.) min.
Pel = 6.2–8.7 W U = 17.6–24.8 V
700 mA typ.
lm/W (typ.) min.
angle Ra typ.
lm/W (typ.) °
Pel = 9.2–12.8 W
Pel = 13.6–18.6 W
U = 18.4–25.6 V
U = 19.4–26.6 V
min. typ.
WU-M-520-830 on request warm white 3000 –80/+130 1160
1260
167
1630
1770
158
2235
2425 148
120
80 85
WU-M-520-840 558905
neutral white 4000 –160/+115 1210
1320
174
1700
1855
165
2330
2535 155
120
80 85
WU-M-520-850 on request neutral white 5000 –125/+155 1260
1440
190
1770
2020
181
2425
2770 169
120
80 85
WU-M-520-865 on request cool white
1385
183
1770
1945
174
2425
2665 163
120
80 85
6500 –165/+220 1260
Emission data at tp = 50 °C | Products under development; preliminary technical datas | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
36
CRI
beam
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – 1000 lm to 8000 lm
1
Built-in lighting modules This PCB version of the LUGA Shop 2015 series provides the option of simply replacing LED modules within their holder.
2
Simple and secure attachment is enabled with separate holders (see page 42). I (cd/klm) 90° 85
255 340
LE
Ø16.4
28.0±0.3
SØ
4.3±0.3
17
1.6±0.3 19.6±0.3 28.0±0.3
25.0±0.3
1.4±0.3
19.0±0.3
tc/tp Ø1.5
3.2±0.3
4 5
1.4±0.3
3.2±0.3 28.0±0.3
0.7 1.0±0.1
15.0±0.3
30°
DMS120***F
1.6±0.3 0.8±0.3
3
60°
170
0.7 1.0±0.1
4.0±0.3
0.8±0.3 Ø1. 5
2.0±0.3 tc/tp
6 7
Ø19.4
8 DMS150***F 28.0±0.3
20
20.2±0.3 28.0±0.3 1.0±0.1
tc/tp Ø1.5
1.6±0.3
1.4±0.3
3.3±0.3
0.7
SØ
1.4±0.3
LE
25.0±0.3
Typical applications Integration in • Reflector luminaires • Flat surface-mounting luminaires • Cladding illumination • Suspended luminaire with external control gear For use in • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting • Stairway and corridor illumination
16.6±0.3
Technical notes Dimensions: 19 x19 mm, 28 x 28 mm Light emitting surface (LES): Ø 14 mm, Ø 17 mm, Ø 20 mm On-board push-in terminal Beam angle: 120° Allowed operating temperature at tc point: – 40 to 80 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 172 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: typ. > 70 / > 80 / > 90 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM DMS099***F Lumen maintenance L90/B10: > 52,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA, tp = 65 °C) LE 19.0±0.3 Unit: 175 pcs. (DMS099), SØ 14 100 pcs. (DMS120/DMS150)
3.2±0.3 28.0±0.3 Ø22.4
9 10 11 12 37
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – 1000 lm to 8000 lm Characteristics • Optimized for retail and furniture illumination • Version CRI 70 for industrial and outdoor lighting • Highly efficient: up to 164 lm/W
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – CRI Ra > 80 (70) Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
colour
350 mA
CRI
temperature* (K)
lm
500 mA lm/W
Pel = 8.7 W DMS099C
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 12.6 W
lm
1050 mA lm/W
Pel = 18.1 W
lm
1400 mA lm/W
Pel = 28 W
lm
lm/W
Utyp. = 24.7 V
Utyp. = 25.3 V
Utyp. = 25.8 V
Utyp. = 26.7 V
Utyp. = 27.3 V
DMS099C27F
558922
warm white 2700
1170
134
1655
131
2220
123
3110
111
3845
101
DMS099C30F
558231
warm white 3000
1260
145
1780
141
2390
132
3345
119
4140
109
85
warm white 3000 (below BBL) 1200
138
1685
134
2260
125
3170
113
3935
103
85
DMS099C30FB 558232 DMS099C35F
558923
DMS099C35FB 558924 DMS099C40F
558925
DMS099C40FB 558926 DMS099C50F
558927
neutral white 3500
82
1295
149
1815
144
2440
135
3425
122
4240
111
85
neutral white 3500 (below BBL) 1220
140
1715
136
2305
127
3220
115
3995
105
85
1310
151
1850
147
2480
137
3475
124
4300
113
85
neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 1235
neutral white 4000
142
1740
138
2335
129
3275
117
4050
106
85
cool white
152
1865
148
2505
138
3505
125
4350
114
85
5000
1320
Pel = 11.5 W DMS120C
Pel = 16.7 W
Pel = 23.9 W
Pel = 37 W
Pel = 50.4 W
Utyp. = 32.9 V
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.3 V
Utyp. = 36 V
DMS120C27F
558932
warm white 2700
1635
142
2250
135
3030
127
4225
114
5215
103
DMS120C30F
558234
warm white 3000
1750
152
2425
145
3260
136
4550
123
5615
111
85
warm white 3000 (below BBL) 1660
144
2300
138
3090
129
4315
117
5330
106
85
DMS120C30FB 558235 DMS120C35F
558933
DMS120C35FB 558934 DMS120C40F
558935
DMS120C40FB 558936
neutral white 3500
82
1795
156
2485
149
3345
140
4660
126
5755
114
85
neutral white 3500 (below BBL) 1690
147
2335
140
3145
132
4385
119
5410
107
85
1825
159
2515
151
3385
142
4730
128
5840
116
85
neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 1715
neutral white 4000
149
2375
142
3195
134
4455
120
5500
109
85
DMS120C50F
558937
cool white
5000
1840
160
2540
152
3415
143
4770
129
5890
117
85
DMS120B50F
on request cool white
5000
1945
169
2685
161
3615
151
5045
136
6235
124
70
DMS150C
Pel = 14.4 W
Pel = 20.9 W
Pel = 29.9 W
Pel = 46.4 W
Pel = 63 W
Utyp. = 41.1 V
Utyp. = 41.8 V
Utyp. = 42.7 V
Utyp. = 44.2 V
Utyp. = 45 V
DMS150C27F
558943
warm white 2700
2070
144
2870
137
3870
129
5455
118
6750
107
DMS150C30F
558237
warm white 3000
2230
155
3090
148
4165
139
5865
126
7270
115
85
warm white 3000 (below BBL) 2110
147
2935
140
3955
132
5570
120
6900
110
85
DMS150C30FB 558238 DMS150C35F
558944
DMS150C35FB 558945 DMS150C40F
558946
DMS150C40FB 558947
neutral white 3500
82
2285
159
3170
152
4270
143
6010
130
7450
118
85
neutral white 3500 (below BBL) 2145
149
2980
143
4020
134
5660
122
7010
111
85
2315
161
3215
154
4335
145
6090
131
7560
120
85
neutral white 4000 (below BBL) 2175
neutral white 4000
151
3030
145
4085
137
5755
124
7120
113
85
DMS150C50F
558948
cool white
5000
2335
162
3240
155
4365
146
6165
133
7630
121
85
DMS150B50F
on request cool white
5000
2475
172
3435
164
4630
155
6515
140
8070
128
70
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 (70)
38
Ra
Pel = 38.1 W
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – 1000 lm to 8000 lm
1 2
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB HiCRI – CRI Ra > 90 Type
Ref. No. Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
colour
350 mA
CRI
temperature* (K)
lm
500 mA lm/W
Pel = 8.7 W DMS099***F
Utyp. = 24.7 V
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 12.6 W
lm
1050 mA lm/W
Pel = 18.1 W
lm
1400 mA lm/W
Pel = 28 W
lm
lm/W
Ra
Pel = 38.1 W
Utyp. = 25.8 V
Utyp. = 25.8 V
Utyp. = 26.7 V
Utyp. = 27.3 V
DMS099S27F
558928
warm white
2700 (below BBL)
950
109
1340
106
1800
99
2520
90
3125
82
95
DMS099S30F
558929
warm white
3000 (below BBL)
1020
117
1435
114
1925
106
2700
96
3350
88
95
DMS099S35F
558930
neutral white 3500 (below BBL)
1085
125
1530
121
2055
114
2875
103
3560
93
95
DMS099S40F
558931
neutral white 4000 (below BBL)
1125
129
1585
126
2125
117
2975
106
3680
97
95
Pel = 11.5 W DMS120***F
Pel = 16.7 W
Pel = 23.9 W
Pel = 37 W
Utyp. = 32.9 V
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.3 V
Utyp. = 36 V
558938
warm white
2700 (below BBL)
1320
115
1825
109
2455
103
3430
93
4235
84
95
DMS120S30F
558940
warm white
3000 (below BBL)
1415
123
1955
117
2630
110
3685
100
4550
90
95
DMS120S35F
558941
neutral white 3500 (below BBL)
1505
131
2080
125
2800
117
3910
106
4820
96
95
DMS120S40F
558942
neutral white 4000 (below BBL)
1560
136
2150
129
2895
121
4040
109
5000
99
95
DMS150***F DMS150S27F
558949
warm white
2700 (below BBL)
Pel = 20.9 W
Pel = 29.9 W
Pel = 46.4 W
4
Pel = 50.4 W
DMS120S27F
Pel = 14.4 W
3
6
Pel = 63 W
Utyp. = 41.1 V
Utyp. = 42.7 V
Utyp. = 42.7 V
Utyp. = 44.2 V
Utyp. = 45 V
1685
117
2325
111
3135
105
4430
95
5485
87
95
DMS150S30F
558239
warm white
3000 (below BBL)
1800
125
2495
119
3365
113
4755
102
5885
93
95
DMS150S35F
558950
neutral white 3500 (below BBL)
1920
133
2655
127
3575
120
5045
109
6255
99
95
DMS150S40F
558951
neutral white 4000 (below BBL)
1985
138
2745
131
3705
124
5220
113
6465
103
95
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90
5
7 8 9 10 11 12 39
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – Pearl White Characteristics • Brilliant white light • For retail lighting, especially fashion lighting • Similar colour impression like C-HI lamps • Highly efficient: up to 123 lm/W
LUGA Shop 2014 PCB – Pearl White – CRI Ra > 90 Ref. No.
Type
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency and typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
colour
350 mA
CRI
temperature* (K) lm
500 mA lm/W
Pel = 8.7 W DMS099S31FP 558233
DMS099S31FP
pearl white 3100
558236
DMS120S31FP
pearl white 3100
DMS150S31FP
558240
pearl white 3100
lm
lm/W
Pel = 18.1 W
lm
1400 mA lm/W
Pel = 28 W
lm
lm/W
Utyp. = 25.3 V
Utyp. = 25.8 V
Utyp. = 26.7 V
Utyp. = 27.3 V
1475
1980
2775
3430
121
117
Pel = 16.7 W
109
Pel = 23.9 W
99
Pel = 37 W
90
Utyp. = 32.9 V
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.3 V
Utyp. = 36 V
2005
2695
3775
4655
120
Pel = 20.9 W
113
Pel = 29.9 W
102
Pel = 46.4 W
92
Utyp. = 41.1 V
Utyp. = 41.8 V
Utyp. = 42.7 V
Utyp. = 44.2 V
Utyp. = 45 V
2575
3470
4890
6065
123
116
105
95
Pel = 63 W
1855
129
95
Pel = 50.4 W
1455
127
Ra
Pel = 38.1 W
Utyp. = 24.7 V
Pel = 14.4 W DMS150S31FP
lm/W
Pel = 12.6 W
1050 mA
1050
Pel = 11.5 W DMS120S31FP
lm
700 mA
96
95
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90
LUGA Shop 2015 PCB – FOOD Characteristics • Optimized for use in all retail areas – especially for fresh food (bread, fruits, vegetables, meat) Type
Ref. No. Colour
Correl. Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typical
Typ.
colour voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
beam
temp.* 700 mA
angle
K LUGA Shop FOOD DMS150G30F 558952 warm white
lm
1050 mA
lm/W lm
1400 mA
lm/W lm
lm/W
°
Typ. CRI
Typical applications
Ra
Pel = 29.9 W Pel = 46.4 W Pel = 63 W Utyp. = 42.7 V Utyp. = 44.2 V Utyp. = 45 V 3000 2410 81
3400
73
4270 68
120
85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Bread, fruits, vegetables, cheese
DMS150G40F 558953 neutral white 4000 2490 83
3510
76
4420 70
120
85 (special spectrum: HiGa) Fish, drugstore, textiles
DMS150P40F 558955 "white effect" 4000 1930 65
2720
59
3420 54
120
70 (special spectrum: HiGa) Meat
DMS150P19F 558954 "pink effect" 2000 2250 75
3170
68
4000 63
120
82
Meat
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
40
Constant-current System – Shop
PCB Holder for LUGA Shop 2015
1
For DMS099***F / DMS120***F / DMS150***F The combination of PCB version and holder provides the option of simply replacing LED modules within their holder. Simple and secure attachment is enabled with a separate holder. The PCB clicks into the opening on the reverse of the holder. In doing so, care must be taken to ensure correct polarity is maintained. The holder with the inserted PCB is then turned around and fixed with two screws. The holder also features lateral connection openings into which the electrical leads can be pushed. Dependent on the used thermal conductive material and the power classes the expected service life times can differ from the values on the data sheet LUGA Shop 2015 PCB.
LUGA Shop 2015 holder For LED LUGA Shop 2015 PCB DMS099 Dimensions (ØxH): 35 x 4.2 mm Material: PBT, white Fixing holes for screws M3 Hole distance: 25 mm Unit: 500 pcs. Type: 89721 Ref. No.: 559165 Ø 35 mm
LUGA Shop 2015 holder For LED LUGA Shop 2015 PCB DMS120 and DMS150 Dimensions (ØxH): 50 x 4.2 mm Material: PBT, white Fixing holes for screws M3 Hole distance: 35 mm for Ø 50 mm Unit: 500 pcs. Type: 89720 Ref. No.: 559164 Ø 50 mm
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 41
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 4000 lm Built-in lighting modules Due to their tiny size, the LUGA C modules are particularly suitable as a replacement for mains and low-voltage halogen lamps. As LUGA C modules are capable of producing lumen packages of up to 4000 lm, they can also be used for retail lighting and in downlights.
Typical applications Integration in • Reflector luminaires for replacement of Halogen mains and low-voltage lamps • Flat surface-mounting luminaires • Downlights For use in • Residential lighting • Furniture lighting • Stairway and corridor illumination
42
I (cd/klm)
DMC112C**E
90° 85
1±0.1 1.7 TS (Ø1)
170
DMC104C**E / DMC115C**E / DMC104D31EP / DMC115D31EP 19±0.3 LES (Ø11.1)
60°
255 340
DMC118C**E / DMC118D31EP 19±0.3 LES (Ø13.8)
1±0.1 1.7 TS (Ø1.5)
19±0.3 Ø15.8
13.5±0.3 Ø10
13.5±0.3 LES (Ø8)
19±0.3 Ø13.1
Technical notes Dimensions DMC112: 13.5 x13.5 x1.7 mm DMC104/DMC115/ DMC118: 19 x19 x1.7 mm Light emitting surface (LES) DMC112: Ø 8 mm DMC104/DMC115: Ø 11.1 mm DMC118: Ø 13.8 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C –40 to 80 °C (DMC104: > 500 mA) –40 to 75 °C (DMC118: > 700 mA) Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 167 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10 DMC112: 53.000 hrs. (IF 150 mA) DMC104: 48.000 hrs. (IF 350 mA) DMC115/DMC118: 50.000 hrs. (IF 350 mA) Unit: 225 pcs. (DMC112) 175 pcs. (DMC104/DMC115/DMC118)
1±0.1 1.7 TS (Ø1.5)
30°
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 1000 lm
1
Characteristics • Optimized for lumen packages £ 1000 lm • Highly efficient: up to 134 lm/W
2 LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 80 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
150 mA
beam
CRI
temp.* (K)
lm
angle (°)
Ra
200 mA lm/W
Pel = 4.7 W DMC112C**E
lm
250 mA lm/W
Pel = 6.5 W
Utyp. = 31.6 V
lm
lm/W
3
Pel = 8.4 W
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Utyp. = 33.5 V
DMC112C27E 556875
warm white
2700
545
116
685
105
805
96
120
82
DMC112C30E 556863
warm white
3000
590
126
740
114
870
104
120
85
DMC112C40E 556876
neutral white 3500
630
134
790
122
925
110
120
85
4
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 | Colour temperatures 3500 K and 5000 K on request
5 LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 800 lm LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 90 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
150 mA
temp.* (K) lm
200 mA lm/W
Pel = 4,7 W DMC112S**E
lm
250 mA lm/W
Pel = 6,5 W
Utyp. = 31,6 V
lm
beam
CRI
lm/W
angle (°)
Ra
82
120
95
Pel = 8,4 W
Utyp. = 32,6 V
Utyp. = 33,5 V
DMC112S27E 557803
warm white
2700
DMC112S30E 557804
warm white
3000
505
107
630
97
740
88
120
95
DMC112S40E 557805
neutral white 3500
550
117
690
106
810
96
120
95
465
99
580
89
685
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90 | Colour temperatures 3500 K on request
LUGA C 2015 – 500 lm to 800 lm – Pearl White Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
beam
CRI
150 mA
temp.* (K) lm DMC112S**EP DMC112S31EP 557806
pearl white
3100
200 mA lm/W
lm
250 mA lm/W
lm
Pel = 4.7 W
Pel = 6.5 W
Pel = 8.4 W
Utyp. = 31.6 V
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Utyp. = 33.5 V
505
107
635
98
745
7 8 9
LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 90 Type
6
lm/W
angle (°) Ra
89
120
10
95
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90
11 12 43
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA C 2015 – 1000 lm to 4000 lm Characteristics • Optimized for lumen packages from1000 lm to 4000 lm • Highly efficient: up to 167 lm/W
LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 80 / > 65 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
350 mA
beam
CRI
temp.* (K)
lm
DMC104C**E
500 mA lm/W
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 10.2 W
Pel = 15.3 W
1050 mA
lm
lm/W
lm
lm/W
angle (°)
Ra
Utyp. = 29.2 V
Utyp. = 30.5 V
DMC104C27E
556877
warm white 2700
1140
112
1465
96
—
—
—
—
120
82
DMC104C30E
556864
warm white 3000
1210
119
1555
102
—
—
—
—
120
85
DMC104C35E
on request
neutral white 3500
1265
124
1625
106
—
—
—
—
120
85
DMC104C40E
556878
neutral white 4000
1300
127
1665
109
—
—
—
—
120
85
DMC104C50E
on request
cool white
1315
129
1690
110
—
—
—
—
120
85
82
5000
DMC115C**E
Pel = 11 W
Pel = 16.3 W
Pel = 23.8 W
Utyp. = 31.4 V
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Utyp. = 34 V
DMC115C27E
556879
warm white 2700
1325
120
1755
108
2205
93
—
—
120
DMC115C30E
556865
warm white 3000
1420
129
1875
115
2350
99
—
—
120
85
DMC115C30EB 557233
warm white 3000
1355
123
1785
110
2245
94
—
—
120
85
DMC115C35E
557187
neutral white 3500
1480
135
1950
120
2450
103
—
—
120
85
DMC115C40E
556880
neutral white 4000
1505
137
1995
122
2500
105
—
—
120
85
DMC115C50E
557183
cool white
1535
140
2035
125
2555
107
—
—
120
85
82
5000
DMC118C**E
Pel = 10.6 W
Pel = 15.5 W
Pel = 22.5 W
Pel = 35.4 W
Utyp. = 30.2 V
Utyp. = 31 V
Utyp. = 32.1 V
Utyp. = 33.7 V
DMC118C27E
556881
warm white 2700
1375
130
1875
121
2460
109
3260
92
120
DMC118C30E
556866
warm white 3000
1455
137
1980
128
2595
115
3450
97
120
85
DMC118C30EB 557234
warm white 3000
1390
131
1905
123
2480
110
3310
94
120
85
DMC118C35E
556882
neutral white 3500
1525
144
2085
135
2735
122
3635
103
120
85
DMC118C40E
556883
neutral white 4000
1560
147
2125
137
2795
124
3710
105
120
85
DMC118C50E
556867
cool white
5000
1585
150
2160
139
2840
126
3770
106
120
85
DMC118B50E
557182
cool white
5000
1770
167
2415
156
3165
141
4295
121
120
70
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 / > 65
44
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA C 2015 – 1000 lm to 3000 lm
1
LUGA C 2015 – CRI Ra > 90
2 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
350 mA
beam
CRI
temp.* (K)
lm
500 mA lm/W
Pel = 10.2 W DMC104S**E
Utyp. = 29.2 V
lm
700 mA lm/W
1050 mA
lm
lm/W
lm
lm/W
angle (°)
Ra
Pel = 15.3 W Utyp. = 30.5 V
DMC104S27E
557807
warm white
2700
970
95
1245
81
—
—
—
—
120
95
DMC104S30E
557808
warm white
3000
1025
100
1315
86
—
—
—
—
120
95
DMC104S35E
on request
neutral white 3500
1095
107
1405
92
—
—
—
—
120
95
DMC104S40E
557809
neutral white 4000
1145
112
1470
96
—
—
—
—
120
95
Pel = 11 W DMC115S**E
Pel = 16.3 W
Utyp. = 31.4 V
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Utyp. = 34 V
557811
warm white
2700
1115
101
1480
91
1860
78
—
—
120
95
DMC115S30E
557799
warm white
3000
1185
108
1565
96
1970
83
—
—
120
95
DMC115S35E
557812
neutral white 3500
1260
115
1665
102
2090
88
—
—
120
95
DMC115S40E
557813
neutral white 4000
1300
118
1715
105
2150
90
—
—
120
95
120
95
DMC118S**E
Pel = 15.5 W
4
Pel = 23.8 W
DMC115S27E
Pel = 10.6 W
3
Pel = 22.5 W
6
Pel = 35.4 W
Utyp. = 30.2 V
Utyp. = 31 V
Utyp. = 32.1 V
Utyp. = 33.7 V
DMC118S27E
557814
warm white
2700
1160
109
1580
102
2075
2755
DMC118S30E
557801
warm white
3000
1225
116
1665
107
2190
97
2910
82
120
95
DMC118S35E
557815
neutral white 3500
1310
124
1785
115
2340
104
3110
88
120
95
DMC118S40E
557816
neutral white 4000
1355
128
1845
119
2420
108
3220
91
120
95
92
78
5
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90
7 8 9 10 11 12 45
Constant-current System – Shop
LUGA C 2015 – 1000 lm to 3000 lm – Pearl White Characteristics • Optimized for lumen packages from1000 lm to 3000 lm • Highly efficient: up to 114 lm/W
LUGA C 2015 Pearl White – CRI Ra > 80 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
350 mA
beam
CRI
temp.* (K)
lm
DMC104D31EP DMC104C31EP
557184
pearl white 3100
DMC115D31EP DMC115C31EP
on request
pearl white 3100
DMC118D31EP DMC118C31EP
on request
pearl white 3100
500 mA lm/W
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 10.2 W
Pel = 15.3 W
Utyp. = 29.2 V
Utyp. = 30.5 V
1220
1565
120
102
1050 mA
lm
lm/W
lm
lm/W
angle (°)
Ra
—
—
—
—
120
85
—
—
120
85
120
85
Pel = 11 W
Pel = 16.3 W
Utyp. = 31.4 V
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Utyp. = 34 V
1435
1895
2375
130
116
Pel = 23.8 W 100
Pel = 10.6 W
Pel = 15.5 W
Utyp. = 30.2 V
Utyp. = 31 V
Utyp. = 32.1 V
Utyp. = 33.7 V
1485
2025
2650
3525
140
131
Pel = 22.5 W 118
Pel = 35.4 W 100
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80
LUGA C 2015 Pearl White – CRI Ra > 90 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
350 mA
beam
CRI
temp.* (K)
lm
DMC104S31EP DMC104S31EP
557810
pearl white 3100
DMC115S31EP DMC115S31EP
557800
pearl white 3100
DMC118S31EP DMC118S31EP
557802
pearl white 3100
500 mA lm/W
lm
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 10.2 W
Pel = 15.3 W
Utyp. = 29.2 V
Utyp. = 30.5 V
1035
1330
101
87
1050 mA
lm
lm/W
lm
lm/W
angle (°)
Ra
—
—
—
—
120
95
—
—
120
95
120
95
Pel = 11 W
Pel = 16.3 W
Utyp. = 31.4 V
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Utyp. = 34 V
1195
1580
1990
109
97
Pel = 23.8 W 84
Pel = 10.6 W
Pel = 15.5 W
Utyp. = 30.2 V
Utyp. = 31 V
Utyp. = 32.1 V
Utyp. = 33.7 V
1250
1705
2230
2970
118
110
Pel = 22.5 W 99
Pel = 35.4 W 84
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 90
46
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial and Hall Lighting These LED modules are suitable for illuminating industrial, production, sports and warehouse facilities as well as for petrol stations (especially SYM II). These modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable a modular luminaire design. The modules are available in four shapes (4, 16, 32 or 64 LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 16, 32 or 64 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 136 lm/W Lumen maintenance L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp 60 °C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: 4 kV Typical applications • Integration in outdoor luminaires • Indoor lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 47
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial and Hall Lighting Optical characteristics at tp = 60 °C Type IP20
Colour IP66 (IP67) square
linear
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)**
temperature*
400 mA
700 mA
K
min.
min.
typ.
Pel = 4.5 W 4 LEDs
1050 mA typ.
Pel = 8.4 W
Utyp. = 11.3 V Utyp. = 12 V
min.
1400 mA
typ.
min.
typ.
Pel = 13.7 W
Pel = 19.3 W
Utyp. = 13 V
Utyp. = 13.8 V
Ra
WU-M-444/B-..
—
—
WW warm white
3000 –130/+220
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575 ³ 70
WU-M-444/B-..
—
—
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575 ³ 70
WU-M-444/B-..
—
—
CW cool white
550
615
890
975
1225
1350
1550
1700 ³ 65
5000 –255/+310
16 LEDs
Pel = 18 W
Pel = 33.6 W
Pel = 54.6 W
Pel = 77 W
Utyp. = 45 V
Utyp. = 48 V
Utyp. = 52 V
Utyp. = 55 V
3000 –130/+220
2000 2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
2000 2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. CW cool white
5000 –255/+310
2200 2450
3550
3900
4900
5400
6200
6800 ³ 65
WU-M-488
—
—
WW warm white
3000 –130/+220
2000 2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-488
—
—
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
2000 2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-488
—
—
CW cool white
2200 2450
3550
3900
4900
5400
6200
6800 ³ 65
WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. WW warm white
5000 –255/+310
32 LEDs
Pel = 36 W
Pel = 67.2 W
Utyp. = 90 V
Utyp. = 96 V
Pel = 109.2 W — Utyp. = 104 V
—
—
—
WU-M-496-
WW warm white
3000 –130/+220
4000 4500 6600
7200
9000
9900 —
—
³ 70
—
—
WU-M-496-
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
4000 4500 6600
7200
9000
9900 —
—
³ 70
—
—
WU-M-496-
CW cool white
4400 4900 7100
7800
9800
10800 —
—
³ 65
5000 –255/+310
Pel = 72 W 64 LEDs
Pel = 134.4 W Pel = 218.4 W Pel = 308 W
Utyp. = 180 V Utyp. = 192 V
Utyp. = 208 V
Utyp. = 220 V
WU-M-475/64-.. —
—
WW warm white
3000 –130/+220
8000 9000 13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70
WU-M-475/64-.. —
—
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
8000 9000 13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70
WU-M-475/64-.. —
—
CW cool white
8800 9800 14200 15600 19600 21600 24800 27200 ³ 65
5000 –255/+310
* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10%; Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request
48
CRI***
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial Light SYM I – IP20
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x12 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x12 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).
Ref. No.
Type
2 I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580
3
60°
870 1160 1450 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4
Number
5
of LEDs WU-M-444/B-WW
556235
4
WU-M-444/B-NW
553933
4
WU-M-444/B-CW
553932
4
WU-M-475/16-WW
556236
16
WU-M-475/16-NW
553915
16
WU-M-475/16-CW
553914
16
WU-M-475/64-WW
556237
64
WU-M-475/64-NW
554806
64
WU-M-475/64-CW
554801
64
6 7
WU-M-444/B
WU-M-475/16 0°
WU-M-475/64
120 110 60
12 1.6
270°
tc/tp
12 1.6
8 9
240
60 47.5
12 1.6
240
270°
120 110 60
0°
0°
65 61.8 30
270°
ø3.2 90°
90°
90° WU-M-475
30
3.2 180°
1500 mA DC max.
Tc= 85°C max.
ø4.2 (8x)
tc/tp 180°
180°
10 11 12 49
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial Light Linear SYM I – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).
Type
Ref. No.
Number of LEDs
WU-M-488-WW
on request
16
WU-M-488-NW
on request
16
WU-M-488-CW
556297
16
WU-M-488 SYM I
tc/tp
50
I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580
60°
870 1160 1450 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial Light SYM I – Water Protected
1 2
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x18.75 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x18.75 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).
Type
Shape
Ref. No.
I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580
3
60°
870 1160 1450 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4 5
Number of LEDs
WU-M-425/B-WW square 554787
16
WU-M-425/B-NW
square 554782
16
WU-M-425/B-CW
square 553068
16
WU-M-438/B-WW linear
556704
16
WU-M-438/B-NW
linear
556697
16
WU-M-438/B-CW
linear
554795
16
6 7
WU-M-425/B
WU-M-438/B
8
.2
(8
x)
18.75 10.5
Ø4
90°
120 110 60
0°
240 60
60
60
0x
)
30 90°
.2
(1
18.75 10.5
5
Ø4
120 110 60
5
9
180°
6.9
50
50
50
50
tc/tp
10
50
6
3.5
117
5
7.5
3.50
8
50
tc/tp
270°
270°
180°
6
60
50
0°
11 12 51
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED LightEngine SYM I – IP66 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 62 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).
Ref. No.
Type
I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580 1160 1450 0°–180°
Number of LEDs
WU-M-496-WW-R70
558178
32
WU-M-496-NW-R70
558177
32
WU-M-496-CW-RNN
558176
32
WU-M-496 SYM I
28
44
12.7 5.2
62.0
44
120 28
267 256 240
30
6
18
8
tc/tp
52
60°
870
90°–270°
30°
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial Light SYM II – IP20
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x 6.2 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x 6.2 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)
2 I (cd/klm) 50 150
90°
3
60°
250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°
Type
Ref. No.
WU-M-444/B-WW
556238
4
WU-M-444/B-NW
553936
4
WU-M-444/B-CW
553935
4
WU-M-475/16-WW
556239
16
WU-M-475/16-NW
553918
16
WU-M-475/16-CW
553917
16
WU-M-475/64-WW
556240
64
30°
4
Number of LEDs
WU-M-475/64-NW
554807
64
WU-M-475/64-CW
554802
64
5 6
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
7 WU-M-444/B
WU-M-475/16
45°
0°
WU-M-475/64
120 110 60
6.2 1.6
60 47.5
6.2 1.6
240
8 9
6.2 1.6
tc/tp
240
120 110 60
0°
0°
270°
270°
45°
45°
65 61.8 30
270°
ø3.2
WU-M-475
3.2 30
180°
90°
90°
90°
225°
1500 mA DC max.
Tc= 85°C max.
ø4.2 (8x)
tc/tp 180°
225°
180°
225°
10 11 12 53
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial Light Linear SYM II – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x 6,2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)
I (cd/klm) 50 150
90° 60°
250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°
Type
Ref. No.
Number of LEDs
WU-M-488-WW
on request
16
WU-M-488-NW
on request
16
WU-M-488-CW
556298
16
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
WU-M-488 SYM II
tc/tp
54
30°
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Industrial Light SYM II – Water Protected
1 2
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x14 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x14 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)
Type
Shape
Ref. No.
I (cd/klm) 50 150
90°
3
60°
250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°
30°
4 5
Number of LEDs
WU-M-425/B-WW square
554788
16
WU-M-425/B-NW
square
554783
16
WU-M-425/B-CW
square
553069
16
WU-M-438/B-WW linear
556705
16
WU-M-438/B-NW
linear
556698
16
WU-M-438/B-CW
linear
553612
16
6
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
7
WU-M-425/B
WU-M-438/B
ø4 .2(
180°
8
14 10.5
8x )
120 110 60
225°
30
90°
240 60
60
60
5
.2(
180° 225°
90°
14 10
9
270°
6
60 50
30
ø4
5
30
120 110 60
10
x)
30
0°
270°
45°
30
6.87
30
10
6
3.5
3.5
7.5 117
5
8
30
tc/tp
0°
45°
tc/tp
11 12 55
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED LightEngine SYM II – IP66 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 54,6 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)
I (cd/klm) 50 150
90° 60°
250 350 45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°
Ref. No.
Type
Number of LEDs
WU-M-496-WW-R70
558181
32
WU-M-496-NW-R70
558180
32
WU-M-496-CW-RNN
558179
32
* Degree of protection IP67/IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
WU-M-496 SYM II 267 256 240
44
5.2
28
120
28
44 12.7
54.6
8
30
6
18.6
tc/tp
56
30°
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LED Linear Allround Industrial and Hall Lighting
1 2
These LED modules are suitable for illuminating industrial, production, sports and warehouse facilities as well as for petrol stations (especially SYM II). These Linear Allround modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable an easy modular luminaire design with flexibility in system design. The modules are available in three shapes (4, 8, or 16 LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 8 or 16 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 136 lm/W Lumen maintenance L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp: 60 °C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: 4 kV
3
Typical applications • Integration in outdoor luminaires • Indoor lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities
4 5 6 7
Optical characteristics at tp = 60 °C Type
Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)**
temperature*
400 mA
K
min.
4 LEDs
700 mA typ.
min.
CRI*** 1050 mA
typ.
min.
1400 mA typ.
min.
typ.
Pel = 4.5 W
Pel = 8.4 W
Pel = 13.7 W
Utyp. = 11.3 V
Utyp. = 12 V
Utyp. = 13 V
Utyp. = 13.8 V
Ra
Pel = 19.3 W
WU-M-479/4-...
WW
warm white 3000 –130/+220
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575
³ 70
WU-M-479/4-...
NW
neutral white 4000 –290/+260
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575
³ 70
WU-M-479/4-...
CW
cool white
550
615
890
975
1225
1350
1550
1700
³ 65
5000 –255/+310
8 LEDs
Pel = 9 W
Pel = 16.8 W
Pel = 27.3 W
Utyp. = 22.6 V
Utyp. = 24 V
Utyp. = 26 V
Utyp. = 27.6 V
WW
warm white 3000 –130/+220
1000
1130
1650
1840
2250
2480
2850
3150
³ 70
WU-M-479/8-...
NW
neutral white 4000 –290/+260
1000
1130
1650
1840
2250
2480
2850
3150
³ 70
WU-M-479/8-...
CW
cool white
1100
1230
1780
1950
2450
2700
3100
3400
³ 65
16 LEDs
9
Pel = 38.6 W
WU-M-479/8-...
5000 –255/+310
8
Pel = 18.1 W
Pel = 33.6 W
Pel = 54.6 W
Utyp. = 45.2 V
Utyp. = 48 V
Utyp. = 52 V
Utyp. = 55.2 V
10
Pel = 77.3 W
WU-M-479/16-...
WW
warm white 3000 –130/+220
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300
³ 70
WU-M-479/16-...
NW
neutral white 4000 –290/+260
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300
³ 70
WU-M-479/16-...
CW
cool white
5000 –255/+310 2200
2450
3550
3900
4900
5400
6200
6800
³ 65
11
* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10%; Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request
12 57
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
SYM I Linear – Allround Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62,3 x12 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113,2 x12 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the 0–180° layer (lengthwise) or 8:5 (height to distance) on the 90–270° layer (crosswise).
Type
Ref. No.
WU-M-479/4-WW
on request
4
WU-M-479/4-NW
on request
4
WU-M-479/4-CW
on request
4
WU-M-479/8-WW
556267
8
WU-M-479/8-NW
556269
8
WU-M-479/8-CW
556270
8
WU-M-479/16-WW
556264
16
WU-M-479/16-NW
555399
16
WU-M-479/16-CW
556266
16
I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580
60°
870 1160 1450 0°–180°
30°
90°–270°
Number of LEDs
90°
3.2
180°
47.5
58
12 1.6
4.2
Ø4.2
215 50.9
50.9
tc/tp
90°
49.20 62.75
90°
180°
49.20
12 1.6
3.2(8x)
Ø4.2
50
tc/tp
50.9 0°
50
7.6x4.2
4.2
113.2 50.9
Ø4.2
50
47.5
tc/tp
3.2(4x)
270°
4.2
270°
Ø4.2
0°
270°
12 1.6
3.2
0°
WU-M-479/16
47.5
62.3 37.3
WU-M-479/8
47.5
WU-M-479/4
49.20 113.65
7.6x4.2 50.90
7.6x4.2 50.90
180°
49.20
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
SYM II Linear – Allround
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62,3 x12 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113,2 x12 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance)
2 I (cd/klm) 90°
50 150
3
60°
250 350 30°
45°–225°/135°–315° 0°–180°/90°–270°
Ref. No.
Type
4
Number of LEDs
WU-M-479/4-WW
on request
4
WU-M-479/4-NW
on request
4
WU-M-479/4-CW
on request
4
WU-M-479/8-WW
556274
8
WU-M-479/8-NW
556277
8
WU-M-479/8-CW
556278
8
WU-M-479/16-WW
556271
16
WU-M-479/16-NW
555479
16
WU-M-479/16-CW
556273
16
5 6
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
7 WU-M-479/4
WU-M-479/8 3.2(4x)
7.6x4.2
90°
47.5
Ø4.2
50.9
3.2(8x)
270° 180° 225°
45° 90°
50 4.2
tc/tp
3.2
0°
6.2 1.6
Ø4.2
47.5
50
47.5
4.2 180°
50.9
45°
Ø4.2
270°
225°
0°
90°
Ø4.2 tc/tp
8
215 50.9
49.20 62.75
49.20
50
45°
113.2 50.9
tc/tp
4.2
0°
6.2 1.6
47.5
62.3 3.2 37.3
WU-M-479/16 6.2 1.6
270° 180° 225°
49.20 113.65
7.6x4.2 50.90
7.6x4.2 50.90
9
49.20
10 11 12 59
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
Industrial FlatEmitter SMD
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
85
85 60°
170
225
340
340
30°
WU-M-452-xx/B
WU-M-452-12/B
30°
WU-M-433-xx/B
WU-M-433-27/B
73.50 30.00
60°
170
225
25.75
6
(4x)
30
Ø3.4
–
tc/tp
Ø
+
44
NTC
tc/tp
36 3. (4 x)
6
1.50 3.65
40
26.50
1.5
6
34.00 26.00
Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) LEDs on the module are serial connected Reverse polarity protection up to 70 V at WU-M-452-12/B up to 100 V at WU-M-452-18/B up to 450 V at WU-M-433-xx/B Dimensions (incl. optics) L xWxH 73.5 x 34 x 6 mm at WU-M-452-12/B 86 x 36.5 x 6 mm at WU-M-452-18/B 108 x 44 x 6 mm at WU-M-433-xx/B ESD protection class 1 Surge protection: 3 kV NTC-resistor (type: NCP18XH103J03RB) for external driver feedback of module temperature WU-M-452-xx/B: optional WU-M-433-xx/B: type NCP18 xH103J03RB
1.5
108
WU-M-452-18/B 86
WU-M-433-42/B 6
25.75
21
(4x)
30
Ø3.4
+
Ø 3.4
1.5 3.7
31.5
44
NTC
tc/tp
36
37 29
–
tc/tp
108
Type
Ref. No. Number Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
of LEDs
colour
400 mA
CRI
pcs.
temperature (K) lm
LED modules with 12 LEDs
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 13.8 W, Utyp. = 34.4 V
lm
lm/W
WU-M-452-12/B-WW 554820 12
warm white
3000 –130/+220 1610
117
2565
101
> 80
WU-M-452-12/B-NW 556214 12
neutral white 4000 –300/+260 1740
126
2780
110
> 80
WU-M-452-12/B-CW 556215 12
cool white
129
2840
112
> 80
LED modules with 18 LEDs
5000 –255/+310 1780
Pel = 20.5 W, Utyp. = 51.3 V
Pel = 37.8 W, Utyp. = 54 V
WU-M-452-18/B-WW 554822 18
warm white
3000 –130/+220 2410
118
3845
102
> 80
WU-M-452-18/B-NW 556216 18
neutral white 4000 –300/+260 2610
127
4165
110
> 80
WU-M-452-18/B-CW 555786 18
cool white
130
4260
113
> 80
LED modules with 27 LEDs
5000 –255/+310 2670
Pel = 30.9 W, Utyp. = 77.2 V
Pel = 56.5 W, Utyp. = 80.7 V
WU-M-433-27/B-WW 554816 27
warm white
3000 –130/+220 3510
114
5595
99
> 80
WU-M-433-27/B-NW 556217 27
neutral white 4000 –300/+260 3800
123
6060
107
> 80
WU-M-433-27/B-CW 556218 27
cool white
126
6200
110
> 80
LED modules with 42 LEDs
5000 –255/+310 3885
Pel = 48 W, Utyp. = 120 V
Pel = 87.7 W, Utyp. = 125.3 V
WU-M-433-42/B-WW 554818 42
warm white
3000 –130/+220 5455
114
8700
99
> 80
WU-M-433-42/B-NW 556219 42
neutral white 4000 –300/+260 5910
123
9430
107
> 80
WU-M-433-42/B-CW 556220 42
cool white
126
9640
110
> 80
5000 –255/+310 6040
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% | **Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: +15/–19% at 400 mA and +12/–10% at 700 mA | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 91.
60
Ra
Pel = 25.3 W, Utyp. = 36.2 V
Constant-current System – Industrial and Hall Lighting
LUGA Industrial 2014 10,000 lm
1
Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting.
2
Technical notes Dimensions (L x Wx H): 64 x 70 x 8.7 mm Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to 140 V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 60598 Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C Efficiency up to 150 lm/W Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM NTC-resistor (type: NCP18XH103J03RB) for external driver feedback of module temperature Lumen maintenance L90/B10: 45,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) Unit: 12 pcs.
I (cd/klm) 90° 85
3
60°
170 255 340
30°
5
31
70
49.6
LES Ø43
64 56.3
Typical applications • Integration in outdoor luminaires • Indoor lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities
4
ø3
tc/tp
6
.20 (4 8.7
4.95
14.25
x)
50.3
7 8
Type
Ref. No. Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
350 mA
beam
CRI
temperature*(K) lm
500 mA lm/W
lm
700 mA lm/W
lm
1050 mA lm/W
lm
lm/W
Pel = 37.9 W
Pel = 55.1 W
Pel = 79.4 W
Pel = 124.4 W
Utyp. = 108.4 V
Utyp. = 110.3 V
Utyp. = 113.4 V
Utyp. = 118.5 V
angle (°) Ra
WU-M-467-830 552167
warm white 3000
5255
139
7000
127
9250
116
12800
103
120
85
WU-M-467-840 552168
neutral white 4000
5600
148
7450
135
9900
125
13600
109
120
85
WU-M-467-850 552169
cool white
5675
150
7550
137
10050
127
13800
111
120
85
5000
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux, efficiency, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% Min. CRI Ra: > 80 | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 91.
9 10 11 12 61
Constant-current System – Industrial, Hall, Street and Outoor Lighting
LUGA C 2015 – 4000 lm to 15,000 lm Built-in lighting modules LUGA C modules with lumen values ranging from 4000 to 15,000 lm are especially designed as built-in module for industrial and outdoor lighting. The wide range of variants (CRI 70/80) make them suitable for indoor as well as for street light applications.
I (cd/klm)
DMC11C***E / DMC16C***E 28±0.3 LES (Ø22)
1 1.7 TS (Ø1.5)
170
62
Ø35
38±0.3
Typical applications Integration in • Reflector luminaires • Flat surface-mounting luminaires • Downlights • Indoor and hall lighting • Industrial lighting for: – Production halls – Warehouses • Petrol station lighting • Lighting for sports facilities
38±0.3 LES (Ø33)
60°
255 340
28±0.3 Ø24
Technical notes Dimensions DMC11C***E / DMC16C***E: 28 x 28 x1.7 mm DMC17Q***E: 38 x 38 x1.7 mm Light emitting surface (LES) DMC11C***E / DMC16C***E: Ø 22 mm DMC17Q***E: Ø 33 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C –40 to 80 °C (DMC11C: > 1400 mA and DMC17Q: >1700 mA) –40 to 75 °C (DMC16C: > 1400 mA) Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 167 lm/W DMC17Q***E Colour rendering index Ra: > 80 / > 65 Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B10 DMC11C: 45,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) DMC16C: 42,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) DMC17Q: 59,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) Unit: 100 pcs. (DMC11C/DMC16C) 75 pcs. (DMC17Q)
90° 85
1 1.7
TS (Ø1.5)
30°
Constant-current System – Industrial, Hall, Street and Outoor Lighting
LUGA C 2015 – 4000 lm to 15,000 lm
1 2
Ref. No.
Type
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)**
Typ.
Typ.
colour
1050 mA
beam
CRI
temp.* (K)
lm
angle
Ra
DMC11C***E
1400 mA lm/W
lm
1700 mA lm/W
lm
2100 mA lm/W
Pel = 33.7 W
Pel = 46.3 W
Pel = 57.8 W
Utyp. = 32.1 V
Utyp. = 33.1 V
Utyp. = 34 V
lm
lm/W
DMC11CC27E
557642
warm white 2700
3900
116
4815
104
5425
94
—
—
120
82
DMC11CC30E
556884
warm white 3000
4155
123
5125
111
5775
100
—
—
120
85
DMC11CC35E
on request
neutral white 3500
4350
129
5380
116
6060
105
—
—
120
85
DMC11CC40E
556869
neutral white 4000
4465
132
5515
119
6210
107
—
—
120
85
DMC11CB40E
557239
neutral white 4000
4755
141
5870
127
6625
115
—
—
120
70
DMC11CC50E
556870
cool white
5000
4515
134
5590
121
6290
109
—
—
120
85
DMC11CB50E
557186
cool white
5000
5065
150
6270
135
7045
122
—
—
120
70
DMC16C***E
Pel = 48.6 W
Pel = 66.9 W
Pel = 83.1 W
Utyp. = 46.3 V
Utyp. = 47.8 V
Utyp. = 48.9 V
DMC16CC30E
556885
warm white 3000
5810
120
7135
107
8030
97
—
—
120
85
DMC16CC40E
556871
neutral white 4000
6215
128
7635
114
8590
103
—
—
120
85
DMC16CB40E
557240
neutral white 4000
6630
136
8160
122
9175
110
—
—
120
70
DMC16CC50E
556872
cool white
5000
6295
130
7750
116
8695
105
—
—
120
85
DMC16CB50E
557081
cool white
5000
7110
146
8735
131
9825
118
—
—
120
70
DMC17Q***E
Pel = 49.1 W
Pel = 66.8 W
Utyp. = 46.8 V
Utyp. = 47.7 V
Pel = 82.6 W
4 5 6
Pel = 104 W
Utyp. = 48.6 V
Utyp. = 49.5 V
DMC17QC30E
556886
warm white 3000
7035
143
8945
134
10420
126
12085
116
120
85
DMC17QC40E
556873
neutral white 4000
7255
148
9225
138
10740
130
12465
120
120
85
DMC17QB40E
557241
neutral white 4000
7695
157
9795
147
11405
138
13230
127
120
70
DMC17QC50E
556874
cool white
5000
7395
151
9405
141
10955
133
12690
122
120
85
DMC17QB50E
557082
cool white
5000
8190
167
10405
156
12120
147
14075
135
120
70
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam | ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 15%; of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% | Min. CRI Ra: > 80 / > 65
3
7 8 9
Optics for Street Lighting COB silicone optics M-Class (M1) For use with LUGA C modules DMC11C***E and DMC16C***E Material: silicone Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4:1 (distance to height) Ref. No.: 559042 optics Ref. No.: 558607 support
Ø 100 Ø 90 8.5
10 .4 Ø3
7.5
11
I (cd/klm) 90°
60°
345 460 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
5
230
24 1
115
12 63
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Street and Outdoor Lighting – M-Class, S-Class, Area These LED modules are suitable for standardcompliant street lighting, paths and squares in accordance with EN 13201. These modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable a modular luminaire design. The VS ECXd 700/150 W LED driver enables power reduction via phase inversion. The modules are available in four shapes (4, 16, 32 or 64 LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 16, 32 or 64 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 136 lm/W Colour rendering index Ra: > 70 or > 80 Lumen maintenance L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp 60 °C Surge protection: 4 kV ESD protection class 2 Typical Applications • Integration in luminaires • Streetlighting for ME- and S-classes (acc. to EN 13201) • Illumination of public places
64
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Street and Outdoor Lighting – M-Class, S-Class, Area
1
Optical Characteristics at tp = 60 °C Type IP20
Colour IP66 (IP67) square
linear
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typ. voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)**
temperature*
400 mA
K
min.
4 LEDs
700 mA typ.
min.
typ.
CRI***
1050 mA
1400 mA
min.
min.
typ.
typ.
Pel = 4.5 W
Pel = 8.4 W
Pel = 13.7 W
Pel = 19.3 W
Utyp. = 11.3 V
Utyp. = 12 V
Utyp. = 13 V
Utyp. = 13.8 V
Ra
WU-M-444/B-..
—
—
WW warm white 3000 –130/+220
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575 ³ 70
WU-M-444/B-..
—
—
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575 ³ 70
WU-M-444/B-..
—
—
CW cool white
550
615
890
975
1225
1350
1550
1700 ³ 65
5000 –255/+310
Pel = 18 W
Pel = 33.6 W
Pel = 54.6 W
Pel = 77 W
16 LEDs
Utyp. = 45 V
Utyp. = 48 V
Utyp. = 52 V
Utyp. = 55 V
WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. WW warm white 3000 –130/+220
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-475/16-.. WU-M-425/B-.. WU-M-438/B-.. CW cool white
5000 –255/+310
2200
2450
3550
3900
4900
5400
6200
6800 ³ 65
WU-M-488
—
—
WW warm white 3000 –130/+220
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-488
—
—
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300 ³ 70
WU-M-488
—
—
CW cool white
2200
2450
3550
3900
4900
5400
6200
6800 ³ 65
5000 –255/+310
32 LEDs
Pel = 36 W
Pel = 67.2 W
Pel = 109.2 W
—
Utyp. = 90 V
Utyp. = 96 V
Utyp. = 104 V
—
—
—
WU-M-496-
WW warm white 3000 –130/+220
4000
4500
6600
7200
9000
9900 —
—
³ 70
—
—
WU-M-496-
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
4000
4500
6600
7200
9000
9900 —
—
³ 70
—
—
WU-M-496-
CW cool white
5000 –255/+310 4400
4900
7100
7800
9800
10800 —
—
³ 65
64 LEDs
Pel = 72 W
Pel = 134.4 W
Pel = 218.4 W
Pel = 308 W
Utyp. = 180 V
Utyp. = 192 V
Utyp. = 208 V
Utyp. = 220 V
WU-M-475/64-.. —
—
WW warm white 3000 –130/+220
8000
9000
13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70
WU-M-475/64-.. —
—
NW neutral white 4000 –290/+260
8000
9000
13200 14400 18000 19800 22800 25200 ³ 70
WU-M-475/64-.. —
—
CW cool white
8800
9800
14200 15600 19600 21600 24800 27200 ³ 65
5000 –255/+310
* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10%; Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 65
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light M-Class – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x10 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x10 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x10 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
I (cd/klm) 90°
130 260 520 0°–180°
Type
Ref. No.
WU-M-444/B-WW-R70
554901
4
WU-M-444/B-NW
553927
4
WU-M-444/B-CW
553926
4
WU-M-475/16-WW-R70
556227
16
WU-M-475/16-NW
553908
16
WU-M-475/16-CW
553907
16
WU-M-475/64-WW-R70
556228
64
Number of LEDs
WU-M-475/64-NW
554804
64
WU-M-475/64-CW
554022
64
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
WU-M-444/B
WU-M-475/16 180°
WU-M-475/64
120 110 60
10 1.6
Road/Straße/Route
270°
180°
10 1.6
240 Road/Straße/Route
270°
Road/Straße/Route
10 1.6
tc/tp
65 61.8 30
270°
240
120 110 60
180°
60 47.5
ø3.2 90°
90°
3.2 30
66
WU-M-475
0°
60°
390
1500 mA DC max.
90°
Tc= 85°C max.
ø4.2 (8x)
tc/tp
0°
0°
90°–270°
30°
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light Linear M-Class – IP20
1 2
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x10 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
Type
I (cd/klm) 90°
130 260
3
60°
390 520 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4
Ref. No. lengthwise
crosswise
WU-M-488-WW
on request
on request
WU-M-488-NW
556571
556493
WU-M-488-CW
556293
556292
5
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
6
WU-M-488 M-Class – lengthwise
Road/Straße/Route
7 8
tc/tp
9
WU-M-488 M-Class – crosswise
Road/Straße/Route
10 11
tc/tp
12 67
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light M-Class – Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x16 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x16 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
Type
I (cd/klm) 90°
130 260
60°
390 520 0°–180°
30°
90°–270°
Ref. No.
Shape
Optics direction
lengthwise
crosswise
WU-M-425/B-WW
square
554784
—
WU-M-425/B-NW
square
554409
—
WU-M-425/B-CW
square
553067
—
WU-M-438/B-WW
linear
556699
556700
WU-M-438/B-NW
linear
554797
554798
WU-M-438/B-CW
linear
554789
554790
* Degree of protection IP67/IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
WU-M-438/B – crosswise 30 120 110 60
240 60
60
60
Road/Straße/Route
.2( 8x
)
16 10.5
Ø4
60 50
90°
16 10.3
5
5
90°
30
0°
6
WU-M-425/B
tc/tp
6
30
WU-M-438/B – lengthwise 30
180°
270°
30
30
tc/tp
3.5
5
8
30
120 110 60
6.9
240 60
60
5
60 16 10.3
5
90°
30
3.5
60 50
Straße/Road
6
7.5 117 tc/tp
6.9
6
68
3.5
5
8
Road/Straße/Route
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED LightEngine M-Class – IP66
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LED: 240 x120 x 61.7 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05* Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type
Ref. No.
Optics direction
lengthwise
crosswise
WU-M-496-WW-R70
558166
557138
WU-M-496-NW-R70
557140
557137
WU-M-496-CW-RNN
557139
557136
2 I (cd/klm) 90°
130 260
3
60°
390 520 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4 5
* Degree of protection IP67/IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
WU-M-496 M-Class – crosswise
6
267 256 240
28
7
44
5.2
28
120
Road/Straße/Route
44 12.7
61.7
8
8
18
30
6
7.3
tc/tp
9
WU-M-496 M-Class – lengthwise
10 28
44
12.7 5.2
61,7
44
120 28
267 256 240
11 6 30
18
tc/tp
7.3
Road/Straße/Route
12 69
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light S-Class – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x12.4 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x12.4 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x12.4 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
Ref. No.
Type
I (cd/klm) 200 400
800 0°–180°
Number
WU-M-444/B-WW
556229
4
WU-M-444/B-NW
553930
4
WU-M-444/B-CW
553929
4
WU-M-475/16-WW
556230
16
WU-M-475/16-NW
553912
16
WU-M-475/16-CW
553911
16
WU-M-475/64-WW
556231
64
WU-M-475/64-NW
554805
64
WU-M-475/64-CW
556706
64
WU-M-444/B
WU-M-475/16 0°
WU-M-475/64
120 110 60 Road/Straße/Route
12.4 1.6
270°
tc/tp
12.4 1.6
65 61.8 30
270°
ø3.2
30
3.2180°
90°
90°
90°
70
12.4 1.6
240 Road/Straße/Route
240
Road/Straße/Route
0°
270°
120 110 60
0°
60°
600
of LEDs
60 47.5
90°
WU-M-475
1500 mA DC max.
Tc= 85°C max.
ø4.2 (8x)
tc/tp 180°
180°
90°–270°
30°
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light Linear S-Class – IP20
1 2
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x12,4 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
I (cd/klm) 200 400
3
60°
600 800 0°–180°
Ref. No.
Type
90°
lengthwise
crosswise
WU-M-488-WW
on request
on request
WU-M-488-NW
on request
on request
WU-M-488-CW
556295
556294
90°–270°
30°
4 5
WU-M-488 S-Class – lengthwise 240 60
30
60
60 12
Ø3.2(10x)
0°
1.6
Road/Straße/Route
6
30
60
50
270°
7 90°
WU-M-488
1500mA DC max.
Tc=85°C max.
A1/O15
<Datecode>
tc/tp 180°
7x30=210
8
WU-M-488 S-Class – crosswise
9
240 60
30
60
60 12
Ø3.2(10x)
90°
1.6
30
60
50
Road/Straße/Route
180°
10
0°
WU-M-488
1500mA DC max.
Tc=85°C max.
A1/O15
<Datecode>
tc/tp 270°
11
7x30=210
12 71
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light S-Class – Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x18.4 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x18.4 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
Type
Shape
I (cd/klm) 90°
200 400
60°
600 800 0°–180°
30°
90°–270°
Ref. No.
Optics direction
lengthwise
crosswise
WU-M-425/B-WW square
554785
—
WU-M-425/B-NW
square
554780
—
WU-M-425/B-CW
square
554300
—
WU-M-438/B-WW linear
556701
556702
WU-M-438/B-NW
linear
554799
556695
WU-M-438/B-CW
linear
554792
554793
WU-M-425/B
WU-M-438/B – crosswise 240 60
60
60
5
.2(
10
x)
30
270°
90°
30
0°
6
60 50
10.5
Road/Straße/Route
.2( 8x )
10
15.3
Ø4
90°
ø4
5
120 110 60
180°
15.3 8
30
120 110 60
tc/tp
0°
6.87
6
30
WU-M-438/B – lengthwise
180°
240 60
60
60
5
x)
30
30
30
10
90°
ø4
5
30
15.3
.2(
tc/tp
10
270°
60 50
Road/Straße/Route
180°
0°
6
3.5
7.5 117 270°
6.87
8
Road/Straße/Route
6
72
tc/tp
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED LightEngine S-Class – IP66
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 61,3 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type
Ref. No.
Optics direction
lengthwise
crosswise
WU-M-496-WW-R70
558172
558169
WU-M-496-NW-R70
558171
558168
WU-M-496-CW-RNN
558170
558167
2 I (cd/klm) 200 400
90°
3
60°
600 800 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4 5
WU-M-496 S-Class – crosswise 267 256 240
61.3
28
7
44
Road/Straße/Route
5.2
28
120
44
12.7
6
8
7.3
8
30
6
18
tc/tp
9
WU-M-496 S-Class – lengthwise
28
12.7
10
44
120 28
61.3
5.2
44
267 256 240
11
8 tc/tp
30
6
7.3
18
Road/Straße/Route
12 73
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light Area – IP20 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 60 x 65 x 6.2 mm 16 LEDs: 120 x120 x 6.2 mm 64 LEDs: 240 x 240 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
I (cd/klm) 70 210
90° 60°
350 490 0°–180°
Ref. No.
Type
Number of LEDs
WU-M-444/B-WW
556232
4
WU-M-444/B-NW
553939
4
WU-M-444/B-CW
553938
4
WU-M-475/16-WW
556233
16
WU-M-475/16-NW
553921
16
WU-M-475/16-CW
553920
16
WU-M-475/64-WW
556234
64
WU-M-475/64-NW
554808
64
WU-M-475/64-CW
554803
64
WU-M-444/B
WU-M-475/16
0°
WU-M-475/64
120 110 60
6.2 1.6
tc/tp
65 61.8 30
270°
240
6.2 1.6
120 110 60
0°
ø3.2
3.2 30
180°
90°
90°
90°
74
6.2 1.6
240
270°
270° 60 47.5
0°
WU-M-475
1500 mA DC max.
Tc= 85°C max.
ø4.2 (8x)
tc/tp 180°
180°
90°–270°
30°
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light Linear Area – IP20
1 2
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs: 60 x 240 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
I (cd/klm) 70 210
90°
3
60°
350 490 0°–180°
90°–270°
30°
4 5
Type
Ref. No.
WU-M-488-WW
on request
WU-M-488-NW
on request
WU-M-488-CW
556296
6 7
WU-M-488 Area 240 60
30
60
60 6.2
Ø3.2(10x)
1.6
0°
8 9
30
60
50
270°
90° WU-M-488
1500mA DC max.
Tc=85°C max.
A1/O15
<Datecode>
tc/tp
180°
7x30=210
10 11 12 75
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Roadway Light Area – Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 16 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x12.2 mm 16 LEDs, linear: 240 x 60 x12.2 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Version with 3 leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).
Type
Shape
Ref. No.
WU-M-425/B-WW
square
554786
WU-M-425/B-NW
square
554781
WU-M-425/B-CW
square
554410
WU-M-438/B-WW
linear
556703
WU-M-438/B-NW
linear
556696
WU-M-438/B-CW
linear
554794
I (cd/klm) 90°
70 210
60°
350 490 0°–180°
WU-M-425/B
30°
90°–270°
WU-M-438/B
8x )
120 110 60
14
Ø4 .2(
180°
10.5
30
90°
30
240 60
60
60
.2(
10
x)
14
ø4
90°
180°
5
10
270° 6
60 50
30 30
120 110 60
5
270° 0° 30
0°
6.9
30
76
6
3.5
3.5
7.5 117
5
8
30
tc/tp
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED LightEngine Area – IP66
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 32 LEDs: 240 x120 x 54.6 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection: IP66/IK05 Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); – (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 500 mm Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).
2 I (cd/klm) 70 210
90° 60°
350 490 0°–180°
Type
Ref. No.
WU-M-496-WW-R70
558175
WU-M-496-NW-R70
558174
WU-M-496-CW-RNN
558173
3
90°–270°
30°
4 5 6
WU-M-496 Area
28
44
12.7 5.2
54.6
7 8
44
120 28
267 256 240
9
8
30
6
18.6
tc/tp
10 11 12 77
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
LED Linear Allround Street & Outdoor These LED modules are suitable for standardcompliant street lighting, paths and squares in accordance with EN 13201. These Linear Allround modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable an easy modular luminaire design with flexibility in system design. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires 4, 16, 32 or 64 high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point at IF = 700 mA: –20 to 85 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management efficiency up to 136 lm/W Lumen maintenancen L70/B10: 52,000 hrs. (IF 1050 mA) at tp 60 °C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: 4 kV
Typical Applications • Integration in luminaires • Streetlighting for ME- and S-Classes • (acc. to EN 13201) • Illumination of public places
Optische Betriebsdaten bei tp = 60 °C Type
Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typ. voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)**
temperatur*
400 mA
K
min.
700 mA typ.
Pel = 4.5 W 4 LEDs
min.
1050 mA typ.
Pel = 8.4 W
Utyp. = 11.3 V
CRI***
min.
1400 mA typ.
Pel = 13.7 W
Ra
Utyp. = 13 V
Utyp. = 13.8 V
WW
warm white 3000 –130/+220
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575
³ 70
WU-M-479/4-...
NW
neutral white 4000 –290/+260
500
565
825
920
1125
1240
1425
1575
³ 70
WU-M-479/4-...
CW
cool white
550
615
890
975
1225
1350
1550
1700
³ 65
Pel = 9 W 8 LEDs
Pel = 16.8 W
Pel = 27.3 W
Pel = 38.6 W
Utyp. = 22.6 V
Utyp. = 24 V
Utyp. = 26 V
Utyp. = 27.6 V
WU-M-479/8-...
WW
warm white 3000 –130/+220
1000
1130
1650
1840
2250
2480
2850
3150
³ 70
WU-M-479/8-...
NW
neutral white 4000 –290/+260
1000
1130
1650
1840
2250
2480
2850
3150
³ 70
WU-M-479/8-...
CW
cool white
1100
1230
1780
1950
2450
2700
3100
3400
³ 65
5000 –255/+310
Pel = 18.1 W 16 LEDs
Pel = 33.6 W
Pel = 54.6 W
Pel = 77.3 W
Utyp. = 45.2 V
Utyp. = 48 V
Utyp. = 52 V
Utyp. = 55.2 V
WU-M-479/16-...
WW
warm white 3000 –130/+220
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300
³ 70
WU-M-479/16-...
NW
neutral white 4000 –290/+260
2000
2250
3300
3600
4500
4950
5700
6300
³ 70
WU-M-479/16-...
CW
cool white
2200
2450
3550
3900
4900
5400
6200
6800
³ 65
5000 –255/+310
* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. ** Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: ± 10% | Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% *** CRI > 80 on request
78
typ.
Pel = 19.3 W
WU-M-479/4-...
5000 –255/+310
Utyp. = 12 V
min.
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
M-Class Linear – Allround
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62.3 x10 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113.2 x10 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x10 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05* Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 4.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).
2 I (cd/klm) 90°
130 260
60°
390 520 0°–180°
Ref. No.
Type
90°–270°
30°
crosswise
of LEDs
WU-M-479/4-WW
on request on request
4
WU-M-479/4-NW
on request on request
4
WU-M-479/4-CW
on request on request
4
WU-M-479/8-WW
on request 556252
8
WU-M-479/8-NW
556962
8
WU-M-479/8-CW
on request 554192
554191
5 6
8
WU-M-479/16-WW 556567
556251
16
WU-M-479/16-NW 556526
554188
16
WU-M-479/16-CW on request 554189
16
* Degree of protection IK08 also possible by use of silicone optics; Ref. No. on request
90°
3.2 47.5
180°
Road/Straße/Route
1.6 0°
50.9
Ø4.2
7.6x4.2 50.90
215 50.9
49.20
9
50.9
10 3.2(8x)
50
90°
49.20 62.75
Road/Straße/Route
90°
180°
49.20
1.6
4.2
Ø4.2 tc/tp
tc/tp
49.20 113.65
7.6x4.2 50.90
7.6x4.2 50.90
Road/Straße/Route
8
90°
WU-M-479/16 – lengthwise 10
7.6x4.2
7.6x4.2 50.90
1.6
50
4.2 49.20 113.65
50
47.5
tc/tp
113.2 50.9
3.2(4x)
Ø4.2
50
Ø4.2
0°
10 3.2(8x)
180°
4.2
4.2
270°
1.6
50.9
tc/tp
WU-M-479/8 – lengthwise
270°
10 3.2
215 50.9
0°
49.20
47.5
62.3 37.3
Ø4.2
Ø4.2
90°
49.20 62.75
WU-M-479/4 – lengthwise
50.9
Road/Straße/Route
180°
270°
270°
50
tc/tp
1.6
47.5
0°
47.5
0°
10 7.6x4.2
Ø4.2
90°
3.2
3.2(4x)
50
270°
WU-M-479/16 – crosswise
47.5
180°
1.6
113.2 50.9
47.5
4.2
47.5
tc/tp
Road/Straße/Route
0°
Ø4.2
WU-M-479/8 – crosswise
4.2
10 3.2
7 Road/Straße/Route
WU-M-479/4 – crosswise 270°
4
Number
lengthwise
62.3 37.3
3
10
180°
49.20
11 12 79
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
S-Class Linear – Allround Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62.3 x12.4 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113.2 x12.4 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x12.4 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 13201) Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 7:1 (lengthwise) or 7.5:1 (crosswise) (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole)
Ref. No.
800 0°–180°
4 4
WU-M-479/4-CW
on request
on request
4
WU-M-479/8-WW
on request
556490
8
WU-M-479/8-NW
556963
556491
8
WU-M-479/8-CW
on request
556492
8
WU-M-479/16-WW on request
556255
16
WU-M-479/16-NW 556961
556256
16
WU-M-479/16-CW on request
556257
16
180°
3.2(4x)
47.5
180°
Road/Straße/Route
7.6x4.2 50.90
49.20
0°
50.9
Ø4.2
215 50.9
50.9
tc/tp 90°
50
90°
49.20 62.75
180°
49.20
Road/Straße/Route
12.4 1.6
3.2(8x)
Ø4.2
50
50 3.2
tc/tp
7.6x4.2 50.90
90°
WU-M-479/16 – lengthwise 12.4 1.6
47.5
47.5
90°
49.20 113.65
7.6x4.2
Ø4.2
tc/tp
tc/tp
50
4.2
Ø4.2
0°
12.4 1.6
3.2(8x)
180°
4.2
3.2
270°
0°
113.2 50.9
50.9
0°
WU-M-479/8 – lengthwise
12.4 1.6
215 50.9
Ø4.2
49.20
270°
62.3 37.3
Ø4.2
270°
WU-M-479/4 – lengthwise
50.9
90°
49.20 62.75
47.5
270°
47.5
4.2
tc/tp
90°
3.2
12.4 1.6
7.6x4.2
0°
WU-M-479/16 – crosswise
47.5
180°
113.2 50.9
3.2(4x)
Ø4.2
50
tc/tp
270°
47.5
4.2
47.5
WU-M-479/8 – crosswise
12.4 1.6 Road/Straße/Route
0°
Ø4.2
30°
50
on request on request
4.2
on request on request
Road/Straße/Route
WU-M-479/4-WW
3.2
90°–270°
of LEDs
WU-M-479/4-NW
62.3 37.3
60°
600
4.2
crosswise
WU-M-479/4 – crosswise
80
400
Number
lengthwise
270°
90°
200
Road/Straße/Route
Type
I (cd/klm)
49.20 113.65
7.6x4.2 50.90
7.6x4.2 50.90
Road/Straße/Route
180°
49.20
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
Area Linear – Allround
1
Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) L x Wx H 4 LEDs: 50 x 62,3 x 6.2 mm 8 LEDs: 50 x113,2 x 6.2 mm 16 LEDs: 50 x 215 x 6.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20/IK05 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination – installation ratio: 5.5:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole).
2 I (cd/klm) 90°
70 210
60°
350 490 0°–180°
Ref. No.
Type
3
30°
90°–270°
4
Number of LEDs
WU-M-479/4-WW
on request
4
WU-M-479/4-NW
on request
4
WU-M-479/4-CW
on request
4
WU-M-479/8-WW
556261
8
WU-M-479/8-NW
556262
8
WU-M-479/8-CW
556263
8
WU-M-479/16-WW 556258
16
WU-M-479/16-NW
556259
16
WU-M-479/16-CW
556260
16
5 6 7 3.2(4x)
113.2 50.9
0°
180°
3.2
90°
47.5
tc/tp
270°
50.9
Ø4.2
215 50.9
50.9
0°
tc/tp
90°
49.20
8
180°
180°
49.20 62.75
6.2 1.6
3.2(8x)
Ø4.2
50
47.5
47.5
50
Ø4.2
tc/tp
6.2 1.6
7.6x4.2
50
4.2
0°
Ø4.2
270°
4.2
6.2 1.6
3.2
270°
WU-M-479/16
47.5
62.3 37.3
WU-M-479/8
4.2
WU-M-479/4
49.20 113.65
7.6x4.2 50.90
7.6x4.2 50.90
90°
49.20
9 10 11 12 81
Constant-current System – Street and Outdoor Lighting
Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD 3000–11,000 lm Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting. Technical notes Dimensions (L x Wx H) with 12 LEDs: 73.5 x 34 x 6 mm with 18 LEDs: 86 x 36.5 x 6 mm with 27 or 42 LEDs: 108 x 44 x 6 mm LEDs on the module are serial connected Push-in terminals (WAGO series 2060) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to 150 V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 60598 Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 95 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 142 lm/W Lumen maintenance L70/B10: > 60,000 hrs. (IF 700 mA) at tp 65 °C Colour rendering index Ra: > 65 Surge protection: 3 kV NTC resistor for external driver feedback of module temperature WU-M-452-xx/B: optional WU-M-433-xx/B: Typ NCP18 xH103J03RB
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
85
85 60°
170 225
225
340
340
30°
WU-M-452-xx/B
WU-M-452-12/B
(4x)
30
25.75
6
Ø3.4
Ø
+
44
NTC
tc/tp
36 3. (4 x)
WU-M-452-18/B 86
(4x)
30
25.75
Ø3.4
+
44
NTC
tc/tp
36
37 29
–
tc/tp
1.5 3.7
Ø 3.4
Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux and efficiency, typ. voltage (Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)** Typ. temperature*
400 mA
pcs.
K
lm
LED modules with 12 LEDs
700 mA lm/W
Pel = 13.8 W, Utyp. = 34.4 V warm white
1.5
WU-M-433-42/B 6
21
of LEDs
WU-M-452-12/B-WW 556221 12
1.5
108
108
Ref. No. Number Colour
6
1.50 3.65
40
26.50
6
34.00 26.00
–
tc/tp
31.5
Type
30°
WU-M-433-xx/B
WU-M-433-27/B
73.50 30.00
60°
170
3000 –130/+220
lm
CRI lm/W
1845
134
2990
118
> 70
WU-M-452-12/B-NW
554068 12
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
1845
134
2990
118
> 70
WU-M-452-12/B-CW
554821 12
cool white
2010
146
3260
128
> 65
5000 –255/+310
LED modules with 18 LEDs WU-M-452-18/B-WW 556222 18
Pel = 20.5 W, Utyp. = 51.3 V warm white
Pel = 37.8 W, Utyp. = 54 V
3000 –130/+220
2770
135
4485
119
> 70
WU-M-452-18/B-NW
554067 18
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
2770
135
4485
119
> 70
WU-M-452-18/B-CW
554823 18
cool white
3015
147
4890
129
> 65
5000 –255/+310
LED modules with 27 LEDs WU-M-433-27/B-WW 556223 27
Pel = 30.9 W, Utyp. = 77.2 V warm white
Pel = 56.5 W, Utyp. = 80.7 V
3000 –130/+220
4025
130
6530
116
> 70
WU-M-433-27/B-NW
554066 27
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
4025
130
6530
116
> 70
WU-M-433-27/B-CW
554817 27
cool white
4385
142
7110
126
> 65
5000 –255/+310
LED modules with 42 LEDs WU-M-433-42/B-WW 556224 42
warm white
Pel = 48 W, Utyp. = 120 V
Pel = 87.7 W, Utyp. = 125.3 V
3000 –130/+220
6265
130
10150
116
> 70
WU-M-433-42/B-NW
554065 42
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
6265
130
10150
116
> 70
WU-M-433-42/B-CW
554819 42
cool white
6820
142
11060
126
> 65
5000 –255/+310
Emission data at tp = 65 °C | * Measuring tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% | **Production tolerance of voltage and power consumption: +15/–19% at 400 mA and +12/–10% at 700 mA | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 91.
82
Ra
Pel = 25.3 W, Utyp. = 36.2 V
Constant-current System
PowerEmitter XP and XML
1
Built-in PCB lighting modules Thanks to the use of highly efficient LEDs, PowerEmitter modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of up to 731 lm at max. 1050 mA. The modules can be safely operated with various constant-current converters (350 mA, 500 mA, 700 mA, 1050 mA). Sufficient cooling must be ensured. Cables have to be soldered onto the solder pads of PowerEmitter modules, which are available in white, neutral white and warm white, to enable terminal connections to be made. The colours of red, green and blue can be made available on request. To enable the creation of unique light solutions, VS also provides PowerOptics attachments with a variety of beam angle characteristics (see pages 87–89).
2 I (cd/klm)
Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Architectural lighting • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising • Entertainment, retail lighting
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
85
85 60°
170
170
255
255
340
340
30°
XP-C
30°
XP-E
90°
90° 85
75 60°
150
60°
170 255
300
340
30°
XP-G
5
30°
XML
6
PowerEmitter XML
PowerEmitter XP
4
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
225
Ø3.2
24 30
8,6 24 30
Technical notes PCB diameter: 30 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 60 °C for luminaires PowerEmitter XP –20 to 65 °C for luminaires PowerEmitter XML Use of external LED constant current driver FR4-PCB with thermal ducts (PowerEmitter XP) or aluminium PCB (PowerEmitter XML) for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 132 lm/W Colour rendering index: white Ra = 75, warm white Ra = 80 ESD protection class 2 Minimum order quantity: 144 pcs.
3
60°
7
tc
tc
.2 Ø2 4.5
2
PowerEmitter XP Type
3
3.5
.2 Ø3
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated colour
Luminous flux* (lm), voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)
temperature*
350 mA
K
min.
500 mA typ.
min.
700 mA typ.
min.
Beam 1050 mA
typ.
min.
angle typ.
°
Pel = 1.19–1.37 W Pel = 1.75–2 W PowerEmitter XP-C
U = 3.4–3.9 V 546676
warm white
2870...3200
67.2
80.6
87.4
104.8
not allowed
not allowed
WU-M-421-XPC-NW
546671
neutral white 3700...4260
73.9
87.4
96.1
113.6
not allowed
not allowed
110
WU-M-421-XPC-CW
546673
cool white
100.0
114.0
130.0
148.2
not allowed
not allowed
110
Pel = 1.12–1.37 W Pel = 1.65–2 W PowerEmitter XP-E
U = 3.2–3.9 V
110
Pel = 2.38–2.87 W
U = 3.3–4 V
U = 3.4–4.1 V
WU-M-421-XPE-WW
546684
warm white
2870...3200
80.6
93.9
104.8
122.1
137.0
159.6
not allowed
115
WU-M-421-XPE-NW
546685
neutral white 3700...4260
93.9
107.0
122.1
139.1
159.6
181.9
not allowed
115
WU-M-421-XPE-CW
546680
cool white
107.0
122.0
139.1
158.6
181.9
207.4
not allowed
115
5650...6950
Pel = 1.05–1.31 W Pel = 1.55–1.93 W Pel = 2.24–2.77 W Pel = 3.47–4.25 W U = 3–3.75 V U = 3.1–3.85 V U = 3.2–3.95 V U = 3.3–4.05 V
PowerEmitter XP-G WU-M-421-XPG-WW
546688
warm white
2870...3200
100.0
114.0
140.0
159.6
180.0
205.2
250.0
250.0
125
WU-M-421-XPG-NW
546687
neutral white 3700...4260
107.0
122.0
149.8
170.8
192.6
219.6
267.5
267.5
125
WU-M-421-XPG-CW
546686
cool white
122.0
139.0
170.8
194.6
219.6
250.2
305.0
347.5
125
5300...7050
Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.
9
U = 3.5–4 V
WU-M-421-XPC-WW
5650...6950
8
10 11 12 83
Constant-current System
PowerEmitter XML Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated colour
Luminous flux* (lm), voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)
Beam
temperature*
350 mA
angle
K
min.
500 mA typ.
Pel = 4–4.4 W
min.
700 mA typ.
min.
typ.
min.
typ.
°
U = 11.5–12.5 V U = 12–13 V
Pel = 8.7–9.45 W Pel = 12.7–14 W U = 12.4–13.5 V U = 12.7–14 V
WU-M-424-27K
548032
warm white
2650...2790
260
300
325
375
442
510
560
645
115
WU-M-424-30K
548031
warm white
2950...3125
280
320
350
400
476
544
602
688
115
WU-M-424-40K
548030
neutral white
3835...4110
300
340
375
425
510
578
645
731
115
PowerEmitter XML
Pel = 6–6.5 W
1050 mA
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.
TriplePowerEmitter XP Built-in PCB lighting modules Thanks to the use of highly efficient LEDs, TriplePowerEmitter modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of up to 622 lm at max. 700 mA. The modules can be safely operated with various constant-current drivers (350 mA, 500 mA or 700 mA). Sufficient cooling must be ensured. The TriplePowerEmitter modules are available in white, neutral white and warm white. The modules are available without an optical attachment or with a fixed 10°, 20°, 30° or 40° optical attachment to enable the creation of different lighting scenes.
I (cd/klm)
Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Architectural lighting • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising • Entertainment, retail lighting
90° 85 170 255 340
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
6000 12000
1500 60°
3000
18000 24000
6000
30°
20°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
700 1400
500 60°
1000
2100
30°
60°
4500 30°
10°
2800
84
30°
Without optics I (cd/klm)
Technical notes PCB diameter: 45 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 65 °C Use of external LED constant current driver Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 109 lm/W Colour rendering index: white Ra = 75, warm white Ra = 80 ESD protection class 2 Minimum order quantity: 120 pcs.
60°
60°
1500 2000
30°
40°
30°
Constant-current System
TriplePowerEmitter XP Module without optics
Module with optics
9
9
2 38 50
Ø3 .2
38 45
Ø3 .2
1
Ø
3
13.3
Ø2 5
25
25
Ø
9
3.5 1.5
Ø45
Ø45
Type
4
3.5
9
5 Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated colour
Luminous flux* (lm), voltage (U) and power consumption (Pel)
Beam angle
temperature
350 mA
500 mA
Pel = 3.36–4.1 W
Pel = 4.95–6 W
Pel = 7.14–8.61 W
U = 9.6–11.7 V
U = 9.9–12 V
U = 10.2–12.3 V
K
min.
typ.
min.
typ.
min.
typ.
°
700 mA
6
Without optics WU-M-422-XPE-WW
546733
warm white
2870...3200
242
282
314
366
411
479
115
WU-M-422-XPE-NW
546727
neutral white
3700...4260
282
321
366
417
479
546
115
WU-M-422-XPE-CW
546729
cool white
5650...6950
321
366
417
476
546
622
115
TriplePowerEmitter XP 10° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-10°
546741
warm white
2870...3200
218
254
283
330
370
431
10
WU-M-422-XPE-NW-10°
546736
neutral white
3700...4260
254
289
330
376
431
491
10
WU-M-422-XPE-CW-10°
546735
cool white
5650...6950
289
329
376
428
491
560
10
TriplePowerEmitter XP 20° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-20°
546749
warm white
2870...3200
218
254
283
330
370
431
20
WU-M-422-XPE-NW-20°
546750
neutral white
3700...4260
254
289
330
376
431
491
20
WU-M-422-XPE-CW-20°
546748
cool white
5650...6950
289
329
376
428
491
560
20 30
7 8
TriplePowerEmitter XP 30° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-30°
548090
warm white
2870...3200
218
254
283
330
370
431
WU-M-422-XPE-NW-30°
548089
neutral white
3700...4260
254
289
330
376
431
491
30
WU-M-422-XPE-CW-30°
548088
cool white
5650...6950
289
329
376
428
491
560
30 40
9
TriplePowerEmitter XP 40° WU-M-422-XPE-WW-40°
546757
warm white
2870...3200
218
254
283
330
370
431
WU-M-422-XPE-NW-40°
546756
neutral white
3700...4260
254
289
330
376
431
491
40
WU-M-422-XPE-CW-40°
546755
cool white
5650...6950
289
329
376
428
491
560
40
Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% | Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.
10 11 12 85
Constant-current System
PowerOptics3 for XP/XT Modules A
PowerOptics3 were specially developed to supplement VS PowerEmitter making it possible for users to put unique lighting solutions into practice. Use of high-grade optical PMMA enables high efficiency factors of up to 90%. To guarantee easy mounting on PowerEmitter module, the PowerOptics3 are backed with selfadhesive tape. However, depending on the type of application and ambient conditions, the PowerOptics3 module may require additional fixing to ensure secure mounting.
B
For fixation of PowerOptics3 on Star LED modules use self-tapping screws acc. to ISO 1481/7049-ST2.9-C/F.
PowerOptics3 – Ø 26 mm
C
PowerOptics3 – Ø 35 mm D
Light distribution curves PowerOptics3 I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
90°
4800
1000 60°
60° 9600
2500
14400
5000
30°
8°
30°
26° I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90° 100
1000 60°
60° 700
6500 13000
1400
30°
16°
30°
45°
Type
Beam angle*
Ref. No.
Drawing
°
Dimensions* (mm)
Ref. No.
Drawing
diameter/module height
Optics Ø 26 mm – For VS PowerEmitter XP
Dimensions* (mm) diameter/module height
Optics Ø 35 mm – For VS PowerEmitter XP
PowerOptics3
8
547716
A
26/14.6
548868
B
PowerOptics3
16
547717
A
26/14.6
548869
B
35/14.6
PowerOptics3
26
547718
A
26/14.6
548870
B
35/14.6
PowerOptics3
45
547719
A
26/14.6
548871
B
35/14.6
Optics Ø 26 mm – For Star XP / XT
35/14.6
Optics Ø 35 mm – For Star XP / XT
PowerOptics3
8
550967
C
26/14.6
550971
D
PowerOptics3
16
550968
C
26/14.6
550972
D
35/14.6
PowerOptics3
26
550969
C
26/14.6
550973
D
35/14.6
PowerOptics3
45
550970
C
26/14.6
550974
D
35/14.6
*
86
PowerOptics3 – Star
35/14.6
The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.
Constant-current System
PowerOptics for XP Modules
1
Various attachable optics are available for XP modules to enable different beam characteristics and illumination levels.
2
PowerOptics are made of PMMA, a material of high optical efficiency, and therefore achieve efficiencies of up to 92%. PowerOptics XP The optics are available in various beam angles and are easily attached to the modules using self-adhesive tape. Depending on the type of application or the expected ambient conditions, it may be necessary to supplement this method of fastening to ensure the optics are securely mounted.
3 4 5 6
Light distribution curves I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
90°
1500 7000
60°
18000
60°
4800
1200
7200
XP11°
60°
900
2400
30°
XP13°
60°
1350 1800
30°
XP30°
XP40°
I (cd/klm) 90°
275
450
1800
9600
30°
I (cd/klm) 90°
600
2400
12500
I (cd/klm) 90°
550
60°
825 30°
1100
90°
7
125 250
60°
325 30°
Strada A XP
500
90° C0–C180
30°
C90–C270
180°
0° 270°
Strada B XP
8 9 Type
Ref. No.
Beam angle*
Dimensions* (mm)
°
diameter x height / width x depth x height
Optics for LED modules of XP series PowerOptics XP 11°
543422
11
16.1 x 10.1
PowerOptics XP 13° diff
543423
12
16.1 x 10.1
PowerOptics XP 30°
543424
30
16.1 x 10.1
PowerOptics XP 40°
543425
40
16.1 x 10.1
PowerOpticsStrada A XP
544036
100 x 20
19.6 x 15.4 x 10.5
PowerOpticsStrada B XP
544038
116 x 44
20.0 x 15.5 x 5.3
*
10 11
The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.
12 87
Constant-current System
PowerOptics for XP Modules 11,2 30°
30°
1,2
2,45
2
For TriplePowerEmitter and Spot modules Various attachable optics are available for TriplePowerEmitter and the Spot modules of the XP series to enable different beam characteristics and illumination levels.
Ø24,9 Ø34 Ø50
PowerOptics are made of PMMA, a material of high optical efficiency, and therefore achieve efficiencies of up to 92% Fixing PowerOptics 3 XP: with glue PowerOptics 4 XP: by self tapping screw 2.9 mm x H (H = 6.8 mm + A + B)
PowerOptics 3XP
11,4
Ø50 16,6
Fixing
16,6
6,8
A B
2,45
35
PowerOptics 4XP
Light distribution curves PowerOptics 3XP I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
6000 12000
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
90°
1500 60°
3000
60°
1400
18000
4500
2100
24000
6000
2800
30°
3XP 10°
90° 500
700
30°
3XP 20°
60°
1000
60°
1500 2000
30°
3XP 30°
30°
3XP 40°
Light distribution curves PowerOptics 4XP I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
4100 8200
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
90°
1500 60°
3000
1400
12800
4500
2100
16400
6000
2800
30°
4XP 10°
30°
4XP 20°
Type
90°
700 60°
500 60°
60°
1500 2000
30°
4XP 30°
Ref. No.
1000
30°
4XP 40°
Beam angle*
Dimensions* (mm)
°
diameter x height
Optics for TriplePowerEmitter XP modules PowerOptics 3XP 10°
547591
10
50 x 11.6
PowerOptics 3XP 20°
547589
20
50 x 11.6
PowerOptics 3XP 30°
547587
30
50 x 11.6
PowerOptics 3XP 40°
547510
40
50 x 11.6
Optics for Spot XP modules PowerOptics 4XP 10°
547592
10
50 x 11.4
PowerOptics 4XP 20°
547590
20
50 x 11.4
PowerOptics 4XP 30°
547588
30
50 x 11.4
PowerOptics 4XP 40°
547511
40
50 x 11.4
*
88
The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.
Constant-current System
Reflectors for PowerEmitter XP modules Reflectors generate a high efficiency, round spot with homogeneous light distribution Material: PC, with reflective aluminium coating The reflectors are available in two various beam angles and are easily attached to the modules using self-adhesive tape. Depending on the type of application or the expected ambient conditions, it may be necessary to supplement this method of fastening to ensure the reflectors are securely mounted. Ref. No.: 548781 20° Ref. No.: 546370 45°
1 3,65 2,8
8,6
8,6
3,7
3,7
2 3 4
Heat Sinks for LED Modules XP and XML Under no circumstances may LEDSpots ever be covered by insulation material or similar. Air ventilation must be ensured. A Ø6,45 Ø3,2
24 Ø32,4
15,8 13,8
16,5
6
19
20
4,4
Heat sinks for PowerEmitter XP and XML modules For LED modules with one XP LED up to 700 mA For LED modules with one XML LED up to 350 mA Material: thermoconductive resin Dimensions: (Ø x depth): 32.4 x 20 mm / 48 x12.8 mm Fixing: with screws Weight: 16.4 g Unit: 250 pcs. Ref. No.: 548739 Drawing/photo A Ref. No.: 544804 Drawing/photo B
5
7
B
8
12,8 28
1,5
8 24
10
9
Ø3,2 Ø48
10 42,0
,4 Ø1
4
5
Heat sink for TriplePowerEmitter XP For LED modules up to 700 mA Material: thermoconductive resin Dimensions (Ø x depth): 46 x 37.5 mm Fixing: with screws Weight: 51 g Unit: 225 pcs. Ref. No.: 544805
2,5
3 42 Ø46
11
37,5
12 89
Thermal Tapes for LED Modules
Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tapes for LED Modules 3MTM type 8810 and Bergquist Bond-Ply® 100 Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tapes are designed to provide a preferential heat-transfer path between heat-generating components and heat-sinks or other cooling devices.
The specialized chemistry renders them modestly soft and able to wet to many surfaces, allowing them to conform well to non-flat substrates, provide high adhesion, and act as a good thermal interface.
These tapes are tacky pressure sensitive adhesives loaded with thermally conductive ceramic fillers that do not require a heat cure cycle to form an excellent bond to many substrates. Only pressure is needed to form an excellent bond and thermal interface.
The specialized acrylic chemistry of the tapes provides for excellent thermal stability of the base polymer. The thermally conductive tapes are provided on a silicone treated polyester release liner for ease of handling and die cutting. The tapes offer excellent adhesive performance with good wetting and flow onto many substrate surfaces.
For detailed information and application guidelines see 3M or Bergquist datasheet for thermally conductive adhesive transfer taper (8805; 8810; 8815; 8820; www.3m.com or Bergquist Bond-Ply® 100; www.bergquistcompany.com).
Depending on the type of application and/or the expected ambient conditions, the modules must be additionally secured to ensure optimum fixing.
Type
Ref. No.
Size
Tape thickness
Liner thickness
Thermal conductive Rth
mm
mm
μm
K/W
For VS LED modules
Catalogue page
For round LED modules Adhesive pad Ø28
536248
Ø 28
0.25
37.5–30
1.0
PowerEmitter
83–84
Adhesive pad Ø43
536977
Ø 43
0.20
76
0.5
TriplePowerEmitter Ø45mm, Ø50mm
84–85
Adhesive pad Ø63
539625
Ø 63
0.25
37.5–50
0.5
High Power 24V RGB Triple
194–195
Adhesive pad Ø107
539624
Ø 107
0.25
37.5–50
0.1
High Power 24V RGB Flood
194–195
49x49
0.25
37.5–50
0.3
TriplePowerEmitter Ø50mm
84–85
For square LED modules Adhesive pad 49x49
529157
For linear LED modules Adhesive pad 278x13 548179
278x13
0.25
35.5–50
0.3
LUGA Line
10–12
Adhesive pad 320x35 533815
320x35
0.20
76
0.1
LEDLine High Power
—
Adhesive pad 297x23 539626
297x23
0.25
37.5–50
0.1
High Power 24V RGB Line
194–195
This technical information for 3M™ Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tape 8810 or Bergquist Bond-Ply® 100 should be considered representative or typical only and should not be used for specification purposes.
90
Thermal Tapes for LED Modules
Thermal Tapes for LED Modules
1 2
Type
Ref. No.
Size
Thermal conductive Rth For VS LED modules
mm
K/W
Catalogue page
548252
54x54
£ 0.04
WU-M-425
51, 55, 68, 72, 76
552463
67.25x61
£ 0.04
WU-M-467
61
Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side
552788
73x33.5
£ 0.04
WU-M-452-12
60, 82
Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side
552787
85.5x36.5
£ 0.04
WU-M-452-18
60, 82
Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side
550224
107.5x43.5
£ 0.04
WU-M-433
60, 82
3
For LED modules WU-M-425 (ME/S, SYM I, SYM II) Thermal conductive tape, adhesive on one side For LED modules LUGA Industrial 10,000 lm Thermal conductive graphite tape For LED modules Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 91
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
LED MODULES FOR MAINS VOLTAGE RETROFIT UNIT FOR CONVENTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES
ADVANTAGES OF RECTANGULAR LED MODULES WITH HEAT SINK ¢ JUST ONE SINGLE UNIT: LED MODULE, DRIVER AND HEAT SINK ¢ VERY COMPACT SHAPE: IDENTICAL MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT AND LAMP FOCUS LIKE FOR CONVENTIONAL BALLAST WITH MOUNTED LAMPHOLDER ¢ HIGH EFFICENT: POWER FACTOR > 0.9 ¢ FOR LUMINAIRES OF PROTECTION CLASS II
LED MODULES FOR OPERATION AT MAINS VOLTAGE 220–240 V Luminaires of slim and flat design often provide little or no room for additional control gear. Examples of devices that pose a major design challenge are, in particular, small wall, corridor, hall and ceiling luminaires as well as special applications such as lighting of restaurant menus. Up to now, incandescent or energy-saving lamps with an Edison base or compact fluorescent lamps with an integrated ballast were often used for such lighting projects. But in line with the ErP Directive, 2-pin-based compact fluorescent lamps are also set to be taken off the EU market with effect from 2017.
¢ LATERAL OR BASE FIXING OPTIONS ¢ CONNECTION WITH PUSH-IN TERMINALS WITH CORD GRIP
Luminaire Examples
LED Solutions – Made by Vossloh-Schwabe Vossloh-Schwabe's new 220–240 V LED modules now provide a perfect opportunity to switch to LED well ahead of time – and without requiring any time-consuming or expensive redesign work on already existing luminaires. Refitting existing installations with these LED modules is equally possible – and equally problem-free. The dimensions of the rectangular model (with an integrated heat sink) and the lamp focus are comparable to the specifications of a magnetic ballast with an integrated lampholder for compact fluorescent lamps. The circular module is particularly suitable for installation in simple luminaire systems that would more usually be fitted with angled Edison lampholders.
Perfect Retrofit Unit
92
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
LEDSpot ReadyLine IP
1
Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.95 Metal frame, round Heat sink material: thermoconductive resin For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Lens with clear glass Beam angle: 50° With leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation MOV – metal-oxide varistor, enclosed Protection class II RFI suppressed Degree of protection: IP54/IP20 Unit: 45 pcs.
2 I (cd/klm) 90° 300
3
60° 450 900
30°
50°
IP20
4
IP54
5 6 7 8
Max.
Voltage AC
Number
Correlated colour
Luminous flux
output
Type
50/60 Hz
of LEDs
temperature
lm
W
V
pcs.
K
min.
typ.
220–240
12
2900...3200
350
370
Ref. No.
Colour
CRI
Light
Beam
Frame
Energy
intensity
angle
colour
efficiency
Ra
Candela
°
> 80
330
50
silver
A
Degree of protection: IP54 4.3
LCH024
554956
LCH024
554957
LCH024
554958
LCH024
554959
warm white
white 220–240
12
neutral white 3700...4200
380
400
> 80
350
50
silver
A
white
Degree of protection: IP20 4.3
LCH025
555016
LCH025
555017
LCH025
555019
LCH025
555020
9
220–240
12
warm white
2900...3200
350
370
> 80
330
50
silver
10
A
white 220–240
12
neutral white 3700...4200
380
400
> 80
350
50
silver white
A
11 12 93
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
LEDSpot ReadyLine MR16 Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink and leads Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.95 Lens diameter: 50 mm Beam angle: 42° Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm MOV – metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Protection class II RFI suppressed Unit: 30 pcs.
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output W 8.7
94
LR8W
554960
LR8W
554961
Voltage AC
Number
50/60 Hz
of LEDs
V
pcs.
220–240
8
I (cd/klm) 90° 260 520
60°
780 1040
42°
Colour
Correlated colour
Luminous flux
temperature
lm
CRI
Light
Beam
Energy
intensity
angle
efficiency
K
min.
typ.
Ra
Candela
°
2900...3200
515
600
> 80
636
42
neutral white 3700...4200
580
670
warm white
680
A
30°
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine S
1
Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: with heat sink 155 x41x 32 mm without heat sink 132 x37.4 x9.2 mm Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Push-in terminals with push-button: 0.2–0.75 mm² (24–18AWG) Fixation for modules with heat sink: fixing holes for screws M4 or self-tapping screws 3.9 with cover: fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed Weight: 35/140 g (without/with heat sink) Unit: 80/40 pcs. (without/with heat sink)
2 I (cd/klm)
With heat sink
90° 100 200 300 400
30°
Type
output W 8.7
Without heat sink
6
13
7
Ref. No.
Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour
Correlated colour
with
without
50/60 Hz
temperature
heat sink
V
heat sink LUT33 559522
559526 220–240
LUT33 559523
559527
LUT33 550439
550441 220–240
LUT33 551983
551989
LUT33 551984
551990 220–240
LUT33 551985
551991
LUT33 559524
559030 220–240
LUT33 559525
559528
LUT33 550438
550440 220–240
LUT33 551986
551992
LUT33 551987
551993 220–240
LUT33 551988 Accessories
4 5
Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Residential lighting • Architectural lighting • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting
Max.
3
60°
of LEDs pcs. 21 21 21 30
Cover
warm white
2600...2900 2900...3200
neutral white 3700...4200 warm white
2600...2900
CRI
Energy efficiency
lm
K warm white
Luminous flux min.
typ.
Ra
clear
590
650
> 80
diffuse
480
530
> 80
A A
clear
720
780
> 80
A
diffuse
610
660
> 80
A
clear
740
800
> 80
A
diffuse
630
680
> 80
A
clear
910
940
> 80
A
diffuse
780
800
> 80
A
clear
1100
1190
> 80
A
diffuse
935
1010
> 80
A
clear
1140
1210
> 80
A
551994
diffuse
955
1030
> 80
A
30
warm white
2900...3200
30
neutral white 3700...4200
Description
Tape thickness
Thermal conductivity
Breakdown voltage*
—
—
552039
Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink
—
—
—
—
—
555009
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape 132x38 mm
0.25 mm
0.8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
553427
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive 136x36 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
555008** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides 136x42 mm 0.19 mm
0.9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
8 9 10 11 12 95
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
LED Modules ReadyLine S IP54 Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: with heat sink 155 x41x 32 mm without heat sink 132 x37.4 x9.2 mm Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm Fixation for modules with heat sink: fixing holes for screws M4 or self-tapping screws 3.9 with cover: fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II Degree of protection: IP54 RFI suppressed Weight: 35/140 g (without/with heat sink) Unit: 80/40 pcs. (without/with heat sink)
I (cd/klm)
With heat sink
90° 100 200 300 400
Without heat sink
Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Residential lighting • Architectural lighting • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting Max.
Type
output W 8.7
13
Ref. No.
Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour
Correlated colour
with
without
temperature
heat sink
heat sink
V
pcs.
LUT33 559529
559533
220–240
21
LUT33 559530
559534
LUT33 556749
556741
LUT33 556750
556742
LUT33 556751
556743
LUT33 556752
556744
LUT33 559531
559535
LUT33 559532
559536
220–240 220–240
21 21 30
Cover
warm white
2600...2900 2900...3200
neutral white 3700...4200 warm white
2600...2900
Energy efficiency
min.
typ.
Ra
clear
590
650
> 80
A
diffuse
480
530
> 80
A
clear
720
780
> 80
A
diffuse
610
660
> 80
A
clear
740
800
> 80
A
diffuse
630
680
> 80
A
clear
910
940
> 80
A
diffuse
780
800
> 80
A
clear
1100
1190
> 80
A
diffuse
935
1010
> 80
A
LUT33 555875
556745 556746
LUT33 556755
556747
clear
1140
1210
> 80
A
LUT33 556756
556748
diffuse
955
1030
> 80
A
—
220–240 220–240
30 30
warm white
2900...3200
neutral white 3700...4200
Description
Tape thickness
Thermal conductivity
Breakdown voltage*
552039
Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink
—
—
—
—
—
555009
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape 132x38 mm
0.25 mm
0.8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
553427
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive 136x36 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
555008** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides 136x42 mm 0.19 mm
0.9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
96
CRI
lm
K warm white
Luminous flux
LUT33 556753
Accessories —
50/60 Hz of LEDs
220–240
60°
30°
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
LED-Module ReadyLine DL
1
Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage
2
Technical notes LED built-in module for luminaires Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Power factor: > 0.9 Dimensions: Ø 164 mm Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –25 to 80 °C Ambient temperature range ta: –25 to 65 °C Lumen maintenance L70/B50: 55,000 hrs. at tp 80 °C Unit: 36 pcs.
I (cd/klm) 90° 85 170 255
158.5 92
340 0°–180°
90°–270°
R83
Ref. No.
Colour
50–60 Hz
W 25
Voltage AC
1.2
13
Type
7 Correlated
Typ. luminous flux* and efficiency* Typ.
colour temperature at 230 V
V
beam angle
Typ.
Energy
CRI
efficiency
K
lm
lm/W
°
Ra
WU-M-498-830
557252
220–240
warm white
3000
2000
100
120
80
A+
WU-M-498-840
557253
220–240
neutral white 4000
2200
110
120
80
A++
WU-M-498-850
on request
220–240
cool white
2500
125
120
80
A++
* Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ±15 %
4
6
Ø4.5 (4x)
output
30°
5
92
158.5
Typical applications • Downlights • Replacement for compact fluorescent lamps
Max.
3
60°
5000
8 9 10 11 12 97
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
LED Modules ReadyLine C Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin or co-moulded heat sink made of thermoconductive resin and aluminium Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed ReadyLine Heat sink C 10
with without
Weight (g) 40
36
140
54
40
28
C 08
with
C 07
with without
140
36
C 06
without
30
45
C 05
without
30
45
without
140
36
40
28
Typical applications • Integration in luminaires • Residential lighting • Architectural lighting • Retail lighting • Furniture lighting
98
Unit (pcs.)
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine C 10
1
Technical notes Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: Ø 100 mm, Ø 120 mm with heat sink Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2.5 mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9
2 I (cd/klm) 90° 125
With central lead exit
With lateral lead exit
250
With heat sink, protection cover and 2-poles screw terminals
3
60°
375 500
30°
4 5
Max.
Type
output W 10
17.5
Ref. No.
Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour
Correlated
Version A –
without
colour temperature
with heat sink heat sink LR54
559537
LR54
on request 559540
LR54
559538
LR54
on request 559542
LR54
554951
LR54
on request 554944
LR54
554952
LR54
on request 554946
LR54
554953
LR54
on request 554948
LR54
554954
LR54
on request 554950
LR42
559543
LR42
on request 559546
LR42
559544
LR42
on request 559548
LR42
553828
LR42
on request 553821
LR42
553829
of LEDs
V
pcs.
559539 220–240 559541 220–240 554943 220–240 554945 220–240 554947 220–240 554949 220–240 559545 220–240 559547 220–240 553820 220–240 553822 220–240
LR42
on request 553823
LR42
553830
LR42
on request 553825
LR42
553831
LR42
on request 553827
Accessories
50/60 Hz
553824 220–240 553826 220–240
54 54 54
warm white warm white warm white
54 54
42 42
2600...2900 2600...2900 2900...3200
CRI
min. clear diffuse clear
1100 935 1100
1020 1200
> 80 > 80 > 80
1020
> 80
neutral white 3700...4200
clear
1150
1250
> 80
neutral white 3700...4200
diffuse
980
1060
> 80
warm white warm white
42
warm white
42 42
2600...2900 2900...3200 2900...3200
clear diffuse clear
1140 930 1440
Energy
1300 1070 1550
> 80 > 80 > 80
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A
lateral
A
central
A
lateral
A
central
A
lateral
A A
diffuse
1230
1320
> 80
central lateral
A
neutral white 3700...4200
clear
1480
1590
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
neutral white 3700...4200
diffuse
1260
1350
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
Description
Tape thickness
6
Ra 1200
935
2600...2900
Lead exit
efficiency
diffuse
warm white
2900...3200
Luminous flux lm
K warm white
54
42
Cover
7 8 9 10 11
Thermal conductivity Breakdown voltage*
—
—
552039
Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink
—
—
—
—
—
555012
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 100 mm
0.25 mm
0.8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
553981
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 99 mm
0.25 mm
—
—
553795** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 104 mm 0.19 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
0.9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
12 99
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine C 08 Technical notes Power factor: > 0.97 Dimensions: Ø 81.5 mm, Ø 120 mm with heat sink Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2.5 mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9
I (cd/klm) 90° 100 200
60°
300 400
With central lead exit
With lateral lead exit
Ref. No.
Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour
Correlated
output
Version A –
without
50/60 Hz of LEDs
colour temperature
lm
W
with heat sink heat sink
V
pcs.
K
min.
220–240
30
Max.
13
Type
LR30W 559550
559552
warm white 2600...2900
Cover
clear
Luminous flux
910
CRI
559554
940 > 80
557834
220–240
30
warm white 2900...3200
557836 557838
220–240
30
neutralweiß 3700...4200
557840 Description
lateral
A
clear
1100
1190 > 80
central
A
lateral
A A
diffuse
935
1010 > 80
central lateral
A
clear
1140
1210 > 80
central
A
lateral
A
diffuse
955
1030 > 80
central
A
lateral
A
Tape thickness
Thermal conductivity Breakdown voltage*
—
—
557692
Wärmeleitendes Transferklebeband Ø 76 mm
0.25 mm
0.8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
558229
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 76 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
557691** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 82 mm
0.19 mm
0.9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
100
A A
LR30W on request 557841 Accessories
A
lateral central
LR30W on request 557839 LR30W 557846
central
800 > 80
LR30W on request 557837 LR30W 557845
efficiency
780
LR30W on request 557835 LR30W 557844
Energy
exit
diffuse
LR30W on request 559555 LR30W 557843
Lead
Ra
LR30W on request 559553 LR30W 559551
30°
With heat sink, protection cover and 2-poles screw terminals
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine C 07
1
Technical notes Power factor: > 0.95 Dimensions: Ø 73.3 mm; Ø 120 mm with heat sink Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2.5 mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M3 or self-tapping screws 2.9
2 I (cd/klm) 90° 125 250
3
60°
375 500
With central lead exit
With lateral lead exit
30°
With heat sink
4 5 6
Max.
Type
output
Ref. No.
W 17,5
Ref. No. Voltage AC
with heat sink without
Number of Colour
Correlated colour Cover Luminous flux
LEDs
temperature
heat sink
V
pcs.
556640
220–240
42
LR42
558025
LR42
on request 559559
LR42
559560
LR42
on request 559564
LR42
552019
LR42
on request 550958
LR42
552020
LR42
on request 552016
LR42
552021
LR42
on request 550959
LR42
552022
LR42
on request 552017
Accessories
50/60 Hz
559563 550382 552015 551448 552018
220–240 220–240 220–240
42 42 42
K warm white warm white warm white warm white
2600...2900 2600...2900 2900...3200 2900...3200
CRI
Lead exit Energy efficiency
lm clear
min.
Ra
1140 1300
> 80
diffuse clear
930 1070 1440 1550
diffuse 1230 1320
> 80 > 80 > 80
central
A
lateral
A
central
A
lateral
A
central
A
lateral
A
central
A
lateral
A
220–240
42
neutral white 3700...4200
clear
1480 1590
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
220–240
42
neutral white 3700...4200
diffuse 1260 1350
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
Description
Tape thickness Thermal conductivity Breakdown voltage*
—
—
552039
Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink
—
—
—
—
—
551265
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 71 mm
0.25 mm
0,8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
553422
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 68 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
555010** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 74 mm
0.19 mm
0,9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
7 8 9 10 11 12 101
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine C 06 Technical notes Power factor: > 0.95 Dimensions: Ø 60 mm Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M2
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output W 8,7
LR21W
559565
LR21W
559566
LR21W
559567
LR21W
559568
LR21W
559569
LR21W
559570
Accessories
Voltage AC Number of LEDs Colour
Correlated colour Cover
Luminous flux
50/60 Hz
temperature
lm
V
pcs.
220–240
21
K warm white
2600...2900
min. 590
650
> 80
diffuse
480
530
> 80
720
780
> 80
220–240
21
warm white
2900...3200
clear diffuse
610
660
> 80
220–240
21
neutral white 3700...4200
clear
760
800
> 80
630
680
> 80
diffuse
Lead exit
Energy efficiency
central/lateral
A
central/lateral
A
central/lateral
A
Ra
clear
A A A
Description
Tape thickness Thermal conductivity
Breakdown voltage* 5.5 kV
—
—
559968
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 64 mm
0.25 mm
0,8 W/mK
—
—
559969
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 59 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
559970** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 64 mm
0.19 mm
0,9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
102
CRI
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine C 05 / C 03
1
Technical notes Power factor: > 0.95 Dimensions: Ø 50 mm Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 300 mm, central or lateral lead exit MOV – metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Fixing holes for screws M2 4.3 W – With lateral lead exit
2
8.7 W – With lateral lead exit
I (cd/klm)
13 W – With lateral lead exit
90° 100 200
3
60°
300 400
30°
4
MOV
4.3 W – With central lead exit
8.7 W – With central lead exit
5
13 W – With central lead exit
6 Max.
Ref. No.
Voltage AC
Number
output
50/60 Hz
of LEDs
temperature
lm
W
V
pcs.
K
min.
220–240
12
4,3
8,7
Type
LR12W
559571
LR12W
559572
LR12W
559573
LR12W
559574
LR12W
556835
LR12W
556836
LR12W
556576
LR12W
556837
LR12W
556838
LR12W
556839
LR12W
556840
LR12W
556841
LR21W
559575
LR21W
559576
LR21W
559577
LR21W
559578
LR21W
559579
LR21W
554386
LR21W
559580
LR21W
554387
LR21W
559581
LR21W
554388
LR21W
559582
LR21W
554389
220–240
220–240
220–240
220–240
220–240
12
12
21
21
21
Colour
warm white
warm white
Correlated colour
2600...2900
2900...3200
neutral white 3700...4200
warm white
warm white
neutralweiß
2600...2900
2900...3200
3700...4200
Cover
clear
Luminous flux
290
CRI
Lead
Energy
exit
efficiency
central
A+
Ra 330
> 80
lateral
A+ A+
diffuse
255
290
> 80
central lateral
A+
clear
350
370
> 80
central
A+
lateral
A+
diffuse
312
330
> 80
central
A+
lateral
A+
central
A+
clear
380
7
400
> 80
lateral
A+ A+
diffuse
335
355
> 80
central lateral
A+
clear
590
650
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
diffuse
480
530
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
clear
720
780
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
diffuse
610
660
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
clear
760
800
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
diffuse
630
680
> 80
central
A
lateral
A
8 9 10 11 12
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
103
LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 220–240 V
ReadyLine C 05 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output W 13
LR30W 559583
Voltage AC Number Colour
Correlated colour
50/60 Hz
temperature
of LEDs
V
pcs.
220–240
30
Cover
CRI
min.
2600...2900
clear
650 > 80
220–240
30
warm white
2900...3200
220–240
30
neutral white
3700...4200
central lateral
A
clear
1100
1190 > 80
central
A
lateral
A
diffuse
935
1010 > 80
central
A
lateral
A
clear
1140
1210 > 80
central
A
lateral
A
diffuse
955
1030 > 80
central
A
LR30W 554395 LR30W 554396 LR30W 554397 Accessories
A A
530 > 80
LR30W 554393 LR30W 554394
A
lateral 480
LR30W 554391 LR30W 554392
central
diffuse
LR30W 559586 LR30W 554390
Energy efficiency
Ra
590
LR30W 559584 LR30W 559585
Lead exit
lm
K warm white
Luminous flux
lateral Description
Tape thickness
A
Thermal conductivity
Breakdown voltage*
—
—
555014
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 54 mm
0.25 mm
0.8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
554419
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 49 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
555013** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 54 mm 0.19 mm
0.9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
ReadyLine C 03
Max.
Ref. No.
Voltage AC
Number
Correlated colour Cover
Luminous flux
output
50/60 Hz
of LEDs
temperature
lm
W
V
pcs.
K
min.
220–240
12
4.3
Type
MOV
LR12W
559690
LR12W
559691
LR12W
559693
LR12W
559694
LR12W
559695
LR12W
559696
Accessories
Colour
warm white
2600...2900
Lead
Energy
exit
efficiency A+
Ra
clear
290
330
> 80
lateral
diffuse
255
290
> 80
lateral
A+
350
370
> 80
lateral
A+
220–240
12
warm white
2900...3200
clear diffuse
312
330
> 80
lateral
A+
220–240
12
neutral white 3700...4200
clear
380
400
> 80
lateral
A+
diffuse
335
355
> 80
lateral
A+
Description
Tape thickness
Thermal conductivity
Breakdown voltage*
—
—
559965
Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 37 mm
0.25 mm
0.8 W/mK
5.5 kV
—
—
559966
Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 32 mm
0.25 mm
2 W/mK
3 kV
—
—
559967**
Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 37 mm
0.19 mm
0.9 W/mK
10.3 kV
* Average value (not for specification purpose) | ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire)
104
CRI
Pro and Prime – LED Downlights
DOWNLIGHTS PRO SERIES / PRIME SERIES
ADVANTAGES OF VS LED DOWNLIGHTS LED Recessed Mounted Downlight The integration of solid state lighting technology to conventional down light provides optimal light distribution and extended lifetime, all at an affordable price. LED downlights are fully compatible with existing conventional downlight infrastructure, and are the perfect choice for both new and replacement markets.
¢ PRO SERIES • Slim design for easy installation in low false ceiling • Integrated driver, direct connection to mains without additional connectors and/or junction box • Dimmable with regular phase-cut dimmer (Pro Series) • Tunable white-option to regulate white colour temperature by simple switch of the mains via wall switch (Pro Tune Series)
¢ PRIME SERIES • Very high efficiency of up to 100 lm/W • Slim design for easy installation in low false ceiling • High CRI ³ 90 • Dimmable with external dimmable drivers
105
Pro and Prime – LED Downlights
Pro Series 12 W / 18 W
Pro 12 W
Advanced dimmable design (Pro Series) or tunable white function (Pro Tune Series) Voltage supply: 220–240 V AC Integrated driver for direct connection to mains Allowed operating temperature: –10 to 50 °C Allowed storage temperature: –10 to 50 °C Screw terminals: 2.5 mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x 2-poles primary Protection class II SELV Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 35,000 hours (L50)
Pro 18 W
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90° 50%
60°
50%
30°
Pro 12 W
Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Colour temperature
I (cd/klm)
90°
50%
60°
30°
K
Ra
Luminous flux lm
60°
60°
50%
30°
30°
Pro 18 W
CRI
90°
90°
Pro Tune 12 W
Pro Tune 18 W
Beam
Power
Dimm- Efficiency
System
angle
factor
ing
power
°
lm/W
W
Pro – 12 W DL-PRO-12-3000-110 550880
warm white
3000
³ 80 850
110
> 0.9
Yes
71
12
DL-PRO-12-4000-110 550882
neutral white
4000
³ 80 880
110
> 0.9
Yes
73
12
DL-PRO-12-6000-110 550884
cool white
6000
³ 75 910
110
> 0.9
Yes
76
12
Pro – 18 W DL-PRO-18-3000-110 550885
warm white
3000
³ 80 1350
110
> 0.9
Yes
75
18
DL-PRO-18-4000-110 550886
neutral white
4000
³ 80 1450
110
> 0.9
Yes
80
18
DL-PRO-18-6000-110 550887
cool white
6000
³ 75 1500
110
> 0.9
Yes
85
18
Pro Tune DL-PROTUNE-12-110 550888
warm/neutral/cool white 3000/4000/6000
³ 80 730/870/860
110
> 0.9
No
61/73/72
12
DL-PROTUNE-18-110 550889
warm/neutral/cool white 3000/4000/6000
³ 80 1200/1480/1420
110
> 0.9
No
67/82/79
18
Test standards: IEC/EN 60598-1, IEC/EN 60598-2-2, IEC/EN 62493, IEC/EN 55015, IEC/EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN 61000-3-3, IEC/EN 61547
106
Pro and Prime – LED Downlights
Prime L Series
1
12 W / 26 W
Prime L 12 W
2
23
Current supply for 12 W downlight: 350 mA DC for 26 W downlight: 700 mA DC Forward voltage: 37 V Allowed operating temperature: –40 to 45 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see from page 163 on) Primary lead: PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 50,000 hours (L70)
3
Prime L 26 W
4 I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90° 50%
90°
60°
30°
Prime L 12 W 99% clear
90°
60°
50%
5
I (cd/klm)
50%
30°
90° 50%
60°
6 30°
Prime L 12 W 87% diffuse
60°
Prime L 26 W 99% clear
30°
Prime L 26 W 87% diffuse
7 Type
Ref. No. Colour
Colour temperature CRI
Luminous flux Beam Power Efficiency Front plate angle
K
Ra
DL-PRIME-L-12-3000-60-C 550890 warm white
3000
DL-PRIME-L-12-3000-80-D 550891 warm white
3000
lm
transparency
Unified glare
Energy
rating index
efficiency
°
W
lm/W
UGR
³ 90 1240
45
12
105
99% clear
16.9
A
³ 90 1130
80
12
95
87% diffuse
20.8
A
DL-PRIME-L-12-4000-60-C 550892 neutral white 4000
³ 90 1390
45
12
115
99% clear
16.1
A
DL-PRIME-L-12-4000-80-D 550893 neutral white 4000
³ 90 1240
80
12
105
87% diffuse
21.7
A
Prime L – 12 W
Prime L – 26 W DL-PRIME-L-26-3000-50-C 550894 warm white
3000
³ 90 2310
50
26
92
99% clear
19.8
A
DL-PRIME-L-26-3000-80-D 550895 warm white
3000
³ 90 2200
80
26
88
87% diffuse
22.9
A
DL-PRIME-L-26-4000-50-C 550896 neutral white 4000
³ 90 2400
50
26
92
99% clear
19.6
A
DL-PRIME-L-26-4000-80-D 550897 neutral white 4000
³ 90 2250
80
26
88
87% diffuse
23.6
A
Test standards: IEC/EN 60598-1, IEC/EN 60598-2-2, IEC/EN 62031, IEC/EN 62471, IEC/EN 55015, IEC/EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN 61000-3-3, IEC/EN 61547
8 9 10 11 12 107
Pro and Prime – LED Downlights
Prime H 12 W
Prime H Series 12 W / 26 W / 38 W and 40 W Current supply for 12 W downlight: 350 mA DC for 26 W downlight: 700 mA DC for 38 W/40 W downlight: 1050 mA DC Forward voltage: 37 V Allowed operating temperature: –40 to 45 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see from page 163 on) Primary lead: PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm (12 W and 26 W) 300 mm (38 W and 40 W) Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 50,000 hours (L70)
Prime H 26 W
Prime H 38 W and 40 W
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
50%
60°
50%
30°
Prime H 12 W 99% clear
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90° 60°
Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Colour
90°
60°
50%
30°
Prime H 26 W 99% clear
50%
30°
CRI
K
Ra
50%
60°
Prime H 38 W/40 W 99% clear
Power
90°
30°
Prime H 26 W 87% diffuse
temperature
I (cd/klm)
90°
60°
50%
30°
Prime H 12 W 87% diffuse
I (cd/klm)
90°
Luminous
Beam
flux
angle
Efficiency
lm
°
W
lm/W
30°
Prime H 38 W/40 W 87% diffuse
Front plate
Unified glare
Energy
transparency
rating index
efficiency
UGR
Prime H – 12 W DL-PRIME-H-12-3000-50-C
550898
warm white
3000
³ 90
895
50
12
75
99% clear
12.3
DL-PRIME-H12-3000-60-D
550899
warm white
3000
³ 90
765
60
12
65
87% diffuse
15.2
A
DL-PRIME-H-12-4000-50-C
550900
neutral white
4000
³ 90 1010
50
12
85
99% clear
14.2
A
DL-PRIME-H-12-4000-60-D
550901
neutral white
4000
³ 90
840
60
12
70
87% diffuse
15.3
A
DL-PRIME-H-26-3000-40-C
550902
warm white
3000
³ 90 2140
40
26
85
99% clear
11.2
A
DL-PRIME-H-26-3000-70-D
550903
warm white
3000
³ 90 1820
70
26
70
87% diffuse
19.3
A
DL-PRIME-H-26-4000-40-C
550904
neutral white
4000
³ 90 2170
40
26
85
99% clear
12.0
A
DL-PRIME-H-26-4000-70-D
550905
neutral white
4000
³ 90 1915
70
26
70
87% diffuse
18.6
A
DL-PRIME-H-383000-40-C
550906
warm white
3000
³ 90 3240
40
38
85
99% clear
12.4
A
DL-PRIME-H-38-3000-75-D
550907
warm white
3000
³ 90 3000
75
38
80
87% diffuse
20.2
A
DL-PRIME-H-40-4000-40-C
550908
neutral white
4000
³ 90 3240
40
40
85
99% clear
13.8
A
DL-PRIME-H-40-4000-75-D
550909
neutral white
4000
³ 90 2930
75
40
75
87% diffuse
20.3
A
A
Prime H – 26 W
Prime H – 38 W / 40 W
Test standards: IEC/EN 60598-1, IEC/EN 60598-2-2, IEC/EN 62031, IEC/EN 62471, IEC/EN 55015, IEC/EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN 61000-3-3, IEC/EN 61547
108
60°
Pro and Prime – LED Downlights
Typical Luminance
1
At 1, 2 and 3 meters Pro Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature
Pro-Serie 12 W
Pro-Serie 18 W
Pro Tune-Serie 12 W
Pro Tune-Serie 18 W
K
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
Warm white 3000 K
335
80
35
510
125
55
260
65
25
435
105
45
Neutral white 4000 K
380
90
40
620
150
65
310
75
30
525
130
55
Cool white 6000 K
425
105
45
680
170
75
320
80
35
545
135
60
2 3
Prime L
4
Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature
Prime L 12 W
Prime L 26 W
K
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
Warm white 3000 K — 99% clear
1270
320
140
1995
500
220
Warm white 3000 K — 87% diffuse
580
145
65
1065
265
120
Neutral white 4000 K — 99% clear
1395
350
155
2060
515
230
Neutral white 4000 K — 87% diffuse
625
155
70
1075
270
120
5
Prime H
6
Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature
Prime H 12 W
Prime H 26 W
Prime H 38 W / 40 W
K
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
Warm white 3000 K — 99% clear
1120
280
125
3600
900
400
5200
1300
580
Warm white 3000 K — 87% diffuse
600
150
70
1210
300
135
1870
470
210
Neutral white 4000 K — 99% clear
1260
315
140
3600
900
400
5125
1280
570
Neutral white 4000 K — 87% diffuse
660
165
75
1290
325
145
1830
460
200
7 8 9 10 11 12 109
DecoLED
DECOLED A NEW GENERATION OF DECORATION
DECOLED – ECO-FRIENDLY LIGHTING FOR INDOOR APPLICATIONS DecoLED, a highly efficient LED downlight, is the perfect solution for commercial and residential applications. The die-cast casing is fitted with an easy adjustment function that allows the light to be positioned at the desirable angle. The adaptable spring clip makes installation quick, easy and hassle-free, and is suitable for all types of ceiling. The reflector design of DecoLED 7 W is a perfect 50 W dichroic halogen retrofit. This results in an energy saving of more than 87% and reduces CO2 emissions, all of which makes DecoLED the more environmentally sustainable option. VS DecoLED comes in different beam angles, wattages and white colours to suit any application. Going greener has never been easier – for further energy-efficient and highly eco-friendly lighting options, VS provides a full range of LED modules to suit your every need.
Typical applications • Commercial lighting • Showcase lighting • Bathroom and kitchen lighting • Residential lighting • Entertainment lighting
110
DecoLED
VS DecoLED
1
A slim and compact design with integrated thermal management and high-efficiency output, making it ideal for many lighting applications.
2
Allowed operating temperature: –20 to 40°C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 60°C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see from page 163 on) Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 35,000 hrs (L50)
I (cd/klm) 90° 50%
DecoLED, 7 W Design style: reflector Current supply: 350 mA DC Beam angle: 36° Adjustable angle: 0 to 30°
60°
30°
Ø74 mm
3
36°
4 5
Type DecoLED-7-2700-36
Ref. No. 552096
Colour warm white
Colour temperature
CRI
Luminous flux
Light intensity
Beam angle
Field angle
Power
K
Ra
lm
cd
°
°
W
efficiency
2700
85
1150
36
74
7
A+
600
Energy
6 7
Typical Luminance Of DecoLEDs at 1, 2 and 3 meters
8
Intensity (lux) Colour temperature
36°
K
1m
2m
3m
Warm White 2700 K
1200
300
133
Warm White 3000 K
—
—
—
Neutral White 4000 K
—
—
—
Cool White 6000 K
—
—
—
LED Constant Current Drivers You will find LED drivers for the DecoLED modules on pages 138–182.
9 10 11 12 111
LEDSpots for Retail, Residential and Furniture Lighting
FOR RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL AND FURNITURE LIGHTING CONVENIENT LED TECHNOLOGY As the perfect replacement for halogen lamps, the new LED modules made by VS are ideal for use in furniture, false ceilings as well as cooker hoods. These LED modules are available with high-power LEDs and different optics attachments. The circular or square metal frame is available in a white, silver, Diffuse silver or gold finish. Furthermore, flexible snap-in fasteners make it extremely easy and quick to exchange halogen spots, which are still in widespread use. The package is rounded off by a matching LED drivers housed in a compact casing plus a set of cables with preassembled plugs for connecting up to two LED modules.
Typical applications for LEDSpots • Replacement of more common lamps (AR111, MR16, MR11) • Integration in luminaires (except PRO series) • Retail lighting • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting (IP54 version for humid rooms) • Light advertising • Entertainment
The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at www.vossloh-schwabe.com.
112
LEDSpots for Retail, Residential and Furniture Lighting
LEDSpots at a Glance
1
The use of LEDs offers many advantages in comparison to conventional lighting solutions.
2 ShopLine Series • Replacement for HID lamps 20–100 W • Built-in spot with heat sink based on LUGA modules • Reflector for homogeneous light distribution
3 4 5
ActiveLine Series • Replacement for Halogen lamps 50 W and HID lamps 20–35 W (MR16) • Built-in spot with heat sink based on LUGA or other COB modules • Reflector or optics for homogeneous light distribution
6 7
Complete LEDSpots with Frame • Replacement for Halogen lamps 20–35 W • Flat LED spot with heat sink and frame based on COB or SMD modules • For built-in into ceilings or metal sheets
8 9 10 11 12 113
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine 111 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug – Replacement for AR111 Technical notes Reflector: Ø 111 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: 65 °C (L90/B10) Max operating temperature tc: 85 °C Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation reflector: front and back of rim heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 600 mm With integrated cord grip Unit: 6 pcs. Dimensions H1
ShopLine 111 HL I (cd/klm)
310
60 mm
119.65 mm
430
90°
2000 4000
600 60°
1200
6000 8000 10000
2400 3000
30°
12° (088) I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
500 1000
325 60°
650
1500 2000 2500
1300 1625
30°
32° (088)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
1200
500 60°
3600
1000
2000 30°
18° (128, 158)
2500
30°
24° (128, 158) I (cd/klm) 90°
400 800
60°
1200 1600 2000
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
temperature
350 mA
500 mA
lm
lm
lm
Pel = 7.8 W
Pel = 11.4 W
Pel = 16.6 W
K H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine 111 088
Utyp. = 22.3 V
voltage (Utyp.)
CRI
Light intensity Beam at max.
700 mA
angle
current Ra
Candela
Energy efficiency at max.
°
current
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 23.7 V
ShopLine 111 088
553679
warm white
3000
925
1240
1630
85
17500
12
A+
ShopLine 111 088
553682
neutral white
4000
980
1305
1725
85
18400
12
A+
ShopLine 111 088
553680
warm white
3000
905
1205
1590
85
5500
24
A+
ShopLine 111 088
553683
neutral white
4000
955
1275
1680
85
5700
24
A+
ShopLine 111 088
553681
warm white
3000
975
1300
1710
85
4300
32
A+
ShopLine 111 088
553684
neutral white
4000
1030
1370
1810
85
4600
32
A+
ShopLine 111 088
558975
warm white
3000
950
1270
1670
85
3000
40
A+
ShopLine 111 088
558976
neutral white
4000
1005
1340
1770
85
3100
40
A+
ShopLine 111 088
558977
pearl white
3100
905
1235
1615
85
17000
12
A+
ShopLine 111 088
558978
pearl white
3100
880
1205
1575
85
5100
24
A+
ShopLine 111 088
558979
pearl white
3100
950
1295
1700
85
4200
32
A+
ShopLine 111 088
558980
pearl white
3100
925
1265
1660
85
2900
40
A+
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
114
60°
1500
4800 6000
30°
40° (088)
I (cd/klm)
2400
60°
975
550
Ref. No.
30°
24° (088)
36° (128, 158)
Type
60°
1800
g
99.65 mm 139.65 mm
I (cd/klm) 90°
Weight H
40 mm 80 mm
ShopLine 111
30°
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine 111 Type
Ref. No.
1 Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
temperature
350 mA
K H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine 111 128
voltage (Utyp.) 500 mA
700 mA
lm
lm
lm
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
CRI
Light intensity
Beam
at max.
angle
current Ra
Candela
Energy efficiency at max.
°
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
ShopLine 111 128
555333
warm white
3000
1465
2000
—
85
12200
18
A++
ShopLine 111 128
555336
neutral white
4000
1560
2120
—
85
13000
18
A++
ShopLine 111 128
555334
warm white
3000
1480
2025
—
85
4900
24
A++
ShopLine 111 128
555337
neutral white
4000
1575
2145
—
85
5200
24
A++
ShopLine 111 128
555335
warm white
3000
1500
2050
—
85
4200
36
A++
ShopLine 111 128
555338
neutral white
4000
1600
2170
—
85
4400
36
A++
ShopLine 111 128
558989
pearl white
3100
1450
1980
—
85
12300
18
A+
ShopLine 111 128
558990
pearl white
3100
1470
2005
—
85
4100
24
A++
ShopLine 111 128
558991
pearl white
3100
1485
2025
—
85
4150
36
A++
Pel = 24.9 W
H1 = 60 mm – ShopLine 111 128
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
ShopLine 111 128
555339
warm white
3000
1465
2000
2670
85
16200
18
A+
ShopLine 111 128
555342
neutral white
4000
1560
2120
2820
85
17100
18
A+
ShopLine 111 128
555340
warm white
3000
1480
2025
2700
85
6500
24
A+
ShopLine 111 128
555343
neutral white
4000
1575
2145
2855
85
6800
24
A+
ShopLine 111 128
555341
warm white
3000
1500
2050
2735
85
5600
36
A+
ShopLine 111 128
555344
neutral white
4000
1600
2170
2885
85
5800
36
A++
ShopLine 111 128
558992
pearl white
3100
1450
1980
2645
85
16200
18
A+
ShopLine 111 128
558993
pearl white
3100
1470
2005
2675
85
6500
24
A+
ShopLine 111 128
557888
pearl white
3100
1485
2025
2705
85
5100
36
A+
Pel = 31.1 W
H1 = 80 mm – ShopLine 111 158
Pel = 14.6 W
Pel = 21.4 W
Utyp. = 41.7 V
Utyp. = 42.8 V
Utyp. = 44.4 V
ShopLine 111 158
555345
warm white
3000
1825
2490
3310
85
21000
18
A+
ShopLine 111 158
555348
neutral white
4000
1925
2630
3490
85
22000
18
A+
ShopLine 111 158
555346
warm white
3000
1845
2520
3350
85
8100
24
A+
ShopLine 111 158
555349
neutral white
4000
1950
2650
3525
85
8500
24
A+
ShopLine 111 158
555347
warm white
3000
1845
2520
3350
85
6800
36
A+
ShopLine 111 158
555350
neutral white
4000
1950
2650
3525
85
7200
36
A+
ShopLine 111 158
559001
pearl white
3100
1805
2455
3280
85
20000
18
A+
ShopLine 111 158
559002
pearl white
3100
1825
2490
3315
85
8000
24
A+
ShopLine 111 158
557886
pearl white
3100
1825
2490
3315
85
7000
36
A+
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W
HL Versions – ShopLine 111 128
2
current
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
ShopLine 111 128 HL 559494
pearl white
3100
1450
1980
2650
85
15600
18
A+
ShopLine 111 128 HL 559495
pearl white
3100
1470
2005
2675
85
5800
26
A+
ShopLine 111 128 HL 559496
pearl white
3100
1470
2005
2675
85
4900
34
A+
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10% I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
1200 2400
90°
500 60°
1000
3600
1500
4800
2000
6000
18° (128 HL)
30°
2500
26° (128 HL)
90°
400 60°
800
60°
10
1200 1600 30°
2000
34° (128 HL)
30°
11 12 115
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine NEXT 111 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a interchangeable reflector, heat sink and leads – Replacement for AR111 Technical notes Reflector: Ø 111 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: 65 °C (L90/B10) Max operating temperature tc: 85 °C Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Fixation reflector: front rim heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 300 mm With integrated cord grip Unit: 6 pcs. Dimensions H1
I (cd/klm) 90°
600 60°
4000
310
60 mm
119.65 mm
430
139.65 mm
60°
1200
6000
1800
8000
2400
10000
3000
30°
12° (088)
30°
24° (088)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
500
325 60°
1000
60°
650
1500
975
2000
1300
2500
1625
30°
32° (088)
30°
40° (088)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
1200
500 60°
2400
60°
1000
3600
1500
4800
2000
6000
2500
30°
18° (128, 158)
g
99.65 mm
90°
2000
Weight H
40 mm 80 mm
I (cd/klm)
30°
24° (128, 158) I (cd/klm) 90°
400 60°
800 1200
550
1600 2000
30°
36° (128, 158)
Type
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
For black
For white
temperature 350 mA
500 mA
700 mA
LEDSpot
LEDSpot
K
lm
lm
lm
Pel = 7.8 W
Pel = 11.4 W
Pel = 16.6 W
H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 088
Utyp. = 22.3 V
Beam
at max.
angle
current
Energy efficiency at max.
Ra
Candela
°
current
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 23.7 V
Next 111 088
559208
559294
warm white
3000
925
1240
1630
85
17500
12
A+
Next 111 088
559216
559302
neutral white 4000
980
1305
1725
85
18600
12
A+
Next 111 088
559209
559295
warm white
3000
905
1205
1590
85
5500
24
A+
Next 111 088
559217
559303
neutral white 4000
955
1275
1680
85
5700
24
A+
Next 111 088
558137
559296
warm white
3000
975
1300
1710
85
4300
32
A+
Next 111 088
558140
559304
neutral white 4000
1030
1370
1810
85
4600
32
A+
Next 111 088
559210
559297
warm white
3000
950
1270
1670
85
3000
40
A+
Next 111 088
559218
559305
neutral white 4000
1005
1340
1770
85
3100
40
A+
Next 111 088
559211
559298
pearl white
3100
905
1235
1615
85
17000
12
A+
Next 111 088
559213
559299
pearl white
3100
880
1205
1575
85
5100
24
A+
Next 111 088
559214
559300
pearl white
3100
950
1295
1700
85
4200
32
A+
Next 111 088
559215
559301
pearl white
3100
925
1265
1660
85
2900
40
A+
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
116
CRI Light intensity
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine NEXT 111 Type
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
1
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
For black
For white
temperature 350 mA
500 mA
700 mA
LEDSpots
LEDSpots
K
lm
lm
lm
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W Utyp. = 35.6 V
H1 = 60 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 128
CRI Light intensity Beam Energy angle efficiency
current Ra
Candela
at max. °
current
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Next 111 128
558141
559306
warm white
3000
1465
2000
2670
85
16200
18
A+
Next 111 128
558144
559311
neutral white
4000
1560
2120
2820
85
17100
18
A+
Next 111 128
558142
559194
warm white
3000
1480
2025
2700
85
6500
24
A+
Next 111 128
558145
559312
neutral white
4000
1575
2145
2855
85
6800
24
A+
Next 111 128
558143
559307
warm white
3000
1500
2050
2735
85
5600
36
A+
Next 111 128
558146
559313
neutral white
4000
1600
2170
2885
85
5800
36
A++
Next 111 128
559237
559308
pearl white
3100
1450
1980
2645
85
16200
18
A+
Next 111 128
559238
559309
pearl white
3100
1470
2005
2675
85
6500
24
A+
Next 111 128
559239
559310
pearl white
3100
1485
2025
2705
85
5200
36
A+
H1 = 80 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 158
Pel = 14.6 W
Pel = 21.4 W
Pel = 31.1 W
Utyp. = 41.7 V
Utyp. = 42.8 V
Utyp. = 44.4 V
Next 111 158
558190
559326
warm white
3000
1825
2490
3310
85
21000
18
A+
Next 111 158
558193
559332
neutral white
4000
1925
2630
3490
85
22000
18
A+
Next 111 158
558191
559327
warm white
3000
1845
2520
3350
85
8100
24
A+
Next 111 158
558194
559333
neutral white
4000
1950
2650
3525
85
8500
24
A+
Next 111 158
558192
559328
warm white
3000
1845
2520
3350
85
6800
36
A+
Next 111 158
558195
559334
neutral white
4000
1950
2650
3525
85
7200
36
A+
Next 111 158
559287
559329
pearl white
3100
1805
2455
3280
85
20000
18
A+
Next 111 158
559288
559330
pearl white
3100
1825
2490
3315
85
8000
24
A+
Next 111 158
559289
559331
pearl white
3100
1825
2490
3315
85
7000
36
A+
2 3 4 5 6
Pel = 31.1 W Food Version – ShopLine NEXT 111 158
Utyp. = 44.4 V
Next 111 158
558728
559190
"pink effect"
2000
—
—
1670
82
3430
36
A+
Next 111 158
558729
559192
warm white
3000
—
—
2140
85
4400
36
A+
Next 111 158
558730
559191
"white effect"
4000
—
—
1945
70
4000
36
A+
Next 111 158
558731
559193
neutral white
4000
—
—
2235
85
4600
36
A+
7
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
8
With Zhaga Adaptor for Aluminium Reflectors Reflektor size top: Ø 94 mm bottom: Ø 40 mm height: 50 mm Ref. No.
Ref. No.
For black
For white
temperature
350 mA
500 mA
700 mA
LEDSpots
LEDSpots
K
lm
lm
lm
H1 = 40 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 088
Pel = 7.8 W
Pel = 11.4 W
Pel = 16.6 W
Without reflector
Utyp. = 22.3 V
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 23.7 V
Type
Next 111 088
559941
on request
Colour
pearl white
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
3100
H1 = 60 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 128 Without reflector
1135
1555
2035
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W Utyp. = 35.6 V
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
1720
2345
3135
H1 = 80 mm – ShopLine NEXT 111 158
Pel = 14.6 W
Pel = 21.4 W
Pel = 31.1 W
Without reflector
Utyp. = 41.7 V
Utyp. = 42.8 V
Utyp. = 44.4 V
2140
2915
3885
Next 111 128
Next 111 158
559943
559944
on request
on request
pearl white
pearl white
3100
3100
CRI
Ra
9 10
85
85
11
85
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
12 117
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine 85 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector: Ø 85 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: 65 °C (L90/B10) Max operating temperature tc: 85 °C Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 300 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 375 g Unit: 6 pcs.
90°
1200
2400
8000 30°
12° (088)
3000
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
350
500 60°
1000
2500
30°
32° (088)
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
I (cd/klm) 500
temperature
350 mA
K
lm
lm
lm
Pel = 7.8 W
Pel = 11.4 W
Pel = 16.6 W
Utyp. = 22.3 V
500 mA
700 mA
1500 2000 30°
2000
36° (128)
Light intensity
Beam
at max.
angle
Energy efficiency at max.
°
current
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 23.7 V
ShopLine 85 088
554969 warm white
3000
960
1285
1690
85
17675
12
A+
ShopLine 85 088
555351 neutral white 4000
1020
1360
1790
85
18600
12
A+
ShopLine 85 088
554971 warm white
3000
940
1255
1650
85
5555
24
A+
ShopLine 85 088
555353 neutral white 4000
1000
1320
1750
85
5755
24
A+
ShopLine 85 088
554973 warm white
3000
1000
1330
1755
85
4350
32
A+
ShopLine 85 088
555355 neutral white 4000
1055
1405
1855
85
4645
32
A+
ShopLine 85 088
559098 warm white
3000
975
1300
1710
85
3030
40
A+
ShopLine 85 088
559099 neutral white 4000
1030
1370
1810
85
3130
40
A+
ShopLine 85 088
559100 pearl white
3100
935
1280
1675
85
17170
12
A+
ShopLine 85 088
559101 pearl white
3100
915
1250
1635
85
5150
24
A+
ShopLine 85 088
559102 pearl white
3100
970
1326
1735
85
4220
32
A+
ShopLine 85 088
559103 pearl white
3100
950
1295
1700
85
2930
40
A+
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W
Pel = 11.7 W ShopLine 85 128
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
ShopLine 85 128
554981 warm white
3000
1535
2095
2794
85
17600
18
A+
ShopLine 85 128
555357 neutral white 4000
1630
2220
2952
85
18300
18
A++
ShopLine 85 128
554983 warm white
3000
1550
2120
2826
85
7050
24
A+
ShopLine 85 128
555359 neutral white 4000
1650
2245
2986
85
7500
24
A++
ShopLine 85 128
554985 warm white
3000
1535
2095
2794
85
5850
36
A+
ShopLine 85 128
555361 neutral white 4000
1630
2220
2952
85
6050
36
A++
ShopLine 85 128
559104 pearl white
3100
1520
2075
2770
85
17500
18
A+
ShopLine 85 128
559105 pearl white
3100
1535
2100
2800
85
7000
24
A+
ShopLine 85 128
559106 pearl white
3100
1520
2080
2770
85
5800
36
A+
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 10%
60°
1600
2500
Candela
800 1200
current Ra
90°
400 60°
1000
30°
30°
I (cd/klm) 90°
24° (128)
CRI
1750
40° (088)
90° 60°
60°
1400
2000
18° (128)
700 1050
1500
1250
30°
24° (088)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
60°
1800
10000
6250
118
60°
6000
5000
ShopLine 85 088
600
4000
3750
Ref. No. Colour
90°
2000
2500
Type
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
30°
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine EVO90
1
Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 90 mm, aluminium, bayonet fixing Holder: PBT, inner ring: metallized Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: –25 to 85 °C DMC125 (L90/B10; 40,000 hrs) DMC128 (L90/B10; 50,000 hrs) Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 350 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 360 g Unit: 6 pcs.
EVO90 125
2 I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
90°
1905 3810
60°
5715 7620
90° 342
665 1330
60°
1995 30°
2660
685 1028
30°
1370
EVO90 125 – 12°
EVO90 125 – 22°
EVO90 125 – 32°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
1960
60°
2940 3920
EVO90 128 – 18°
90° 530
980
1060
2120
EVO90 128 – 26°
30°
4 90°
340 60°
1590 30°
3
60°
680
60°
1020 30°
1360
30°
5
EVO90 128 – 36°
6
EVO90 088/128
7 8 9 10 11 12 119
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine EVO90 Type
Ref. No. Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)
temperature
350 mA
K Narrow beam angle: 12°
CRI
Light intensity Beam
Energy efficiency
at max.
at max. current
500 mA
700 mA
current
lm
lm
lm
Ra
Candela
°
Pel = 12 W
Pel = 17.7 W
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.4 V
EVO90 125
558406 warm white 2700
1250
1630
—
82
12350
12
A+
EVO90 125
558409 warm white 3000
1340
1750
—
85
13650
12
A+
EVO90 125
558415 neutral white 4000
1430
1870
—
85
14550
12
A+
Pel = 12 W
Pel = 17.7 W
Medium beam angle: 22°
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.4 V
EVO90 125
558407 warm white 2700
1235
1615
—
82
4550
22
A+
EVO90 125
558410 warm white 3000
1325
1730
—
85
5150
22
A+
EVO90 125
558413 neutral white 4000
1415
1850
—
85
5350
22
A+
Pel = 12 W
Pel = 17.7 W
Wide beam angle: 32°
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.4 V
EVO90 125
558408 warm white 2700
1235
1615
—
82
2500
32
A+
EVO90 125
558411 warm white 3000
1325
1730
—
85
2750
32
A+
EVO90 125
558414 neutral white 4000
1415
1850
—
85
2850
32
A+
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W
Narrow beam angle: 18°
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
EVO90 128
558085 warm white 2700
1515
2070
2760
82
12500
18
A+
EVO90 128
558089 warm white 3000
1590
2170
2890
85
12550
18
A++
EVO90 128
558094 neutral white 4000
1685
2300
3055
85
13150
18
A++
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W
Medium beam angle: 26°
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
EVO90 128
558086 warm white 2700
1515
2070
2760
82
6970
26
A+
EVO90 128
557898 warm white 3000
1590
2170
2890
85
7040
26
A++
EVO90 128
558095 neutral white 4000
1685
2300
3055
85
7450
26
A++
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W
Wide beam angle: 36°
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
EVO90 128
558088 warm white 2700
1515
2070
2760
82
4230
36
A+
EVO90 128
558090 warm white 3000
1590
2170
2890
85
4280
36
A++
EVO90 128
558096 neutral white 4000
1685
2300
3055
85
4500
36
A++
Pel = 7.8 W
Pel = 11.4 W
Pel = 16.6 W
Pearl White 2000 lm
Utyp. = 22.3 V
Utyp. = 22.8 V
Utyp. = 23.7 V
EVO90 088
558412 pearl white
3100
1030
1405
1840
85
10400
14
A+
EVO90 088
558413 pearl white
3100
1030
1405
1840
85
4800
24
A+
EVO90 088
558414 pearl white
3100
1030
1405
1840
85
2530
34
A+
Pel = 11.7 W
Pel = 17.2 W
Pel = 24.9 W
Pearl White 3000 lm
Utyp. = 33.4 V
Utyp. = 34.4 V
Utyp. = 35.6 V
EVO90 128
558091 pearl white
3100
1570
2150
2865
85
12000
18
A+
EVO90 128
558092 pearl white
3100
1570
2150
2865
85
6920
26
A+
EVO90 128
558093 pearl white
3100
1570
2150
2865
85
420
36
A+
CRI > 90 on request
Reflectors for ShopLine EVO90 Reflectors made of aluminium with bayonet fixation Surface: anodised, Weight: 27 g, Unit: 30 pcs. Ref. No.
120
angle
Beam characteristic
Usage and maintenance
Beam angle
Reflectors D90 H50
DMC125 DMS088 DMS128
557359
narrow
12°
14°
18°
557360
medium
22°
26°
26°
557361
wide
32°
36°
36°
If necessary clean reflectors with mild soap, water and soft cloth. Never use any commercial cleaning solvents on reflectors, like alcohol. Please handle or install reflectors with wearing gloves, skin oils may damage reflector or its optical characteristic.
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ShopLine EVO75
1
Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 75 mm, aluminium, bayonet fixing Holder: PBT, inner ring: metallized Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tp point: –25 to 85 °C DMC125 (L90/B10; 40,000 hrs) DMS088 (L90/B10; 50,000 hrs) Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Fixation heat sink: lateral fixation with M5 screws and nuts or rear side fixation with tapping screws ST2.9 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 350 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 295 g, Unit: 6 pcs. Type
Ref. No. Colour
2 I (cd/klm)
2675
543 60°
4013 5350
1085
3
60°
1628 30°
EVO75 125 – 15°
2710
30°
4
EVO75 125 – 25° I (cd/klm) 90° 343 685
60°
1028 1370
EVO75 125 – 32°
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
colour
and power consumption (Pel)
temperature
350 mA
Narrow beam angle: 15°
90°
1338
Correlated
K
I (cd/klm) 90°
CRI
Light intensity Beam
Energy efficiency
at max.
at max. current
angle
500 mA
700 mA
lm
lm
lm
Ra
Candela
°
Pel = 12 W
Pel = 17.7 W
30°
5 6
current
Utyp. = 34.1 V
Utyp. = 35.4 V
EVO75 125
557782 warm white 2700
1260
1650
—
82
13480
15
A+
EVO75 125
557785 warm white 3000
1355
1765
—
85
14740
15
A+
EVO75 125
557791 neutral white 4000
1445
1890
—
85
15430
15
A+
7
Medium beam angle: 25° EVO75 125
557783 warm white 2700
1260
1650
—
82
6100
25
A+
EVO75 125
557786 warm white 3000
1355
1765
—
85
6700
25
A+
EVO75 125
557792 neutral white 4000
1445
1890
—
85
7040
25
A+
8
Wide beam angle: 32° EVO75 125
557784 warm white 2700
1260
1650
—
82
3155
32
A+
EVO75 125
557787 warm white 3000
1355
1765
—
85
3440
32
A+
EVO75 125
557793 neutral white 4000
1445
1890
—
85
3620
32
A+
Pel = 7.8 W
Pel = 11.4 W
Pel = 16.6 W
Pearl White
Utyp. = 22.3 V
Utyp. = 22.8 V Utyp. = 23.7 V
EVO75 088
557788 pearl white
3100
1030
1405
1840
85
12050
16
A+
EVO75 088
557789 pearl white
3100
1040
1420
1860
85
5950
28
A+
EVO75 088
557790 pearl white
3100
1030
1405
1840
85
3350
34
A+
CRI > 90 on request
Reflectors for ShopLine EVO75 Reflectors made of aluminium with bayonet fixation Surface: anodised, Weight: 17 g, Unit: 30 pcs. Ref. No.
Beam characteristic
Beam angle
Reflectors D75 H40
DMC125 DMS088
557152
narrow
15°
16°
557153
medium
25°
28°
557154
wide
32°
34°
Usage and maintenance If necessary clean reflectors with mild soap, water and soft cloth. Never use any commercial cleaning solvents on reflectors, like alcohol. Please handle or install reflectors with wearing gloves, skin oils may damage reflector or its optical characteristic.
9 10 11 12 121
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ActiveLine LUGA Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 65 °C (L90/B10) Colour accuracy initially: 3 SDCM; after 50,000 hrs. operating time: 4 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Version with plug on request
ActiveLine 9.1 / 7.1 / 6.1 / Quad Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink and leads Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium (Quad: thermoconductive resin) Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –40 to 85 °C (L70/B30) –20 to 80 °C (Quad) Colour accuracy: 3 SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Version with plug on request
ActiveLine PRO Complete LEDSpots equipped with a reflector or optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Type and Ref. No. on request
122
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID Replacement
ActiveLine LUGA C
1
Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 300 g Unit: 35 pcs.
2 I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
300
400 800
90°
90°
60°
185 60°
600
370
1200
900
555
1600
1200
740
2000
1500
30°
25°
925
30°
34°
3
60°
30°
4
48°
5 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.) CRI
Light intensity Beam
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
temperature
350 mA
current
K Narrow beam angle: 25°
500 mA
lm
min.
Pel = 11 W
Pel = 16.3 W
angle
Energy efficiency at max.
Ra
Candela
°
current
A+
Utyp. = 31.4 V
Utyp. = 32.6 V
Luga C 115 27K
559397
warm white
2700
1190
1580
82
3165
25
Luga C 115 30K
559400
warm white
3000
1275
1685
85
3370
25
A+
Luga C 115 40K
559403
neutral white
4000
1355
1795
85
3590
25
A+
Luga C 115 30K
559418
warm white
3000
1065
1405
95
2815
25
A+ A+
6 7
Medium beam angle: 34° Luga C 115 27K
559398
warm white
2700
1170
1545
82
2160
34
Luga C 115 30K
559401
warm white
3000
1250
1650
85
2310
34
A+
Luga C 115 40K
559404
neutral white
4000
1325
1760
85
2460
34
A+
Luga C 115 30K
559419
warm white
3000
1045
1380
95
1930
34
A+ A+
8
Wide beam angle: 48° Luga C 115 27K
559399
warm white
2700
1210
1600
82
1460
48
Luga C 115 30K
559402
warm white
3000
1295
1710
85
1560
48
A+
Luga C 115 40K
559405
neutral white
4000
1375
1820
85
1660
48
A+
Luga C 115 30K
559420
warm white
3000
1080
1430
95
1310
48
A+
9
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 15%
10 11 12 123
LEDSpots for Retail Lighting – HID/Halogen Replacement
ActiveLine LUGA C Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 145 g Unit: 45 pcs. ActiveLine LUGA C 104
ActiveLine LUGA C 115
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
300
400 800
60°
600
Colour
370
740 925
30°
34°
48°
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.) CRI
Light intensity Beam
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
temperature
350 mA
current
K
lm
angle
Energy efficiency at max.
Ra
Candela
°
current A+
Pel = 10.2 W, Utyp. = 29.2 V
Luga C 104 27K
559379
warm white
2700
1020
82
2050
25
Luga C 104 30K
559382
warm white
3000
1080
85
2170
25
A+
Luga C 104 40K
559385
neutral white
4000
1160
85
2330
25
A++
Luga C 104 30K
559406
warm white
3000
914
95
1850
25
A+ A+
Medium beam angle: 34° – LUGA C 104
Pel = 10.2 W, Utyp. = 29.2 V
Luga C 104 27K
559380
warm white
2700
1005
82
1410
34
Luga C 104 30K
559383
warm white
3000
1065
85
1495
34
A+
Luga C 104 40K
559386
neutral white
4000
1145
85
1610
34
A++
Luga C 104 30K
559407
warm white
3000
905
95
1270
34
A+ A+
Wide beam angle: 48° – LUGA C 104
Pel = 10.2 W, Utyp. = 29.2 V
Luga C 104 27K
559381
warm white
2700
1045
82
955
48
Luga C 104 30K
559384
warm white
3000
1105
85
1010
48
A+
Luga C 104 40K
559387
neutral white
4000
1190
85
1090
48
A++
Luga C 104 30K
559408
warm white
3000
940
95
860
48
A+ A+
Narrow beam angle: 25° – LUGA C 115
Pel = 11 W, Utyp. = 31.4 V
Luga C 115 27K
559388
warm white
2700
1190
82
2390
25
Luga C 115 30K
559391
warm white
3000
1275
85
2560
25
A+
Luga C 115 40K
559394
neutral white
4000
1355
85
2720
25
A++
Luga C 115 30K
559412
warm white
3000
1065
95
3220
25
A+ A+
Medium beam angle: 34° – LUGA C 115
Pel = 11 W, Utyp. = 31.4 V
Luga C 115 27K
559389
warm white
2700
1170
82
1645
34
Luga C 115 30K
559392
warm white
3000
1250
85
1755
34
A+
Luga C 115 40K
559395
neutral white
4000
1325
85
1860
34
A++
Luga C 115 30K
559413
warm white
3000
1045
95
1465
34
A+ A+
Wide beam angle: 48° – LUGA C 115
Pel = 11 W, Utyp. = 31.4 V
Luga C 115 27K
559390
warm white
2700
1210
82
1110
48
Luga C 115 30K
559393
warm white
3000
1295
85
1185
48
A+
Luga C 115 40K
559396
neutral white
4000
1375
85
1260
48
A++
Luga C 115 30K
559414
warm white
3000
1080
95
990
48
A+
* Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 15%
60°
555
Correlated
Narrow beam angle: 25° – LUGA C 104
124
1500
30°
25°
Ref. No.
60°
1200
1600
Type
185
900
1200
2000
90°
90°
30°
LEDSpots for Residential Lighting – Halogen Replacement
ActiveLine 9.1
1
Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 145 g Unit: 45 pcs.
2 ActiveLine 9.1 I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
250 500
250 60°
500
750
750
1000
1000
1250
1250
30°
25°
3
60°
30°
4
36°
5 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Correlated
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.)
Light intensity
Beam
colour
and power consumption (Pel)
at max.
angle
temperature
350 mA
current
K Narrow beam angle: 25°
CRI
500 mA
lm
lm
Pel = 6.2 W
Pel = 9.3 W
Ra
Candela
Energy efficiency at max.
°
current
Utyp. = 17.8 V
Utyp. = 18.5 V
ActiveLine 9.1 27K
559442
warm white
2700
580
780
80
1400
25
A+
ActiveLine 9.1 30K
559444
warm white
3000
615
825
80
1430
25
A+
ActiveLine 9.1 40K
559446
neutral white
4000
645
865
80
1540
25
A++
Medium beam angle: 36° ActiveLine 9.1 27K
559443
warm white
2700
580
780
80
1150
36
A+
ActiveLine 9.1 30K
559445
warm white
3000
615
825
80
1220
36
A+
ActiveLine 9.1 40K
559447
neutral white
4000
645
865
80
1350
36
A++
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 125
LEDSpots for Residential Lighting – Halogen Replacement
ActiveLine 7.1 & 6.1 Technical notes Reflector: Ø 50 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm With integrated cord grip Weight: 145 g Unit: 45 pcs.
ActiveLine 7.1 I (cd/klm)
ActiveLine 6.1 I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm)
90°
250 500
60°
500
25° – ActiveLine 7.1
Ref. No.
Colour
60°
500
1250
250 60°
500
750
1000 30°
90°
250
750
1000
Type
90°
250
750
1250
I (cd/klm)
90°
1000 1250
30°
36° – ActiveLine 7.1
1000 1250
30°
24° – ActiveLine 6.1
Typ. luminous flux and typical voltage (Utyp.) CRI
Light intensity Beam
colour
and power consumption (Pel)
at max.
temperature
350 mA
current
K
lm
angle
Energy efficiency at max.
Ra
Candela
°
current A+
Pel = 6.2 W, Utyp. = 17.8 V
ActiveLine 7.1 27K
559436
warm white
2700
580
80
1000
25
ActiveLine 7.1 30K
559438
warm white
3000
615
80
1075
25
A+
ActiveLine 7.1 40K
559440
neutral white
4000
645
80
1150
25
A++ A+
Medium beam angle: 36° – ActiveLine 7.1 ActiveLine 7.1 27K
559437
warm white
2700
580
80
865
36
ActiveLine 7.1 30K
559439
warm white
3000
615
80
925
36
A+
ActiveLine 7.1 40K
559441
neutral white
4000
645
80
1010
36
A++
Narrow beam angle: 24° – ActiveLine 6.1
Pel = 6.8 W, Utyp. = 19.4 V
ActiveLine 6.1 27K
559430
warm white
2700
520
80
950
24
A+
ActiveLine 6.1 30K
559432
warm white
3000
550
80
1010
24
A+
ActiveLine 6.1 40K
559434
neutral white
4000
575
80
1050
24
A+ A+
Medium beam angle: 36° – ActiveLine 6.1
126
30°
36° – ActiveLine 6.1
Correlated
Narrow beam angle: 25° – ActiveLine 7.1
60°
750
ActiveLine 6.1 27K
559431
warm white
2700
520
80
800
36
ActiveLine 6.1 30K
559433
warm white
3000
550
80
870
36
A+
ActiveLine 6.1 40K
559435
neutral white
4000
575
80
950
36
A+
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
12,8
37,5
ActiveLine Quad
1 2
Ø50 Ø46
Technical notes Optics: Ø 50 mm Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 300 mm ESD protection class 2 Weight: 90 g Unit: 45 pcs.
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
4100 8200
1500 60°
3000
12800 16400
4500 6000
30°
10° I (cd/klm)
4
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
700
500 60°
1000
2100 2800
30°
Type
Description
2000
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
Light intensity Beam
without
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
plug
plug
temperature
350 mA
K
min.
LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 10°
typ.
min.
typ.
min.
angle
current typ.
Pel = 3.99 W
Pel = 5.8 W
Utyp. = 11.4 V
Utyp. = 11.6 V
Utyp. = 12.1 V
30°
40°
Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour
700 mA
60°
1500 30°
with
500 mA
30°
20°
1400
3
60°
5
Energy efficiency at max.
Candela
°
current
6
Pel = 8.5 W
LR4W
XTE 3000K bin Q3
547794 547790 warm white
2870...3200 338
373
450
496
601
663
10000
10
A
LR4W
XTE 4000K bin Q4
549917 548864 neutral white 3700...4260 360
398
479
529
640
707
10600
10
A+
LR4W
XPE 6300K bin Q4 547802 547798 cool white
5650...6950 360
398
468
517
612
676
10200
10
A+
7
LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 20° LR4W
XTE 3000K bin Q3
547793 547789 warm white
2870...3200 338
373
450
496
601
663
3100
20
A
LR4W
XTE 4000K bin Q4
549916 547940 neutral white 3700...4260 360
398
479
529
640
707
3300
20
A+
LR4W
XPE 6300K bin Q4 547801 547797 cool white
5650...6950 360
398
468
517
612
676
3150
20
A+
LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 30° LR4W
XTE 3000K bin Q3
547792 547788 warm white
2870...3200 338
373
450
496
601
663
1600
30
A
LR4W
XTE 4000K bin Q4
549915 548863 neutral white 3700...4260 360
398
479
529
640
707
1700
30
A+
LR4W
XPE 6300K bin Q4 547800 547796 cool white
5650...6950 360
398
468
517
612
676
1630
30
A+
LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 40° LR4W
XTE 3000K bin Q3
547791 547726 warm white
2870...3200 338
373
450
496
601
663
1100
40
A
LR4W
XTE 4000K bin Q4
549914 547837 neutral white 3700...4260 360
398
479
529
640
707
1180
40
A+
LR4W
XPE 6300K bin Q4 547799 547795 cool white
398
468
517
612
676
1130
40
A+
5650...6950 360
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7%
8 9 10 11 12 127
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpots Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and frame LEDSpot IPLine Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP54 LEDSpot SmartLine COB / XT Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP40 LEDSpot StartLine Resin or steel frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP20 Surface Kit with Mounted LEDSpot Plastic frame to use IPLine, SmartLine or StartLine as surface mounting spots Dimensions (ØxH): Ø 67 x 30 mm Degree of protection: IP20 LEDSpot DiscLine Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm Degree of protection: IP40 LEDSpot EffectLine Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 37 mm Degree of protection: IP20 LEDSpot Sets On request, you will receive complete sets that contain the desired number of LEDSpots, a respective number of cable sets and the required LED drivers. Lead sets for LEDSpots Lead sets with connector for easy and fast connection.
128
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot IPLine
1
Complete LEDSpot IP54 equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Reflector with clear glass (opaque glass on request) Beam angle: 30° or 50° (XTE), 40° (COB) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP54 Unit: 45 pcs.
2 I (cd/klm)
LCH-022 / LCH-023
I (cd/klm) 90°
90° 283
500 60°
1000
565
1500
3
60°
848
2000
1130
30°
30°
30°
4
50° I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580
60°
870 1160
30°
40°
5 6 7
Type
Description
LEDSpot Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
Light intensity
Beam
version
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
angle
temperature
350 mA
500 mA
700 mA
current
K
min.
min.
min.
Candela
LEDSpot IPLine (LCH-022)
typ.
typ.
typ.
Pel = 0.98 W
Pel = 1.48 W
Pel = 2.17 W
Utyp. = 3.5 V
Utyp. = 3 V
Utyp. = 3.1 V
LCH-022
XTE 3000K bin min Q3
A
warm white 2870...3200
79.8
LCH-022
XTE 4500K bin min Q5
B
neutral white 4250...4750
91
LCH-022
XTE 6000K bin min R3
C
cool white
88
103.7 114.4 135.7 149.6
Energy efficiency at max.
30°
50°
°
current
A+
290
170
50
133.4 161.7 178.3
360
190
50
A++
5000...6950 103.7 114.3 139.7 152.1 184.4 203.3
370
210
50
A++
100.3 121
Pel = 3.5 W LEDSpot IPLine COB (LCH-023)
8 9
350 mA / 40°
Utyp. = 10 V
LCH-023
COB 3000K bin min Q3 D
warm white 2920...3070 250
285
—
—
—
—
330
—
40
A+
LCH-023
COB 4200K bin min Q5 E
neutral white 3850...4650 263
300
—
—
—
—
380
—
40
A+
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% LEDSpot IPLine
10
LEDSpot IPLine COB
Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
C (cool white)
D (warm white)
Ref. No. E (neutral white)
30°
50°
30°
50°
30°
50°
40°
40°
silver
555403
552083
555405
552085
555407
552087
552089
552091
white
555402
552082
555404
552084
555406
552086
552088
552090
11 12 129
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot SmartLine COB Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with an aluminium heat sink Beam angle: 40° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaire sheets (type LCH-017 and -020) for ceilings (type LCH-019 and -021) Degree of protection: IP40 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-017 and -020), 40 pcs. (type LCH-019 and -021)
I (cd/klm) 90°
LCH-017
Description
60°
580 870 1160
30°
40°
LCH-020
Type
290
LCH-019
LCH-021
LEDSpot
LEDSpot
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage
Light intensity Frame shape
version
version
colour
(Utyp.) and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
efficiency
for luminaire
for ceiling
temperature
at 350 mA
current
at max.
K
min.
Colour
sheets
typ.
Candela
Energy
round square
current
Pel = 3.5 W Utyp. = 10 V All types
COB 3000K 40° A
C
warm white
2920...3070 250
285
330
round square
A+
All types
COB 4200K 40° B
D
neutral white 3850...4650 263
300
380
round square
A+
Emission data at tc = 25 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7%
130
For luminaire sheets (LCH-017 and LCH-020)
For ceilings (LCH-019 and LCH-021)
Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
C (warm white)
Ref. No. D (neutral white)
round
square
round
square
round
square
round
square
silver
548912
548928
548916
548932
548920
548936
548924
548940
silver mat
548913
—
548917
—
548921
—
548925
—
gold
548914
—
548918
—
548922
—
548926
—
white
548915
548931
548919
548935
548923
548939
548927
548943
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot SmartLine XT
1
Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame
2 I (cd/klm)
LCH-002
LCH-004
90° 285 20
18
4,7
4,7
855 Ø67
Ø67
1140
30°
4
56±0.2
56±0,2
10,5±0,2
50°
tc
tc
5
58±0,2
6
72
Ø56±0,2
10,5±0,2
56±0,2
72
4,6 18
3,6 21,2
LCH-009
0,5-1
LCH-008
Tc point
7
Tc point
58±0,2
Type
Description
3
60°
570
0,5-1
Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 50° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaire sheets (type LCH-002 and -008) for ceilings (type LCH-004 and -009) Degree of protection: IP40 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-002 and -008), 40 pcs. (type LCH-004 and -009)
LEDSpot
LEDSpot Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
Light intensity Frame shape
version
version
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max.
efficiency
for luminaire for ceiling
temperature
350 mA
500 mA
700 mA
current
at max.
sheets
K
min.
min.
min.
Candela
typ.
typ.
typ.
Energy
round square current
8
Pel = 0.98 W Pel = 1.48 W Pel = 2.17 W Utyp. = 2.8 V
Utyp. = 3 V
Utyp. = 3.1 V
All types XTE 3000K bin Q3 A
D
warm white 2870...3200
79.8
All types XTE 4500K bin Q5 B
E
neutral white 4250...4750
91.0 100.3 121.0 133.4 161.7 178.3 240
All types XTE 6000K bin R3 C
F
cool white
88.0 103.7 114.4 135.7 149.6 210
5000...6950 103.7 114.3 139.7 152.1 184.4 203.3 270
round square A+ round square A+ round square A++
9
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% For luminaire sheets (LCH-002 and LCH-008)
For ceilings (LCH-004 and LCH-009)
Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
C (cool white)
D (warm white)
E (neutral white)
F (cool white)
round
square
round
square
round
square
round
square
round
square
round
square
silver
548898
548363
548902
548369
548906
548375
548886
548418
547838
548429
548894
548435
silver mat
548899
—
548903
—
548907
—
548887
—
548891
—
548895
—
gold
548900
—
548904
—
548908
—
548888
—
548892
—
548896
—
white
548901
548366
548905
548372
548909
548378
548889
548424
548893
548432
548897
548438
10 11 12 131
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot StartLine Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and frame Technical notes Frame, round: resin (LCH-015) or steel (LCH-016) For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 20°or 40° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 Unit: 90 pcs.
LCH-015
I (cd/klm)
LCH-016
90° 800 1600
60°
2400 3200
30°
20° I (cd/klm) 90° 290 580
60°
870 1160
30°
40°
Type
Description
LEDSpot
Colour
version
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
Light intensity
Energy efficiency
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max. current
at max. current
temperature
350 mA
K
min. el
500 mA typ.
min.
= 1.02 W
700 mA typ.
Pel = 1.49 W
Utyp. = 2.9 V
Utyp. = 3 V
min.
Candela typ.
20°
40°
Pel = 2.17 W Utyp. = 3.1 V
All types
XBD Min Q2
A
warm white
2870...3200
74.3
82.5
96.6
107.2
127.8
141.8
430
160
A+
All types
XBD Min Q4
B
neutral white
3850...4250
85
93.9
110.5
122.1
146.2
161.6
520
220
A+
All types
XBD Min Q5
C
cool white
5250...6250
91
100.3
118.2
130.2
156.4
172.5
600
230
A+
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% With resin frame (LCH-015)
132
With steel frame (LCH-016)
Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
C (cool white)
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
Ref. No. C (cool white)
20°
40°
20°
40°
20°
40°
20°
40°
20°
40°
20°
40°
silver mat
553424
553426
553429
553431
553433
553435
silver
553442
551758
553444
551748
553446
551750
white
553423
553425
553428
553430
553432
553434
white
553441
551757
553443
551747
553445
551749
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
Surface Kit with Mounted LEDSpot
1
Plastic frame to use IPLine, SmartLine or StartLine as surface mounting spots Two single pole terminal for electrical connection inside the kit Fixation by self tapping screws Unit: 90 pcs. Ref. No.: 554845 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 554843 Frame colour: silver
2 Frame
3
Surface Kit with LEDSpot StartLine Colour temperature: 3000 K Beam angle: 40° Unit: 1 pcs. Type: StartLine SFK LCH016 Ref. No.: 557621 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 557157 Frame colour: silver
4 5
Surface Kit with LEDSpot SmartLine Colour temperature: 3000 K Beam angle: 50° Unit: 1 pcs. Type: SmartLine SFK LCH002 Ref. No.: 557158 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 557622 Frame colour: silver
6 7
Surface Kit with LEDSpot IPLine Colour temperature: 4500 K Beam angle: 30° Unit: 1 pcs. Type: IPLine SFK LCH022 Ref. No.: 559624 Frame colour: white Ref. No.: 559623 Frame colour: silver
Type
Description
Ref. No.
8 9 Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux* (lm) at
colour
350 mA
500 mA
700 mA
at max.
temp. (K)
min.
min.
min.
current (Cd) °
typ.
Light intensity Beam Energy typ.
typ.
angle efficiency
10
700 mA
Pel = 1.02 W Pel = 1.49 W Pel = 2.17 W Surface Kit with LEDSpot StartLine StartLine SFK LCH016 XBD Min Q2
Utyp. = 2.9 V Utyp. = 3 V 557157/559621 warm white 2870...3200 74.3 82.5
Surface Kit with LEDSpot SmartLine
Utyp. = 3.1 V
96.6 107.2 127.8 141.8 160
40
A+
50
A+
30
A++
Pel = 0.98 W Pel = 1.48 W Pel = 2.17 W Utyp. = 3.1 V Utyp. = 2.8 V Utyp. = 3 V
SmartLine SFK LCH002 XTE 3000K bin Q3 557158/559622 warm white 2870...3200 79.8 88
103.7 114.4 135.7 149.6 210
11
Pel = 0.98 W Pel = 1.48 W Pel = 2.17 W Surface Kit with LEDSpot IPLine IPLine SFK LCH022
Utyp. = 3.5 V Utyp. = 3 V
XTE 4500K bin Q5 559623/559624 neutral white 4250...4750 91
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7%
100.3 121
Utyp. = 3.1 V
133.4 161.7 178.7 190
12 133
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot DiscLine Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame
21
1,2 Ø56±0.2
10,5±0,2
Ø68,6
I (cd/klm) 90° 500
tc
1000 58±0,2
60°
1500 2000
30°
30°
LCH-007 I (cd/klm) 90° 283
1,2 21
Technical notes Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø 56 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Reflector with clear glass (opaque glass on request) Beam angle: 30° or 50° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaires sheets (type LCH-006) for ceilings (type LCH-007) Degree of protection: IP40 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-006), 40 pcs. (type LCH-007)
0,5-1
LCH-006
565
Ø68,6
60°
848 1130
30°
Ø56±0,2
50°
tc
Type
Description
LEDSpot
LEDSpot Colour
Correlated
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.)
Light intensity
Energy
version
version
colour
and power consumption (Pel)*
at max. current
efficiency
for luminaire for ceiling
temperature
350 mA
Candela
at max.
sheet
K
min.
30°
50°
current
A+
500 mA typ.
Pel = 0.98 W Utyp. = 2.8 V
min.
700 mA typ.
min.
typ.
Pel = 1.48 W
Pel = 2.17 W
Utyp. = 3 V
Utyp. = 3.1 V
All types XTE 3000K min Q3 A
D
warm white
2870...3200
79.8
88.0
103.7 114.4 135.7
149.6
290
170
All types XTE 4500K min Q5 B
E
neutral white 4250...4750
91.0
100.3
121.0 133.4 161.7
178.3
360
190
A++
C
F
cool white
5000...6950 103.7
114.3
139.7 152.1 184.4
203.3
370
210
A++
All types XTE 6000K min R3
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% For luminaire sheets (LCH-006)
134
For ceilings (LCH-007)
Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
C (cool white)
D (warm white)
E (neutral white)
Ref. No. F (cool white)
30°
50°
30°
50°
30°
50°
30°
50°
30°
50°
30°
silver
548769
548782
548944
548948
548775
548788
548794
548806
548952
548956
548800
548812
silver brushed
548771
548784
554907
554908
548777
548790
548796
548808
554910
554911
548802
548814
white
548772
548785
548947
548951
548778
548791
548797
548809
548955
548959
548803
548815
50°
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot EffectLine XTE
1 LCH-010
Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame
2 Ø37
Ø50
0,5
41
Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 37 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 8°, 16°, 26° or 45° Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 250 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 Unit: 45 pcs.
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
1825
1375 60°
3650 5475
4125
7300
LCH-011
5500
30°
8°
30°
4
16°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
90° 400
41
713 60°
0,5
1425
60°
800
2138
1200
2850
1600
30°
30°
45°
50
6
50
Description
LEDSpot Colour
Correlated
version
colour temperature and power consumption (Pel)*
Luminous flux (lm) and typical voltage (Utyp.) 350 mA
K
5
Ø37
26°
Type
3
60°
2750
min.
500 mA typ.
min.
efficiency 700 mA
typ.
Light intensityat max. current Energy
min.
Candela typ.
Pel = 0.98 W
Pel = 1.48 W
Pel = 2.17 W
Utyp. = 2.8 V
Utyp. = 3 V
Utyp. = 3.1 V
8°
7
at max.
16°
26°
45° current
All types
XTE 3000K bin Q3 A
warm white
2870...3200
84.5
93.2
109.9 121.1 163.7 158.4 1160 880
460
260 A+
All types
XTE 4500K bin Q4 B
neutral white 4250...4750
90.0
99.4
117.0 129.3 153.0 169.0 1200 900
490
280 A++
8
Emission data at tj = 85 °C | * Production tolerance of luminous flux, voltage and power consumption: ± 7% Frame
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
colour
A (warm white)
B (neutral white)
round 8°
square 16°
26°
45°
8°
9
round 16°
26°
45°
8°
square 16°
26°
45°
8°
16°
26°
45°
silver
554912 554914 548964 548960 554921 554923 548966 548962 554916 554918 548965 548961 554925 554927 548967 548963
white
554913 554915 552398 552399 554922 554924 552406 552407 554917 554919 552400 552401 554926 554928 552408 552409
10 11 12 135
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
LEDSpot Sets On request, you will receive complete sets that contain the desired number of LEDSpots, a respective number of cable sets and the required LED drivers. Several examples of such sets can be seen to the right. Contact us – we will gladly support you when it comes to dimensioning your lighting application. LEDSpot set 1 – Ref. No.: 554529 / 554530
LEDSpot set 2 – Ref. No.: 554532 / 554533
LEDSpot set 3 – Ref. No.: 554534
LEDSpot set 4 – Ref. No.: 554535 Set No.
Sets includes LEDSpot
Beam angle
Frame
554529
1 piece LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA Pro 3000 K
40°
round
554530
2 pieces ActiveLine LUGA Pro 3000 K
554532
1 piece ActiveLine 600 Pro 3000 K
186342
554533
2 pieces ActiveLine 600 Pro 3000 K
186294
3
554534
2 pieces SmartLine COB 3000 K
186341
4
554535
2 pieces StartLine 3000 K
186348
1 2
136
Ref. No.
silver
Driver
Lead set
186350
inclusive
186353
LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting – Halogen Replacement
Lead sets
545029
1
136 31,9
14 Brown cable
Blue cable
For LEDSpots with connectors 546388 Lead sets with connector for easy and fast connection Connector material: PA, natural, UL94V-0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0.5 mm², PVC-insulation, with connector, lead ends: ferrules on bare end of core Lead sets Lead sets with connector and lead ends Leads: H03VVH2-F Weight: 18/36/58/90 g, unit: 10 pcs. Ref. No.: 545029 with 1 connector Ref. No.: 546388 with 2 connectors Ref. No.: 545315 with 3 connectors Ref. No.: 554929 with 4 connectors Ref. No.: 545316 with 5 connectors
2
2000
136 31,9
14 Brown cable
Black cable
Blue cable
Red cable
Red cable
1000
1000
545029
3
545315 136
3000 31,9
14 Brown cable
2000 Black cable
Blue cable
Red cable
Red cable
1000
1000
1000
4
554929
546388
5
545316 5000 4000 136
3000 31,9
14 Brown cable
Blue cable
2000
6
Black cable
Red cable
1000
Red cable
1000
1000
1000
1000
7 8 9 10 11 12 137
LED Constant Current Drivers
LEDLINE ECX ELECTRONIC CONSTANT CURRENT DRIVERS
LED CONSTANT CURRENT DRIVERS Electronic converters for LED modules operated with constant current LED drivers To ensure the safe operation of LEDs that are wired in series, the operating current must be limited to a constant value by the LED driver. Light-emitting diodes are semiconductor devices with a light-emitting p-n junction. Due to the specific diode characteristics, the current can only flow through an LED in one direction. Coupled with the special properties of a semiconductor, this non-linear behaviour can increase the current and power uptake of an LED as it heats up. If this effect is not limited, uncontrolled heating can finally destroy the semiconductor junction. For this reason, VS recommends using an external constant current driver to operate all constant current driven LED modules. To ensure that the same current flows through every LED, constant current driven LED modules can only be wired in series. The constant current source has to be selected to suit the respective application, i.e. it must supply the required current and also provide sufficient voltage for the LED string. The number of VS LED modules that can be connected to a single operating device is dependent on the forward voltage of the respective modules.
LEDLine ECX
¢ OVERLOAD PROTECTION ¢ SHORT CIRCUITING PROTECTION ¢ SELV OR SELV EQUIVALENT
138
LED Constant Current Drivers
Product Classification and Overview of LED Drivers The electronic constant current drivers are optimised to operate constant current driven LED modules. Before connecting LED modules ensure that the power supply is disconnected from mains.
1
Most converters are designed for DC-operation (mains frequency: 0 Hz) and can be used for emergency power supplies.
2
PrimeLine
ComfortLine
EasyLine
Intelligent
Comfortable
Cost-efficient
Digital networking and control
Many dimming options
Approved VS quality
Up to 100,000 hrs. expected service life time
Up to 100,000 hrs. expected service life time
Up to 100,000 hrs. expected service life time
3
Maximum flexibility
Product overview by main application fields Main application Capacity range
Output current DC
field
W
mA
Office
4x9
4x60
Retail
15
350
2x20
2x350
27.5/33/38.5
125/150/175
2x28.5/2x40
2x500/2x700
Ref. No.
Version
Current setting
Dimming
Max. service lifetime
Page
186384
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
186305
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
143 147
186229
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
149
186407
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
144
186406
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
147
186486
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
145
186410
ComfortLine
Dip switch
1–10 V
100,000
144
186409
ComfortLine
Dip switch
—
100,000
147
40
350/500/700
186444
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
146
42
350–700
186446
PrimeLine
Programmable
DALI, PUSH
100,000
141
350
186414
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
150
44/47
200/225/250
186487
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
145
47
275/300/325
186488
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
145
60
700
186429
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
150
2x70
2x700
186356
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
142
186355
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
144
186354
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
147
186227
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
143
186226
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
147
186445
PrimeLine
Programmable
DALI, PUSH
100,000
141
350/500/700
186443
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
146
375/400/425
186491
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
145
550/600/650
186492
ComfortLine
Push-in terminal
—
100,000
145
107
500
186460
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
143
186315
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
148
10/14/20
250/350/500
186463
EasyLine
Push-in terminal
—
50,000
158
15/18/21
500/600/700
186464
EasyLine
Push-in terminal
—
50,000
158 151
75
350
77/84
350–700
79/85 85
24
350–700
186465
PrimeLine
Programmable
DALI, PUSH
100,000
24
700
186280
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
152
186279
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
154 155
186278
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
25
500
186363
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
159
34
700
186177, 186195
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
153
35
700
186364
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
159
1050
186365
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
159
350–700
186503
PrimeLine
Programmable
DALI, PUSH
100,000
152
700
186308
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
152
186306
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
155
37
40
700
51.3
900
60
1050
4
hrs.
186221, 186222
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
153
186266, 186267
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
156
186330, 186331
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
157
186386, 186387
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
157
186196, 186197
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
153
186268, 186269
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
156
186328, 186329
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
157
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 139
LED Constant Current Drivers
Product overview by main application fields Main application Capacity range
Output current DC
field
mA
Residential
W
Current setting
Dimming
Max. service lifetime
Page
hrs.
5.2
700
186458
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
164
700
186348
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
165
6
150
186447
EasyLine
—
L,C
50,000
163
7
350
186342
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
165
100,000
161
50,000
163
8
350
186180
ComfortLine
—
—
10
500
186448
EasyLine
—
L,C
11
350
186424
ComfortLine
—
—
12
250
186449
EasyLine
—
L,C
100,000
161
50,000
163
12.6
350
186341
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
166
15
350
186415
EasyLine
—
L,C
50,000
163
700
186450
EasyLine
—
L,C
50,000
163
500
186349
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
166
16
500
186425
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
161
17
700
186426
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
161
20
1050
186427
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
161
350
186431
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
166
700
186350
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
166
25
700
186416
EasyLine
—
L,C
50,000
163
25.2
700
186353
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
166
30
700
186393
ComfortLine
—
L,C
100,000
160
350
186430
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
167
1050
186351
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
167
31.5 32
1050
186479
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
162
36
1050
186394, 186395
ComfortLine
—
L,C
100,000
160
700
186451
EasyLine
—
L,C
50,000
163
700
186490
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
171
186489
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
174 176
40 42
350
186175
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
60
1050
186316
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
170
75
700
186400
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
169
700 / 400
186397
ComfortLine
—
Power reduction
100,000
173
82/90/90
700/1000/1400
186367
PrimeLine
Dip switch/DALI
DALI, PUSH, MidNight
100,000
168
100
700
186401
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
169
700 / 400
186398
ComfortLine
—
Power reduction
100,000
173
700
186402
ComfortLine
—
1–10 V
100,000
169 172
150
700 / 400
Industry
Version
5.6
20.3
Street
Ref. No.
186202, 186203
ComfortLine
—
Power reduction
100,000
186509
ComfortLine
—
Power reduction
100,000
173
700
186399
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
175
19.95/28.5/
350/500/
186326, 186327
ComfortLine
Rotary switch
1–10 V
100,000
179
34.2/39.9
600/700
38.7/45.1/
900/1050/
186208
ComfortLine
Rotary switch
1–10 V
100,000
178
51.6/60.2
1200/1400
50
700
186452
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
181
75
1050
186453
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
181
100
1400
186454
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
181
112
700
186299, 186300
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
177
186297, 186298
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
180
50,000
181
125
1700
186455
EasyLine
—
—
126
1050
186303, 186304
ComfortLine
—
DALI, PUSH
100,000
177
186301, 186302
ComfortLine
—
—
100,000
180 181
150
2100
186456
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
175
2400
186510
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
181
200
2800
186477
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
181
230
3200
186478
EasyLine
—
—
50,000
181
Ref. No. 186428
The iProgrammer is designed to let you configure LED drivers using the 3C function.
Accessories iProgrammer
140
182
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
PrimeLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current
1 2
350–700 mA, max. 42 W and max. 84 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
Operation Ref. No.
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
current
186446
350 mA
70 °C
60 °C
60 °C
186445 50 °C
500 mA
75 °C
65 °C
65 °C
55 °C
700 mA
80 °C
70 °C
70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
50,000
100,000
4 5
M10 Programmability The output current can be freely adjusted in 1 mA steps between 350 mA and 700 mA (factory setting: 350 mA). An iProgrammer (Ref. No. 186428) and a PC running the respective VS software are required for programming purposes.
6 7
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
8
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I
9
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output W
Mains voltage Mains
Current output DC
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
50–60 Hz
programmable
output*
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
V
current
Weight
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
420–390
350–700 ± 5%
28–114
< 250
> 88
–25 to 50
70
227
10
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 42
ECXe 700.150
186446
220–240
75 77
ECXe 700.149
186445
84
220–240
200–110
350–700 ± 5%
60–220
< 250
> 88
–25 to 50
60
250
11
65
* Depends on the adjusted current output
12 141
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 2 x 700 mA / max. 2 x 70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation
Ref. No.
current
186356
2x700 mA
80 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000
70 °C
M12
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV
Max.
Type
Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains
output
0 Hz,
Current output DC Voltage
current
output
50–60 Hz W
V
mA
mA
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
without load
at
temperature
temperature
ta
Weight
DC
DC
full load
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
tc g
42–100
< 120
> 90
80
400
M12 – Dimensions: 359x40x21 mm 2x70
142
ECXd 2700.089 186356
198–264
834–625 2x700 ± 5%
220–240
750–688
–20 to 50
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable
1
4 x 60 mA / max. 4 x 9 W 350 mA / max. 75 W 500 mA / max. 107 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Ref. No.
current
all types
all
70 °C
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
hrs.
50,000 100,000
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz (186227) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
M10
60 °C
4 5 6
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I
7 8
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage
Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
0 Hz,
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
198–264
190–140
4x60 ± 5%
55–150
< 450
> 91
–25 to 65
70
230
220–240
170–150
176–264
364–334
350 + 5/–10% 90–215
< 450
> 93
–20 to 50
70
235
220–240
370–320
198–264
557–412
500 + 5/–10% 90–215
< 450
> 90
–20 to 50
70
220
220–240
502–460
50–60 Hz
Weight
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 4x9 75 107
ECXd 460.110 186384 ECXd 350.029 186227 ECXd 500.163 186460
9 10 11 12 143
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 2 x 350 mA / max. 2 x 20 W 2 x 500 mA / max. 2 x 28.5 W 2 x 700 mA / max. 2 x 40 W and max. 2 x 70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95
Operation
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current (M12) or with an analogue dimming signal (M10/M11). Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
1–10 V
Ref. No.
current
186407
186410
2x350 mA
75 °C 65°C
—
186355 —
—
2x500 mA
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
—
—
2x700 mA
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
80 °C 70 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
—
M10/M11 5
Type
21
4.2
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
198–264
500–340
2x350 ± 5%
17–57
42
> 85
–20 to 50
75
270
220–240
400–370 17–57
60
> 88
–20 to 50
75
310
42–100
120
> 90
–20 to 50
80
400
0 Hz, 50–60 Hz
W
4.2
11.5 Ø4.2
M12
Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains
output
30
359/425
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV
Max.
(8)
346/412
Ø4.2
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
V
Weight
tc
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 2x20
ECXd 2350.124
186407
M11 – Dimensions: 425 x 30 x 21 mm 2x28,5/ ECXd 2700.127
186410
2x40
198–264
260–175
2x500 ± 5%/
220–240
200–190
2x700 ± 5%
198–264
834–625
2x700 ± 5%
220–240
750–688
M12 – Dimensions: 359x40x21 mm 2x70
144
ECXd 2700.088
186355
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current
1 2
125 to 650 mA / 27.5 W to 85.1 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Selectable current output The required current output can be chosen by selecting the respective pin at the output terminal.
Ref. No.
current
186486
186487
186488
186491
186492
350 mA
55 °C 45 °C
60 °C 50 °C
60 °C 50 °C
65 °C 55 °C
65 °C 55 °C
500 mA
55 °C 45 °C
60 °C 50 °C
60 °C 50 °C
65 °C 55 °C
70 °C 60 °C
700 mA
55 °C 45 °C
60 °C 50 °C
60 °C 50 °C
65 °C 55 °C
70 °C 60 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
4 5
M10 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I
6 7
* Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
< 250
> 90
–25 to 50
55
220
–25 to 50
60
220
–25 to 50
60
220
–25 to 50
60
243
–25 to 50
65
244
8
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 27.5
ECXe 175.173 186486
220–240
150–140 125
155–220
175–165 150
130–220
200–190 175
110–220
220–205 200
112–220
47
230–220 225
104–208
47
235–220 250
94–188
235–220 275
85–170
235–220 300
78–156
> 91
235–220 325
72–144
> 91
33 38.5 44
46.8
82.5
ECXe 250.174 186487
ECXe 325.175 186488
ECXe 425.178 186491*
220–240
220–240
220–240
84.8 85
410–375 375
113–220
420–385 400
105–212
> 91 > 92 < 250
> 93 > 92 > 92
< 250
< 250
> 91
> 93
420–390 425
100–200 77–154
84.6
420–390 600
71–141
> 93
70
85.1
420–390 650
65–131
> 93
70
ECXe 650.179 186492*
220–240
10
> 94
420–390 550
84.7
9
> 94 < 250
> 93
11 12 145
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current 350/500/700 mA, max. 40 W and max. 85 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97
Operation
Selectable current output The required current output can be chosen by selecting the respective pin at the output terminal. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Ref. No.
current
186444
350 mA
60 °C
50 °C
70 °C
186443 60 °C
500 mA
65 °C
55 °C
75 °C
65 °C
700 mA
70 °C
60 °C
80 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000 50,000
70 °C 100,000
M10
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
400–370 350 ± 5%
57–114
< 250
> 90
–25 to 50
60
227
420–390 500 ± 5%
40–80
420–390 700 ± 5%
28–57
200–190 350 ± 5%
120–225
205–190 500 ± 5%
80–170
> 93
75
210–195 700 ± 5%
60–120
> 92
80
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 40
79 85
146
ECXe 700.148 186444
ECXe 700.147 186443
220–240
220–240
> 89
65
> 88 < 250
> 94
70 –25 to 50
70
250
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers
1
2 x 350 mA / max. 2 x 20 W 2 x 500 mA / max. 2 x 28.5 W 2 x 700 mA / max. 2 x 40 W and max. 2 x 70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.
2 3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95
Operation
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Ref. No.
current
186406
186409
2x350 mA
75 °C 65°C
—
186354 —
—
2x500 mA
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
—
—
2x700 mA
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
80 °C 70 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
—
4 5
M10/M11 (8)
30
6
4.2
Ø4.2
11.5
4.2
Ø4.2
346/412
21
5
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV
359/425
7
M12
8 Max.
Type
Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains
output
0 Hz,
Current output DC Voltage
current
50–60 Hz W
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
ta
Weight
DC
DC
full load
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
198–264
500–340
2x350 ± 5%
17–57
< 60
> 85
–20 to 50
75
270
220–240
400–370 17–57
< 60
> 88
–20 to 50
75
310
42–100
< 120
> 90
–20 to 50
80
400
V
tc
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 2x20
ECXe 2350.123 186406
9 10
M11 – Dimensions: 425 x 30 x 21 mm 2x28.5/
ECXe 2700.126 186409
2x40
198–264
260–175
2x500 ± 5%/
220–240
200–190
2x700 ± 5%
198–264
834–625
2x700 ± 5%
220–240
750–688
M12 – Dimensions: 359x40x21 mm 2x70
ECXe 2700.087 186354
11 12 147
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers 4 x 60 mA / max. 4 x 9 W 350 mA / max. 75 W 500 mA / max. 107 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
70 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000
M6.1
5
217
(8)
5
217
(8)
60 °C
30
4,2
20,9
4,2
11,5
4,2
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I
all types
all
4,2
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176/198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (except 186305) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Ref. No.
current
230
M10
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
0 Hz,
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
—
—
4x60 ± 5%
110–150 450
> 88
–20 to 60
70
156
220–240
180–165
50–60 Hz W
V
Weight
M6.1 – Dimensions: 230 x 30 x 20.9 mm 4x9
ECXe 460.061
186305
M10 – Dimensions: 359x30x21 mm 75 107
148
ECXe 350.028 ECXe 500.068
186226 186315
176–264
250–160
220–240
370–320
198–264
650–410
220–240
520–440
350 + 5/–10% 90–215
450
> 93
–20 to 50
70
228
90–215
450
> 94
–25 to 50
70
273
500 ± 5%
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
ComfortLine LED Drivers
1
350 mA / max. 15 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting.
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.6
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Ref. No.
current
186229
350 mA
80 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000
70 °C
4 5 18
K21
21
6
4,4
141,7 146,7
7 8 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
0 Hz,
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
42
> 81
–20 to 50
80
current
50–60 Hz W
V
mA
Weight
9
g
K21 – Dimensions: 146.7x21x18 mm 15
ECXe 350.031
186229
176–264
140–90 350 + 5/–10% 2–40
220–240
81–75
49
10 11 12 149
LED Constant Current Drivers – Office
EasyLine LED Drivers 350 mA / max. 42 W 700 mA / max. 60 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation Ref. No.
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV (186429)
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
current
186414
350 mA
70 °C
60 °C
—
186429
700 mA
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
30,000
50,000
—
M7.1
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
M7.1 – Dimensions: 280x30x21 mm
150
42
ECXe 350.129 186414
220–240
220–200 350 ± 5%
80–120
< 130
> 88
–15 to 45
70
200
60
ECXe 700.140 186429
220–240
305–275 700 ± 5%
46–86
< 95
> 89
–15 to 45
75
200
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
PrimeLine LED Drivers – with Selectable Current
1 2
350–700 mA / max. 24 W and max. 37 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
3
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
4
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
5
Operation Ref. No. current
all types
all
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50.000
100.000
6
31
7
123.4±0.5
103.6
4.2±0.1
4±0.1
8.35
4.2
4.2±0.1
57.6 67
24.8
4
12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
K3.2 32.6±0.4
K2.1
67±0.3 79.4±0.3
Programmability The output current can be freely adjusted in 1 mA steps between 350 mA and 700 mA (factory setting: 350 mA). An iProgrammer (Ref. No. 186428) and a PC running the respective VS software are required for programming purposes.
5.3
93.8
6±0.15
111.1±0.3
11.5±0.1
9
*Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
Mains voltage Mains
Current output DC Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
0 Hz,
current
programmable
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
198–264
160–100
350–700 ± 5%
14–34
< 45
> 84
–25 to 50
75
145
220–240
130–120 350–700 ± 5%
30–53
< 60
> 87
–25 to 50
75
190
50–60 Hz W
V
Weight
K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24
ECXd 700.166 186465
8
9
10
K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 37
ECXd 700.184 186503* 198–264
235–155
220–240
200–180
11 12 151
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700 mA / max. 24 W and max. 37 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation Ref. No. current
all types
all
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
K3.2 31
32.6±0.4
K2.1
123.4±0.5
103.6
4.2±0.1
57.6 67
8.35
4.2 5.3
93.8
Type
Ref. No.
output
6±0.15
111.1±0.3
11.5±0.1
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
0 Hz,
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
198–264
160–100
700 ± 5%
14–34
< 45
> 84
–25 to 50
75
145
220–240
130–120 700 ± 5%
30–53
< 60
> 87
–25 to 50
75
190
50–60 Hz W
4±0.1
9
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Max.
4.2±0.1
24.8
4
12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
67±0.3 79.4±0.3
Dimming During dimming operations, the driver can be controlled via DALI-compatible controllers or conventional light switches (PUSH). The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
V
Weight
K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24
ECXd 700.044 186280
K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 37
152
ECXd 700.064 186308
198–264
235–155
220–240
200–180
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable
1
700 mA / max. 34 W and max. 40 W, 1050 mA / max. 60 W
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.97 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 0.5 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
Operation Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
current
all types
700
75 °C
1050
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
65 °C
4 5
K3
K3 with cord grip 99
99
4.2
5.4
30 4
123
147.1
0)
Ref. No.
4.2
8
117.3
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage Max. voltage
Efficiency 12 V
Ambient
0 Hz,
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) max. 2 W
°C
°C
g
700 ± 5%
9–48
52
> 85
no
–20 to 50
75
180
700 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
75
186
1050 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
80
220
700 ± 5%
9–48
52
> 85
no
–20 to 50
75
215
700 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
75
223
1050 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
80
250
50–60 Hz W
79
67.4
67
79
7 4,2
Type
output
159
111
(13
Max.
V
interface
Casing
Weight
K3 – Dimensions: 123 x 79 x 33 mm 34 40 60
ECXd 700.017 ECXd 700.026 ECXd 1050.020
186177 186221 186196
176–264
230–160
220–240
190–170
176–264
280–185
220–240
230–200
176–264
380–252
220–240
305–275
34
ECXd 700.017
186195
176–264 220–240
190–170
40
ECXd 700.026
186222
176–264
280–185
220–240
230–200
176–264
380–252
220–240
305–275
ECXd 1050.020
186197
230–160
9 10 11
K3 with cord grip – Dimensions: 159 x 79 x 33 mm
60
6
4
33
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent
33
4,2
12 153
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700 mA / max. 24 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
Operation Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Type
Ref. No.
current
186279
700
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
31
K2.1
103.6
24.8
4
8.35
4.2
57.6 67
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Max.
1–10 V
5.3
93.8
9
Mains voltage
Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
0 Hz,
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
198–264
160–100
700 ± 5%
14–34
< 45
> 84
75
145
220–240
130–120
50–60 Hz
Weight
tc
K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24
154
ECXd 700.043
186279
–25 to 50
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
ComfortLine LED Drivers
1
700 mA / max. 24 W and max. 37 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation.
current
all types
700
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4 5 K3.2 32.6±0.4
K2.1
4.2±0.1
4±0.1 12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3
4
67±0.3 79.4±0.3
123.4±0.5
103.6
8.35
4.2
4.2±0.1
57.6 67
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Operation Ref. No.
24.8
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
31
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.9
2
5.3
93.8
9 6±0.15
111.1±0.3
6 7
11.5±0.1
8 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency
0 Hz,
current
output
output
DC mA
mA
198–264
160–100
700 ± 5%
220–240
130–120 700 ± 5%
50–60 Hz W
V
Ambient
Casing
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
full load
ta
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
14–34
< 45
> 84
–25 to 50
75
135
30–53
< 60
> 87
–25 to 50
75
170
tc
9
K2.1 – Dimensions: 103.6 x 67 x 31 mm 24
ECXe 700.042
186278
K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 37
ECXe 700.062
186306
198–264
235–155
220–240
200–180
10 11 12 155
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
ComfortLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 40 W 1050 mA / max. 60 W With 12 V interface Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.98
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation Ref. No.
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent
current
all types
700
75 °C
1050
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
65 °C
K3
K3 with cord grip 99
99
4.2
5.4
4
4
33
30
33
4,2
123
159
111
0)
4,2
(13
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
4.2
117.3
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V
Ambient
0 Hz,
current
output
output
temperature temperature
DC mA
mA 700 ± 5%
50–60 Hz W
79
67.4
67
79
147.1
V
interface
Casing
Weight
without load
at
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
V
V
% (230 V) max. 2 W
°C
°C
g
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
75
182
1050 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
80
213
700 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
75
220
1050 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 85
yes
–20 to 50
80
248
K3 – Dimensions: 123 x 79 x 33 mm 40 60
ECXe 700.034 ECXe 1050.035
186266 186268
176–264
280–185
220–240
230–200
176–264
380–252
220–240
305–275
K3 with cord grip – Dimensions: 159 x 79 x 33 mm 40 60
156
ECXe 700.034 ECXe 1050.035
186267 186269
176–264
280–185
220–240
230–200
176–264
380–252
220–240
305–275
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
ComfortLine LED Drivers
1
700 mA / max. 40 W 900 mA / max. 51.3 W 1050 mA / max. 60 W
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.98
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz With integrated through-wiring Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation Ref. No. all types
700
75 °C
65 °C
900
80 °C
70 °C
1050
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4
M3
5
K34 with cord grip 99
(5,5)
6
23
170.5
110 4,2
75
,2 Ø4
7
5,5
10
45
64
(20)
4,2
(5,5)
30
3
4,2
32
5,5
163
4,2 5,5
83
Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent
current
(5,5)
99
8 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
0 Hz,
output
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
± 5%
20–57
60
> 90
–20 to 60
75
210
900 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 90
–20 to 60
80
210
1050 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 90
–20 to 60
80
226
700 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 90
–20 to 60
75
257
900 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 90
–20 to 60
80
257
1050 ± 5%
20–57
60
> 90
–20 to 50
80
273
current
50–60 Hz W
V
mA
176–264
250–160
220–240
200–180
176–264
325–210
220–240
255–235
176–264
391–261
220–240
308–286
Casing
Weight
M3 – Dimensions: 110 x 75 x 30 mm 40 51.3 60
ECXe 700.022 ECXe 900.111 ECXe 1050.021
186330 186386 186328
700
9 10
K34 with cord grip – Dimensions: 170.5x 83 x 32 mm 40 51.3 60
ECXe 700.022 ECXe 900.111 ECXe 1050.021
186331 186387 186329
176–264
250–160
220–240
200–240
176–264
325–210
220–240
255–235
176–264
391–261
220–240
308–286
11 12 157
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
EasyLine LED Drivers 250/350/500 mA / max. 20 W 500/600/700 mA / max. 21 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation Ref. No.
Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
current
all types
all
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
31
K2.1
103.6
8.35
4.2
57.6 67
24.8
4
5.3
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
93.8
9
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
53–48
250 ± 7.5%
17–40
< 60
> 85
–20 to 50
80
145
73–67
350 ± 7.5% 17–30
< 60
> 85
–20 to 40
80
145
tc
K2.1 – Dimensions: 103,6 x 67 x 31 mm 10
ECXe 500.164
186463
220–240
14 20
104–95
500 ± 7.5%
80–71
500 ± 7.5%
18
94–86
600 ± 7.5%
21
110–100
700 ± 7.5%
15
158
ECXe 700.165
186464
220–240
LED Constant Current Drivers – Retail
EasyLine LED Drivers
1
500 mA / max. 25 W 700 mA / max. 35 W 1050 mA / max. 35 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation.
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Operation Ref. No.
Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
current
all types
all
70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
4 5 32.6±0.4
K3.2
6
6±0.15
4.2±0.1
4±0.1
67±0.3 79.4±0.3
12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3
4.2±0.1
123.4±0.5
111.1±0.3
7
11.5±0.1
8 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
tc
K3.2 – Dimensions: 123.4 x 79.4 x 32.6 mm 25
ECXe 500.093
186363
220–240
135–125
500
25–50
< 60
> 89
–20 to 50
70
170
35
ECXe 700.094
186364
220–240
185–170
700 ± 7.5% 25–50
< 60
> 89
–20 to 50
70
170
35
ECXe 1050.095
186365
220–240
185–170
1050 ± 7.5% 16–34
< 60
> 90
–20 to 50
70
180
± 7.5%
9 10 11 12 159
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700 mA / max. 30 W 1050 mA / max. 36 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Dimming (Type ECXd) Dimmable with phase-cutting leading- and trailing-edge dimmer (phase-cutting trailing-edge is recommended). Minimum dimmer load has to be observed. The compatibility of the driver and the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoide flickering and/or noises. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
186393
700 mA
75 °C
65°C
—
—
—
—
1050 mA
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
Ref. No.
186395
31.5
31.5
K35 with cord grip
127 (5) 4.5
4.5
4.5
50
50
41
1
(4.5)
117.5
(3.5)
87
4.5
4.5
4.5
41.5
(4)
96
4.5
Type
186394
K35
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Max.
Ref. No.
current
Mains voltage Mains
Current output Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
output
50–60 Hz
current
DC
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
Casing
Weight
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
220–240
155–140
17–42
< 60
> 88
–25 to 50
75
130
18–36
< 60
> 85
–10 to 40
75
140
18–36
< 60
> 85
–10 to 40
75
155
K35 – Dimensions: 96x50x31.5 mm 30
ECXe 700.112
186393
700 ± 5%
K35 – Dimmable – Dimensions: 96x50x31.5 mm 36
ECXd 1050.113
186394
220–240
200–180 1050 ± 10%
K35 with cord grip – Dimmable – Dimensions: 127x50x31.5 mm 36
160
ECXd 1050.113
186395
220–240
200–180 1050 ± 10%
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
ComfortLine LED Drivers
1
350 mA / max. 8 W to 1050 mA / max. 20 W
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.55
Operation
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV equivalent
Ref. No.
current
186180
186424
186425
350 mA
80 °C 70 °C
70 °C 60 °C
—
500 mA
—
—
—
—
700 mA
—
—
—
1050 mA
—
—
—
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
—
—
—
—
—
—
75 °C 65 °C
—
3,2
(3,85)
(4)
3,85
21,5
current
50–60 Hz V
6
30,7
mA
57,5
7
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
Weight
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
350 ± 5%
2–24
25
> 78
–20 to 50
80
33
350 ± 5%
2–32
34
> 87
–20 to 50
70
71
500 ± 5%
2–32
34
> 88
–20 to 50
75
71
700 ± 5%
2–25
27
> 87
–20 to 50
75
71
1050 ± 5%
2–19
21
> 87
–20 to 45
75
71
K29 – Dimensions: 65x30.7x21.5 mm 8
ECXe 350.018
4
23
Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains 0 Hz,
W
—
K39
3,2
output
186427
—
K29
3,5
Type
186426 —
5 65
Max.
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Screw terminals: 2.5 mm² With integrated cord grip (except 186180)
186180 176–264
60–40
220–240
91–88
8 9
K39 – Dimensions: 128 x 37 x 28 mm 11
ECXe 350.009
186424 176–264 220–240
16
ECXe 500.010
186425 176–264
17
ECXe 700.011
186426 176–264
220–240 220–240 20
ECXe 1050.012
186427 176–264 220–240
75–51 122–117 106–72
10
160–155 117–79 188–178 137–92 210–202
11 12 161
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
ComfortLine LED Drivers 1050 mA / max. 32 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2 x 0.5 mm², length: 385 mm secondary: 2 x0.5 mm², length: 185 mm
Operation
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Ref. No.
current
186479
1050 mA
75 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000
65 °C
K35 with leads
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current output
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
DC
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
165–140
1050 ± 10%
20–31
< 60
> 85
–25 to 50
75
170
K35 with leads – Dimensions: 78x50x31.5 mm 32
162
ECXe 1050.117 186479
220–240
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
EasyLine LED Drivers – Dimmable
1
150–700 mA / max. 6–36 W
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.85 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming Dimmable with phase-cutting trailing-edge dimmer. Minimum dimmer load has to be observed. The compatibility of the driver and the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoide flickering and/or noises.
Operation
C
Ref. No.
current
186415, 186416, 186451 186447, 186448, 186449, 186450
all
80 °C
70 °C
70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
30,000
50,000
4
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm²
5 K52/K53
6
14
45/41
19/ 32
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
118/145 123/153
7 8
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
3
Mains
Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
voltage
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
± 8%
50–60 Hz
Weight
g
K52 – Dimensions: 123x45x19 mm 6
ECXd 150.151
186447
220–240
40–35
150
27–41
60
> 78
–15 to 45
70
70
10
ECXd 500.152
186448
220–240
60–50
500 ± 8%
13–20
30
> 80
–15 to 45
70
70
12
ECXd 250.153
186449
220–240
70–60
250 ± 8%
27–48
60
> 80
–15 to 45
70
70
K53 – Dimensions: 153x41x32 mm 18
ECXd 350.130
186415
220–240
100–90
350 ± 8%
32–52
60
> 85
–15 to 45
80
70
18
ECXd 700.134
186450
220–240
100–90
700 ± 8%
13–26
35
> 85
–15 to 45
70
140
25
ECXd 700.131
186416
220–240
140–120 700 ± 8%
22–36
60
> 85
–15 to 45
80
140
36
ECXd 700.155
186451
220–240
190–170 700 ± 8%
32–52
60
> 83
–15 to 45
80
170
9 10 11 12 163
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
EasyLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 5.2 W For applications according to EN 60335 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.5 Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 180 mm secondary: 2 x0.5–0.75 mm², length: 180 mm Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Ref. No.
current
186458
700 mA
70 °C
hrs.
30,000 50,000
60 °C
15
42.5
23
K51
77 82
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
220–240
50–30
700 ± 8%
2.8–7.4
< 60
> 70
–15 to 45
70
45
K51 – Dimensions: 82x42.5x23 mm 5.2
164
ECXe 700.161
186458
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
EasyLine LED Drivers
1
350 mA / max. 7 W 700 mA / max. 5.6 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.5
2
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 180 mm secondary: 2 x0.5–0.75 mm², length: 180 mm Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Ref. No.
current
all types
all
75 °C
hrs.
30,000 50,000
65 °C
4 5 23
K51
15
42.5
6 77 82
7 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
8
tc
K51 – Dimensions: 82 x 42.5 x 23 mm 5.6
ECXe 700.081
186348
220–240
45–30
700 ± 5%
2.8–8
< 60
> 70
–15 to 45
75
45
7
ECXe 350.079
186342
220–240
50–36
350 ± 5%
8.4–20
< 60
> 70
–15 to 45
75
45
9 10 11 12 165
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
EasyLine LED Drivers 350 mA / max. 12.6 W and max. 20 W 500 mA / max. 15 W 700 mA / max. 20.3 W and max. 25.2 W The LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in residential lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.5 or > 0.95 (186353)
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm²
Operation
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Ref. No.
current
186341
350 mA
75 °C
65 °C
186349 —
—
186431 70 °C
60 °C
186350 —
—
186353 —
500 mA
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
—
—
—
—
—
—
700 mA
—
—
—
—
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000
—
14/15
45/52
19 / 24
K52/K54
118/161 123/166
Max.
Type
Ref. No. Mains voltage
Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
Weight
g
K52 – Dimensions: 123x45x19 mm 12.6
ECXe 350.078
186341
220–240
100–70
350 ± 5%
8.4–36
< 60
> 83
–15 to 45
75
15
ECXe 500.082
186349
220–240
90–70
500 ± 5%
8–30
< 60
> 83
–15 to 45
75
70
20
ECXe 350.142
186431
220–240
110–95
350 ± 5%
16–57
< 60
> 85
–15 to 45
70
140
20.3
ECXe 700.083
186350
220–240
115–100
700 ± 5%
8–29
< 60
> 83
–15 to 45
75
70
130–115
700 ± 8%
22–36
< 60
> 88
–15 to 45
70
140
65
K54 – Dimensions: 166x52x24 mm 25.2
166
ECXe 700.086
186353
220–240
LED Constant Current Drivers – Residential
EasyLine LED Drivers
1
350 mA / max. 30 W 1050 mA / max. 31.5 W The LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in residential lighting.
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.98
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm²
Operation
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV
Ref. No.
current
186430
350 mA
70 °C
60 °C
186351 —
—
1050 mA
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
30,000 50,000 30,000 50,000
4 5
32
K53
14
41
6 145 153
Max.
Type
Ref. No. Mains voltage
7
Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
K53 – Dimensions: 153x41x32 mm 30
ECXe 350.141
186430
220–240
160–140
350 ± 6%
57–86
< 90
> 89
–15 to 45
70
200
31.5
ECXe 1050.084 186351
220–240
150–145
1050 ± 6%
20–30
< 60
> 88
–15 to 45
75
140
8 9 10 11 12 167
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
PrimeLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 700, 1000, 1400 mA / max. 90 W The nominal current can be set to 700 mA, 1000 mA, 1400 mA with a dip switch or it can be adjusted with a DALI signal. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor at full load: > 0.98
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
MidNight – Multi-Step dimming The MidNight concept is based on dimmable ballasts for integration in lampposts; these ballasts can be programmed to create different light scenes with different dimm settings. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²
Ref. No.
current
186367
700
70 °C
60 °C
1000
80 °C
70 °C
1400
85 °C
75 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
K37 40
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 10 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
60
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 2 kV (between L and N) and up to 4 kV (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class I
5,5
5.5
240
7.5
(7.5)
225
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains current
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
output
50–60 Hz
output
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
Casing
ta
W
V
mA
220–240
450–150
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
tc g
< 120
> 90
445
K37 – Dimensions: 240 x 60 x 40 mm 82 90
168
ECXd 1400.096
186367
700 ± 5%
43–117
–40 to 50
70
1000 ± 5%
33–91
–40 to 45
80
1400 ± 5%
22–64
–40 to 40
85
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable
1
700 mA / max. 75, 100 and 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems.
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 10 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 450 mm secondary: 4 x0.75 mm², length: 180 mm
Operation
Ref. No.
current
186400, 186402 186401
700 mA
85 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
75 °C
80 °C
70 °C
4 5
M59.1 280±15
180±10
Ø 6.4 (4x)
10 ±1
10 ±1
228.4 ±0.5 241.2 ±0.5
6
31.5 ±1
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II
3
1–10 V
8.2 ±0.5 (2x) 30.9 ±0.5 (2x)
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9
2
43.2 ±0.7
7 M59.2 450±15
180±10 Ø 6.4 (4x)
10 ±1
8
8.2 ±0.5 (2x)
42.9 ±0.5
10 ±1
41.5 ±1
226.2 ±0.5 241.3 ±0.5
60.7 ±0.7
9
60 ±0.5
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
DC (V)
% (230 V) °C
°C
700–304
700 ± 5%
54–107
< 250
> 88
–40 to 55
85
625
10
tc g
M59.1 – Dimensions: 241.2 x 43.2 x 31.5 mm 75
ECXd 700G.117 186400
120–277
M59.2 – Dimensions: 241.3 x 60.7 x 41.5 mm 100
ECXd 700G.118 186401
120–277
917–398
700 ± 5%
70–143
< 250
> 88
–40 to 55
80
1070
150
ECXd 700G.119 186402
120–277
1363–591
700 ± 5%
107–210
< 250
> 88
–40 to 55
85
1070
11 12 169
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable 1050 mA / max. 60 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.96
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 10 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
Operation
1–10 V
Ref. No.
current
186316
all
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 300 mm secondary: 6 x0.75 mm², length: 300 mm
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
60±0.3
201±0.5
M57 Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 4 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class II SELV
190±0.5
purple/grey
brown/blue
DIM_P, DIM_N L, N
30±5
white/white
RNTC_P, RNTC_N
red/black
5.2±0.2
6.5±1
VO, GND 6.5±1 300+20
180±0.5
30±5
34±0.3
300+20
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
220–240
310–280
1050 ± 5%
28–57
< 60
> 88
80
730
tc
M57 – Dimensions: 201x60x34 mm 60
170
ECXd 1050.069
186316
–40 to 50
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable
1
700 mA / max. 40 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.96
2 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
Operation
1–10 V
3
Ref. No.
current
186490
700 mA
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4
Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²
5
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II
6
M59
7 8 9
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
120–277
440–200
700 ± 5%
32–55
60
> 85
80
398
10
tc
M59 – Dimensions: 241x32x20 mm 40
ECXd 700.177
186490
–30 to 55
11 12 171
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers – for Power Reduction
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95
100%
0%
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
all types
all
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
K37
240
60
5,5
7.5
(7.5)
225
275
51
K37 with cord grip
30
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz K37: Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² K37 with cord grip: Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 5 x1 mm², 200 mm secondary: 2 x1.5 mm², 200 mm Suitable for independent operation when capable connector acc. to EN 60598 is used.
Ref. No.
current
5.5
Power reduction The nominal current output will be reduced by connecting the control phase (LST) to 57%. Connecting L (black) and LST (orange) to the mains voltage reduces output by lowering the output current. If this function is not used, an additional terminal should be provided in the luminaire to fix the LST wire.
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 3 kV (between L and N) and up to 4 kV (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 or IP66 (K37 with cord grip) Protection class I
40
700/400 mA / max. 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. They provide a simple power-reduction option by connecting a further phase, which makes it possible to switch between 700 mA and 400 mA.
45 65 79,1
225
237
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
220–277
735–585
700 +5/–10%
48–215
445
> 93
–40 to 60
75
440
400 +5/–10%
48–375
700 +5/–10%
48–215
445
> 93
–40 to 60
75
560
400 +5/–10%
48–375
K37 – Dimensions: 240 x 60 x 40 mm 150
ECXd 700.023
186202
K37 with cord grip – Dimensions: 275 x 79.1x 51 mm 150
ECXd 700.023
186203
220–277
735–585
Power reduction can be effected with VS Power Switches PR12 K LC and PR12 K D. These power switches are used to switch the 230-V power reduction input on the LED driver of a luminaire.
172
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers – for Power Reduction
1
700/400 mA / max. 75, 100 and 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. They provide a simple power-reduction option by connecting a further phase, which makes it possible to switch between 700 mA and 400 mA. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9 Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 450 mm / 280 mm (M59.1) secondary: 2 x0.75 mm², length: 180 mm
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Ref. No.
current
186397, 186399 186398
700 mA
85 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000 50,000 100,000
75 °C
80 °C
70 °C
4 5
M59.1 280±15
180±10
Ø 6.4 (4x)
10 ±1
228.4 ±0.5 241.2 ±0.5
100%
0%
6
8.2 ±0.5 (2x) 30.9 ±0.5 (2x)
10 ±1
31.5 ±1
7
43.2 ±0.7
M59.2 450±15
180±10 Ø 6.4 (4x)
10 ±1
42.9 ±0.5
10 ±1
8
8.2 ±0.5 (2x)
Power reduction The nominal current output will be reduced by connecting the control phase (LST) to 57%. Connecting L (black) and LST (orange) to the mains voltage reduces output by lowering the output current. If this function is not used, an additional terminal should be provided in the luminaire to fix the LST wire.
2
41.5 ±1
226.2 ±0.5 241.3 ±0.5
60.7 ±0.7
60 ±0.5
9
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
DC (V)
% (230 V) °C
°C
700–304
700 ± 5%
54–107
< 250
> 88
–40 to 55
85
625
70–143
< 250
> 88
–40 to 55
80
1070
107–210
< 250
> 88
–40 to 55
85
1070
10
tc g
M59.1 – Dimensions: 241.2 x 43.2 x 31.5 mm 75
ECXe 700G.114 186397
120–277
400 ± 5 %
11
M59.2 – Dimensions: 241.3 x 60.7 x 41.5 mm 100
ECXe 700G.115 186398
120–277
917–398
700 ± 5% 400 ± 5 %
150
ECXe 700G.190 186509
120–277
1363–591
700 ± 5% 400 ± 5 %
12 173
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 40 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²
Operation
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II
Ref. No.
current
186489
700 mA
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
M59
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient
Casing
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
DC (V)
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
120–277
440–200
700 ± 5%
32–55
60
> 85
80
393
tc
M59 – Dimensions: 241x32x20 mm 40
174
ECXe 700.176
186489
–30 to 55
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers
1
700 mA / max. 150 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9
2
Connection details Mains voltage: 120–277 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 0.75 mm², length: 450 mm secondary: 2 x0.75 mm², length: 180 mm Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 6 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Ref. No.
current
186399
700 mA
80 °C
hrs.
50,000 100,000
70 °C
4 5
M59.2 450±15
180±10 Ø 6.4 (4x)
10 ±1
6
8.2 ±0.5 (2x)
42.9 ±0.5
10 ±1
41.5 ±1
226.2 ±0.5 241.3 ±0.5
60.7 ±0.7
7
60 ±0.5
8 Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output W
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient
Casing
50–60 Hz
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
mA
mA
V
DC (V)
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
1363–591
700 ± 5%
107–210
< 250
> 88
85
1070
V
current
Weight
tc
M59.2 – Dimensions: 241.3 x 60.7 x 41.5 mm 150
ECXe 700G.116 186399
120–277
–40 to 55
9 10 11 12 175
LED Constant Current Drivers – Street
ComfortLine LED Drivers 350 mA / max. 42 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.97 Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm²
Operation
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 3 kV (between L and N) and up to 4 kV (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent
Ref. No.
current
186175
350
70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
K30
36
2,5
25,5
143
4,5
4,5
60
170 187
4,5
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
178
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage
Efficiency
Ambient
output
50–60 Hz
current
output
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
Casing
Weight
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
W
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
220–240
210–190
350 ± 5%
40–115
120
> 90
70
270
tc
K30 – Dimensions: 187 x 60 x 36 mm 42
176
ECXe 350.015
186175
–30 to 60
LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable
1
700 mA / max. 112 W 1050 mA / max. 126 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are designed for use in industrial hall lighting systems.
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95 Stand-by losses: < 0.5 W
(Type Nurata NCP18XH103J03RB) Nominal current (%)
10
100 60
< 1.13
4
0 (off)
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
M36
Operation
Ref. No.
current
186299
700 mA
70 °C
60 °C
—
—
80 °C
70 °C
—
1050 mA
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
—
—
90 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000 50,000
5,5
186303
output
V
80 °C 100,000
6 32 210
41,5
83
Ø4,2
(41,5)
75
(5,5)
4,2
64
current mA
(6)
138
4
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V
Ambient
output
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
V
V
% (230 V) max. 2 W
°C
°C
g
interface
ECXd 700.058
186299 198–264
126
ECXd 1050.060
186303 198–264
8
3,5
202,5
Casing
Weight
M36 – Dimensions: 149.5 x 75 x 30 mm 112
7
3
30
23
(7,5)
194,5
4,2
50–60 Hz W
—
100,000 50,000
149,5
Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains 0 Hz,
5
186304
8
4,2
Type
100,000 50,000
4,2
5,5
Max.
186300
K38
(5,5)
138,5
5,5
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.
R (kΩ) < 1.49
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 220 – 240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm²
3
NTC at LED module 10 kΩ
550–510
700 ± 5%
85–160 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
70
288
630–590
1050 ± 5%
85–120 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
75
288
550–510
700 ± 5%
85–160 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
80
335
630–590
1050 ± 5%
85–120 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
90
335
9 10
220–240 220–240 K38 – Dimensions: 210x83x32 mm 112
ECXd 700.058
186300 198–264
11
220–240 126
ECXd 1050.060
186304 198–264 220–240
12 177
LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable and Adjustable 900/1050/1200/1400 mA / max. 60.2 W The dial can be used to set the current output to 900 mA (1), 1050 mA (2), 1200 mA (3) or 1400 mA (4). NTC at LED module 220 kΩ
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95
R (kΩ)
Nominal current (%)
34
100
27
60
16
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal. Dimming range: 3 to 100%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%.
0 (off)
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm² (NTC interface: 0.2–0.5 mm²)
186208
all
85 °C
75 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
K3 99
Type
Ref. No.
4
33
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.
output
Ref. No.
current
4.2
Max.
123
67
79
111
0)
4.2
(13
Mains voltage Mains
Current output
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
0 Hz,
current
DC
output
without load
at
temperature temperature
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
V
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V)
°C
°C
g
198–264
315–290
< 52
> 85
–20 to 50
85
230
220–240
350–265
50/60 Hz W
1–10 V
Casing
Weight
K3 – Dimensions: 123x79x33 mm 38,7/ 45,1/
178
ECXd 1400.025
186208
900 +5/–10%/ 20–43 1050 +5/–10%/
51,6/
1200 +5/–10%/
60,2
1400 +5/–10%
LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry
ComfortLine LED Drivers – Dimmable and Adjustable
1 2
350/500/600/700 mA / max. 39.9 W The dial can be used to set the current output to 350 mA (1), 500 mA (2), 600 mA (3) or 700 mA (4). Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: 0.95
NTC at LED module 220 kΩ R (kΩ)
Nominal current (%)
34
100
27
60
16
Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal. Dimming range: 3 to 100% If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 100%. Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 176–264 V DC, 0 Hz Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm² (NTC interface: 0.2–0.5 mm²)
1–10 V
0 (off)
4
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
5
Operation
Ref. No.
current
all types
all
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
6 K2
K2 mit Zugentlastung 84
4
Ref. No.
output
130
)
99
4.5
Mains voltage Mains
Current output Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
0 Hz,
DC
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
full load
ta
current
8
67
57.4
67
58
4.5
50/60 Hz W
31
28
94
0 (11
7
140
3
103.6
4.2
Type
84
4.2
31
4.1
4.5
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class II SELV The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.
Max.
Weight
186326
28.5/
tc
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
176–264
265–175
350 +5/–10%/
20–57
60
> 85
–20 to 50
75
190
10
220–240
220–200
500 +5/–10%/
20–57
60
> 85
–20 to 50
75
220
11
34.2/
600 +5/–10%/
39.9
700 +5/–10%
K2 with cord grip – Dimensions: 140x67x31 mm 19.95/ ECXd 700.024 28.5/
186327
9
V
K2 – Dimensions: 103.6x67x31 mm 19.95/ ECXd 700.024
3
176–264
265–175
350 +5/–10%/
220–240
220–200
500 +5/–10%/
34.2/
600 +5/–10%/
39.9
700 +5/–10%
12 179
LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry
ComfortLine LED Drivers 700 mA / max. 112 W 1050 mA / max. 126 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are designed for use in industrial hall lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.95
NTC at LED module 10 kΩ (Type Nurata NCP18XH103J03RB)
Connection details Mains voltage: 220 – 240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz DC operation: 198–264 V DC, 0 Hz (can be reduced to 176 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm2
R (kΩ)
Nominal current (%)
10
100
< 1.49
60
< 1.13
0 (off)
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point Operation
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I M36 The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached.
Ref. No.
current
186297
700 mA
70 °C
60 °C
—
—
80 °C
70 °C
—
1050 mA
—
—
75 °C
65 °C
—
—
90 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000 50,000
5,5
186301
100,000 50,000
186302 — 80 °C
100,000 50,000
100,000
K38 with cord grip
(5,5)
138,5
186298
32 3
30
23
(7,5)
194,5
8
4,2
210
149,5
5,5
41,5
83
Ø4,2
(41,5)
75
64
(5,5)
4,2
4,2
4,2 5,5
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output
4
3,5
202,5
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
12 V
Ambient
0 Hz,
current
output
output
without load
at
interface
temperature temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
tc
mA
mA
V
V
% (230 V) max. 2 W
°C
°C
g
50–60 Hz W
(6)
138
V
Casing
Weight
M36 – Dimensions: 149.5 x 75 x 30 mm 112
ECXe 700.057
186297
198–264
550–510
700 ± 5%
85–160 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
70
288
630–590
1050 ± 5%
85–120 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
75
288
550–510
700 ± 5%
85–160 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
80
335
630–590
1050 ± 5%
85–120 < 450
> 91
yes
–25 to 50
90
335
220–240 126
ECXe 1050.059
186301
198–264 220–240
K38 with cord grip – Dimensions: 210 x 83 x 32 mm 112
ECXe 700.057
186298
198–264 220–240
126
ECXe 1050.059
186302
198–264 220–240
180
LED Constant Current Drivers – Industry
EasyLine LED Drivers
1
700–3200 mA / max. 50–230 W These electronic LED constant current drivers are especially designed for use in street lighting systems.
2
Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor at full load: > 0.9
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2 x 2.08 mm², length: 320 mm secondary: 2 x2.08 mm², length: 320 mm
Operation
Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 1.5 kV (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I
Ref. No.
current
all types
all
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
M56/M58
4 165.9 / 186
(9.8)
40.6
9.8
M58.1
175.3 / 195.4
6
(5.1)
185
(10.5)
37
10.5
26
3.5 5.1
5
49.4
3.5
185.5 / 205.6
68.6
6.7
192.6
8
35
4.2
4.2
206
(6.7)
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
output W
Mains voltage Mains
Current
Voltage
Max. voltage Efficiency
Ambient
Casing
50–60 Hz
output
output
without load
at
temperature
temperature
DC
DC
DC
full load
ta
mA
V
V
% (230 V) °C
°C
g
V
current mA
7
Weight
9
tc
M56 – Dimensions: 185.5x49.4x40.6 mm 50
ECXe 700.156
186452
220–240
255–235
700 ± 5%
35–72
75
> 88
–30 to 50
75
520
75
ECXe 1050.157
186453
220–240
380–350
1050 ± 5%
35–72
75
> 88
–30 to 50
75
520
10
M58 – Dimensions: 205.6x49.4x40.6 mm 100
ECXe 1400.158
186454
220–240
510–470
1400 ± 5%
30–72
75
> 90
–30 to 50
75
600
125
ECXe 1700.159
186455
220–240
625–580
1700 ± 5%
30–72
75
> 90
–30 to 50
75
600
M58.1 – Dimensions: 206x68.6x37 mm 150
ECXe 2100.160
186456
220–240
750–690
2100 ± 5%
45–72
85
> 90
–30 to 50
75
840
175
ECXe 2400.167
186510
220–240
910–850
2400 ± 5%
45–72
85
> 85
–30 to 50
75
840
200
ECXe 2800.168
186477
220–240
1040–960
2800 ± 5%
45–72
85
> 85
–30 to 50
75
840
230
ECXe 3200.169
186478
220–240
1200–1100
3200 ± 5%
45–72
85
> 85
–30 to 50
75
840
11 12 181
LED Constant Current Drivers – Accessories
iProgrammer For programming LED drivers The iProgrammer is designed to let you configure LED drivers using the 3C function.
Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption: 5 W • USB 2.0
32.6±0.4
6±0.15
4.2±0.1
4±0.1 12.7±0.1 33.9±0.15 55.1±0.3
123.4±0.5
67±0.3 79.4±0.3
Technical notes Configuration interface: DALI Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C Push-in terminals: 0.2–1.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20
K3.2
4.2±0.1
Using DALI commands, the iProgrammer enables various functions to be configured on all VS LED drivers that feature the "3C" symbol. As an example, not only can the current be set to a precise level, but programming functions for the street lighting zone can also be transferred. Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/ en/home/products/ led-lighting-technology/ led-accessory.html for detailed configuration procedures.
111.1±0.3
11.5±0.1
Connection
Software download Under www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/ services/sw-updates.html Functions Configuring "3C" LED drivers
Type iProgrammer
182
Ref. No. 186428
Connection to PC/Laptop USB 2.0
USB
DALI
230 V iProgrammer
230 V
Functions Configuring "3C" LED drivers
Dimensions
LED Driver
Weight
mm (LxWxH)
g
123.4x79.4x33
135
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
OPTIMISED LUMINAIRE PROTECTION
LUMINAIRE PROTECTION AND POWER ADJUSTMENT This chapter presents inrush current limiters, electronic components to protect luminaires against mains surges, power reduction products and components with which the output current of LED drivers can be adjusted.
183
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Luminaire Protection Device For electronic devices When electronic components form part of lighting systems, it is often necessary to protect such components against power-supply interruptions and electric overloads (power surges).
These can be caused by switching inductive loads or by atmospheric discharges such as lightning striking the mains or the ground. A further cause can be induced voltages from neighbouring cables when working with leading-edge phase-cutting controls.
22
50
SP 230/10 K Suitable for luminaires of protection class I and II Dimensions: 32 x 22 x13 mm Weight: 20 g Connecting: solid wire, length: 50 mm Ref. No.: 147230
The protection unit reduces overvoltages at the connection terminals of electronic components. The remaining residual voltage is then reduced to a respective protective level, based on the discharge current (see diagram below).
SP 230 /10 K 32
13
25 A
L L EVG / EB SP 230 /10 K
N
N
b
M8
SPC 230/10 K If the protective luminaire component overloads, the connected lighting circuit will be interrupted. This cut-out function makes it easier to detect the end of life of the protective component, facilitates quick replacement by maintenance staff and provides reliable protection for lighting components. Suitable for luminaires of protection class I Type 3 product Dimensions: 53 x 28 x 27 mm Weight: 50 g Screw terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142736
a
c
10
L
Lin Lout N tc
out max. 16A
N
Ød
M8
SP 3/230/10 K Suitable for luminaires of protection class I Type 3 product Dimensions: Ø 36 x 75 mm Weight: 60 g Screw terminals: 0.75–4 mm² Ref. No.: 147233
Mains
L
L
N
N
Luminaire
10
a
N L tc 80 °C
Type
Ref. No. Voltage
Max. load Max. impulse Discharge current
50/60 Hz current V ± 10 %
(8/20 μs)
Protection level at
Safety
discharge current
Max. permitted
Min. permitted
casing temperature
ambient temperature
Fixation
A
UOC (V)
IN (A)
Imax. (A)
of 1000 A
max. A
°C
°C
147230 220–240 —
10,000
5000
10,000
£ 850 V
25
80
–30
—
SPC 230/10 K 142736 220–240 16
10,000
5000
10,000
£ 850 V
16
80
–30
M8x10
SP 3/230/10 K 147233 100–277 —
10,000
5000
10,000
£ 1000 V
25
80
–30
M8x10
SP 230/10 K
184
voltage
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Luminaire Protection Device
1
For electronic devices These protective components are fitted with an LED indicator. Once the end of the component's life has been reached, the LED goes out and the protective component has to be replaced.
2 3
34
M8
SPC 230/10 K/i Suitable for luminaires of protection class II Type 3 product Dimensions: 74 x 24 x 27 mm Weight: 100 g Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142737
74
27
10
4
L
Lin N Lout tc
80 °C
out max. 16A
N
5
SP 3/230/10 K/i Suitable for luminaires of protection class I Type 3 product Dimensions: 128 x 37 x 28 mm Weight: 61 g Screw terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 147234
6 N Luminaire L
N Mains L
7
LL N tc 80 °C
Type
Ref. No. Voltage
Max. load Max. impulse Discharge current Protection level at Safety
50/60 Hz current V ± 10 %
A
voltage
(8/20 μs)
discharge current
Max. permitted
Min. permitted
casing temperature
ambient temperature
Fixation
UOC (V)
IN (A)
Imax. (A)
of 1000 A
max. A
°C
°C
SPC 230/10 K/i 142737 220–240 16
10,000
5000
10,000
£ 1000 V
16
80
–30
M8x10
SP 3/230/10 K/i 147234 100–277 –
10,000
5000
10,000
£ 1000 V
25
80
–30
–
8 9 10 11 12 185
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Inrush Current Limiter ESB-6K Limits capacitive inrush currents of electronic ballasts and converters for LED modules Due to their capacitive nature, these products generate high inrush currents. By temporarily activating a limiting resistor, the inrush current is reduced to an uncritical value (see graph below). Several LED drivers or electronic ballasts can be connected downstream under consideration of the maximum permissible continuous current of the inrush current limiter. M8
Wiring
b
The device thus prevents any automatic circuit breakers from being triggered or any damage from being caused to upstream relay contacts.
a
10
N
N
Lin
Lout N Lin Lout
c
ESB ESB-6K Casing: PC Dimensions (ax bxc): 55 x 28 x 27 mm Weight: 61 g Screw terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² Ref. No.: 149820
Type
ESB-6K
Ref. No.
149820
Nominal voltage
Power
50–60 Hz
consumption direct current
Limiting
Period
Max. permitted
Min. permitted
resistor
of limitation
casing
ambient
V ± 10 %
W
A
Ω
ms
temperature (°C) temperature (°C)
220–240
0.25
6
20
approx. 18
80
Example using a 150 W LED driver Brown: with ICL (ESB) Blue: without ICL (ESB) 1V = 1A
186
Max.
–30
Fixation
M8x10
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Power Switch PS 16 K
1
For electronic LED drivers Given centralised control of an LED driver's 230 V power switch terminals, the existing cable capacities of the control line can lead to switching errors. This can be prevented by installing a PS 16 K power switch, which features a potential-free and galvanically isolated switching contact.
2
The PS 16 K power switch complies with EN 61347 and is also suitable for use in luminaires of protection class I and II.
3 M8
The power switch complies with the specification of DIN EN 61347.
4
b
PS 16 K Casing: PC Dimensions (axbxc): 74 x 34 x 27 mm Weight: 100 g Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142185
c 10
a
5 Wiring
LST L
6
3 2 N LST L D N S
PS 16 K
L D N S
+ LED Electronic Converter for LED
+ LED Electronic Converter for LED
7
N
8 Type
PS 16 K
Ref. No.
142185
Control voltage
Max.
Max.
Max. contact current
Inherent
Max. permitted
Min. permitted
50/60 Hz
switching
switching
A
heating
casing
ambient
V ± 10 %
capacity (VA) voltage (V)
λ=1
λ = 0.6
K
temperature (°C) temperature (°C)
230 / 220
4000
16
10
< 25
80
400
–30
Fixation
9
M8x10
10 11 12 187
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Automatical Power Switch for LED Drivers – PR 12 K LC The PR 12 K LC can be used for power switching of LED drivers with respective interface. A control phase is not needed. Once it's connected to the mains supply voltage the power switch will switch automatically. The power switch complies with the specification of DIN EN 61347 and is suitable for the application in luminaires of protection class I and II.
b
M8
PR 12 K LC Casing: PC Dimensions (ax bxc): 76 x 34 x 30 mm Weight : 100 g Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142170
10
a
c
Wiring diagram For example with VS LED drivers ECXd 700.023 (Ref. No. 186202 or 186203)
L 312NL
PR 12 K LC / PR 12 KD
L D N S
L D N S
+ LED Electronic Converter for LED
+ LED Electronic Converter for LED
N
Type
PR 12 K LC
Ref. No.
142170
Nominal voltage/ Max.
Max. contact
Internal
Inherent
Switching-time Max. permitted
Min. permitted
frequency
current (A)
loss
heating
selectable
casing
ambient
see table
80
V ± 10 %
capacity (VA) λ = 0.5 λ = 1
W
K
220–230 / 50
3000
<1
< 12
220 / 60
188
switching
8
12
Fixation
temperature (°C) temperature (°C) –30
M8x10
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Programmable Power Switch for LED Drivers – PR 12 KD
1
For power reduction purposes, the PR 12 KD power switch can be used, which addresses the LED driver’s 230 V power reduction input. A control phase is not needed. The constant switching-time is selectable.
2
The left side of the rotary switch is used for reset to full power after eleven hours; the right side is for continuous power reduction after programmed time has been reached. M8
3
PR 12 KD Casing: PC Dimensions (ax bxc): 76 x 34 x 30 mm Weight : 100 g Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Ref. No.: 142150
4
34
The power switch complies with the specification of DIN EN 61347 and is suitable for the application in luminaires of protection class I and II.
10
76
30
5 Wiring diagram For example with VS LED drivers ECXd 700.023 (Ref. No. 186202 or 186203)
6
L 312NL
PR 12 K LC / PR 12 KD
L D N S
L D N S
+ LED Electronic Converter for LED
+ LED Electronic Converter for LED
7
N
8 Type
PR 12 KD
Ref. No.
142150
Nominal voltage/ Max.
Max. contact
Internal
Inherent
frequency
switching
current (A)
loss
heating
casing
V ± 10 %
capacity (VA) λ = 0.5 λ = 1
W
K
temperature (°C) temperature (°C)
220–230 / 50
3000
<1
< 12
8
12
Switching-time* Max. permitted
selectable
80
Min. permitted
Fixation
ambient –30
9
M8x10
220 / 60 * Switching-time selectable: 3 | 3.5 | 4 | 4.5 | 5 | 5.5 | 6 hrs. at 50 Hz
10 11 12 189
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Switch Units for Electronic Operating Devices with 1–10 V Interface
Shape: 56 x 28 x 27 mm Casing: PC Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Max. permissible casing temperature tc: 80 °C Min. permissible ambient temperature ta: –30 °C Fastening: plastic male nipple with pre-assembled washer and nut
Circuit diagram SU 1–10 V K
The 1–10 V interface is addressed on the basis of the fundamental operating principle used by VosslohSchwabe's PR 12 K LC power switch (details of which can be made available on request). This power switch is capable of determining the starting time of reduced-power operation over the measured operating time of a lighting system. As a result, it is no longer necessary to spend valuable time modifying the power-reduction unit to suit the continually changing day-night cycle; changing the clocks in line with daylight saving measures in the summer and winter is equally unnecessary. The 1–10 V interface of the electronic ballast is addressed as soon as the system is switched to reduced power.
R ext.
EVG / EB / BE
R ext.
+ – 1–10V
ST
10
EVG / EB / BE
+ – 1–10V
PR
SU
LAMP
LAMP
N
N
Type
46
Circuit diagram PR 1–10 V K LC L
L L
Power reduction PR 1–10 V K LC for lighting systems without a control phase This switch unit can be used to effect power reduction in lighting systems that do not feature a control phase.
28
To this end, the switch units utilises the 1–10 V interface of the control gear unit. The switch unit is mainly intended for outdoor luminaires in systems with or without a control phase.
Power reduction SU 1–10 V K for lighting systems featuring an LST control phase The switch unit employs a positive switching to reduce power, i.e. power is reduced when the control phase is switched off (LST = 0 V). The 1–10 V interface of the electronic ballast is addressed at the moment that power reduction is effected.
M8
Vossloh-Schwabe's switch units are designed to enable one-step power reduction of lamps (FL, CFL, LED, HS, HI and C-HI) with the help of the respective electronic ballast or converter.
Ref. No.
Control voltage LST
Externally (on site) connected resistor (Rext.)
Self-heating
Weight
V, 50/60 Hz
kΩ (min. 0.1 W)
K
g
1–70
< 10
50
1–70
< 10
50
For lighting systems with control phase SU 1–10 V K
149992
220–240 V ±10%
For lighting systems without control phase PR 1–10 V K LC
190
149993
—
27
Luminaire Protection and Power Adjustment Products
Resistor Network for LED Drivers
1
This resistor network is used to adjust the output currents of LED drivers. 255 different resistance values can be adjusted in 10-Ohm steps within a range from 0 to 2550 Ohm by connecting the SU 1-10 V K and PR 1-10 V LC power switches. As an example, this makes it possible to even out differences in luminous flux common to LED luminaires.
2 3 50
The component is designed for use in protection class II luminaires.
4
5
R10-1280
25
2 3. Ø
R10-1280 Casing: PC Dimensions: 32 x 25 x15 mm Weight: 20 g Connection leads, solid: 0,5 mm² Lead length: 50 mm Ref. No.: 149800
26 32
15
5 6
Type
R10-1280
Ref. No.
149800
Number of
Max. internal loss
Max. voltage
Max. permitted
dip switch
of resistors
at resistors
casing
Min. permitted ambient
V, 50/60 Hz
W
V
temperature (°C)
temperature (°C)
8
0.25
200
80
–30
7 8 9 10 11 12 191
24 V System
LED COMPONENTS FOR 24 V SYSTEMS
With its high-power 24 V system, Vossloh-Schwabe is responding to the trend towards market harmonisation and simplification of LED control technology. The modules are operated at 24 V DC and constant-current control of 350 mA min. is effected on the circuit board. The module is connected using on-board push-in terminals and matching connecting cables. This enables modular and highly flexible LED systems. The RGB system is based on the "common anode" principle. The DigiLED CA series permits the operation of high-power RGB modules and low-power modules of "common anode" design.
Typical applications • General lighting • Architectural lighting • Lighting of complex structures • Entertainment • Shop design
The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at www.vossloh-schwabe.com.
192
24 V System
LED PROFILE
LEDProfile IP67 Light modules for IP67-compliant outdoor lighting Vossloh-Schwabe provides an IP67-compliant encapsulation for LED frames destined for outdoor lighting projects (e.g. architectural lighting). on request, these frames can be fitted and encapsulated with flexible modules (WU-M-456). Depending on the respective LED module, the length of the frame can be extended by several times the by the length of the LED module (100 mm). The maximum frame length is 2 m. The LED arrays can be supplied in white, warm white or RGB. Please contact your VS sales representative for further details.
17
max. 2000
193
24 V CA System
High Power 24 V CA Modules White and RGB Built-in PCB lighting modules The High Power 24 V CA modules are available in white and warm white or RGB with a very high luminous flux. I (cd/klm)
The round design with 3 or 10 High Power LEDs is particularly suitable for installation in luminaires and spots. The linear design with 6 LEDs is, for instance, suitable for wall-washing and linear luminaires, etc.
170
250
255
350
340
30°
White
60°
30°
RGB .2
Ø3
RGB Flood
3x
52
16
2 3. Ø
X1
2 3. Ø
Ø 3. 2 Tc
5
25
23.3
39.5
26
25
Triple
Tc 14
23.3
16
45.33
10 2
2
66±0.5
7.25
45.33
110
Line 1 3, Ø
124±0.5
26
88±0.5
,1 Ø3
Tc
7.25 2
26
194
60°
150
Additional suitable dimming modules (DigiLED CA series) and optics attachments (see pages 86–88) are available to create individual lighting solutions.
Typical applications • General lighting • Architectural lighting • Entertainment, shop design • Decorative lighting • Light advertising
90° 85
50
To enable easy understanding of the system, the modules are operated at 24 V DC. Constant-current control of the LEDs is on the circuit board. Contacts are made using an on-board push terminal with matching connection cables.
Technical notes Triple WU-M-440: Ø 66 mm, 3 LEDs Line WU-M-441: 300 x 26 mm, 6 of LEDs Flood WU-M-442: Ø 110 mm, 10 of LEDs Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –10 to 85 °C Aluminium PCB For improved thermal management VS recommends an additional cooling element, which is suitable for the application. Colour rendering index: > 80 Increased ESD protection Voltage supply: 24 V Unit: 50 pcs.
I (cd/klm) 90°
(5x50=250)
300±0.5
24 V CA System
High Power 24 V CA Modules – White Type
Ref. No. Number
Colour
of LEDs
1
Colour temperature* Inrush current* Nominal current* Typ. luminous flux* (lm) Beam
Max. power*
K
A
A
angle* (°)
W
min.
typ.
Mono Triple WU-M-440-WW
548520
3
warm white
3000 –130/+220
0.86
0.35
565
610
115
10
WU-M-440-NW
548519
3
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
0.86
0.35
565
610
115
10
WU-M-441-WW
548523
6
warm white
3000 –130/+220
1.66
0.70
1130
1220
115
20
WU-M-441-NW
548522
6
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
1.66
0.70
1130
1220
115
20
2
Mono Line
3
Mono Flood WU-M-442-WW
548526 10
warm white
3000 –130/+220
1.10
0.70
1400
1550
115
20
WU-M-442-NW
548525 10
neutral white 4000 –300/+260
1.10
0.70
1400
1550
115
20
Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.
4 High Power 24 V CA Modules – RGB Type
Ref. No. Number
Colour Dom. wavelength (nm)
of LEDs
red
green
5
Inrush current* Nominal current* Typ. luminous flux* (lm) Beam blue
A
A
red
Max. power*
green blue
angle* (°) W
RGB Triple WU-M-440-RGB 548518
3
RGB
620–630 520–535 465–485 0.54
0.22
70
115
42
130
5
6
RGB
620–630 520–535 465–485 1.10
0.65
200
300
115
130
15
WU-M-442-RGB 548524 10
RGB
620–630 520–535 465–485 1.40
1.10
305
595
175
130
25
RGB Line WU-M-441-RGB 548521
6
RGB Flood Emission data at tj = 25 °C | * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 90.
7 8 9 10 11 12 195
24 V System
LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor White Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor is fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0.4 mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor can be separated into segments of 100 mm lengths without loss of function. This product is available in a continuous length of up to 10 m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB.
I (cd/klm) 90° 85 170 255 340
Technical notes Dimensions LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor LxW
LEDs
Single
Length
mm
pcs.
steps
mm
pcs.
10000x10
600
100
100
6
SMDs 100 24V+
10
+24V
Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 65 °C Wide beam angle (120°) Voltage supply: 24 V Power consumption per step (100 mm): 0.53 W
-
-
16.667
2.0
0.4
tc/tp
Typical applications • Architectural lighting • Illumination of complex structures • Entertainment, shop design • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising
Type WU-M-456-27K
Ref. No. 551700
Colour warm white
Correlated colour temperature
Current
Typ. luminous flux* Beam angle*
Max. power
K
A
lm
°
W
Ra
2700 –120/+170
2.2
4100
120
53
> 80
CRI
WU-M-456-30K
550532
warm white
3000 –130/+220
2.2
4200
120
53
> 80
WU-M-456-40K
550533
neutral white
4000 –290/+260
2.2
4600
120
53
> 80
WU-M-456-50K
550534
cool white
5000 –255/+310
2.2
4900
120
53
> 80
WU-M-456-65K
550535
cool white
6500 –480/+540
2.2
5200
120
53
> 80
* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.
196
60°
30°
24 V System
LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor White – High Brightness
1 2
Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor High Brightnes sis fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0.4 mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor High Brightness can be separated into segments of 80 mm lengths without loss of function. This product is available in a continuous length of up to 3.2 m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB.
I (cd/klm) 90° 85 170 255 340 C0-C180
C90-C270
3200x10
280
steps 40
Length mm 80
4
80
SMDs 10.5
pcs.
Single
pcs. 7
+24V
+24V
WU-M-465
GND
tc/tp
GND
6
11.43
0.4 2.0
mm
LEDs
30°
5
Technical notes Dimensions LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor LxW
3
60°
Allowed operating temperature at tc point: –20 to 65 °C Wide beam angle (120°) Voltage supply: 24 V Power consumption per step (80 mm): 1.02 W
7
Typical applications • Architectural lighting • Illumination of complex structures • Entertainment, shop design • Marking paths, stairs, etc. • Furniture lighting • Light advertising
8 9
Type WU-M-465-27K
Ref. No. 554932
Colour warm white
Correlated colour temperature
Current
Typ. luminous flux* Beam angle*
Max. power
K
A
lm
°
W
CRI Ra
2700 –55/+90
1.7
3500
120
40.8
> 80
WU-M-465-30K
554933
warm white
3000 –50/+125
1.7
3600
120
40.8
> 80
WU-M-465-40K
554934
neutral white
4000 –165/+105
1.7
3800
120
40.8
> 80
WU-M-465-50K
554935
cool white
5000 –130/+150
1.7
3900
120
40.8
> 80
WU-M-465-65K
554936
cool white
6500 –265/+220
1.7
3900
120
40.8
> 80
* The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.
10 11 12 197
24 V System
AluLED IP20 AluLED IP20 is ideal for indoor applications and the slim & flat design is extremely convenient for low profile lighting design mounting. It is available in neutral white (4000 K). Further white tones on requepcs. Technical notes Voltage supply: 24 V DC Beam angle: 120° Allowed ambient temperature: –20 to 40 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 85 °C Degree of protection: IP20 Maximum bridging current load: 3 A
White
320.00/920.00/1220.00±0.50
150.00±5.00
6.20±0.50
150.00±5.00
AluLED Screw Clamp
Level surface
White Modules Type
Ref. No.
Length
No.
Current
of LEDs mm AluLED-320-4000-IP20 - D
552092
AluLED-320-4000-IP20 - C
Colour
Luminous flux
temperature mA
K
Beam
Power
Cover
angle lm
°
320
18
180
neutral white 4000
220
120
Packing unt
W 4.3
pcs. Diffuse 1
552093
320
18
180
neutral white 4000
240
120
4.3
AluLED-1220-4000-IP20 - D 552094
1220
72
720
neutral white 4000
870
120
17.3
Diffuse 1
AluLED-1220-4000-IP20 - C 552095
1220
72
720
neutral white 4000
950
120
17.3
Clear
Note: Further colours for AluLED are available on request
198
Colour
Clear
1 1
20.60±0.50
13.00
18.75
24 V System
AluLED IP64
1
AluLED IP64 is ideal for outdoor protected applications under humid conditions (excluding direct UV and water exposure) and the slim & flat design is extremely flexible for low profile lighting design mounting. It is available in different CCTs and RGB to suit different application needs.
2
Technical notes Voltage supply: 24 V DC Beam angle: 120° Allowed ambient temperature: –30 to 85 °C Allowed storage temperature: –40 to 85 °C Degree of protection: IP64 Maximum bridging current load: 3 A
White
3
320.00/920.00/1220.00±0.50
150.00±5.00
20.60±0.50
4
6.20±0.50
150.00±5.00
13.00
18.75
RGB
AluLED
5
320.00/920.00/1220.00±0.50
150.00±5.00
150.00±5.00
6
6.20±0.50
Level surface
13.00
Clamp
20.60±0.50
21.43
Screw
7 White Modules Type
Ref. No.
Length
No.
Current
mm
of LEDs
mA
16
160
Colour
Colour temperature
Luminous flux
Beam angle
Power
Packing unit
K
lm
°
W
pcs.
AluLED-320-3000
543314
AluLED-920-3000
543315
920
48
480
warm white
3000
505
120
11.5
1
AluLED-1220-3000
543316
1220
64
640
warm white
3000
675
120
15.3
1
AluLED-320-6000
543317
320
16
160
cool white
6000
225
120
3.8
1
AluLED-920-6000
543318
920
48
480
cool white
6000
670
120
11.5
1
AluLED-1220-6000
543319
1220
64
640
cool white
6000
895
120
15.3
1
Beam angle
Power
Packing unit
°
W
pcs
320
warm white
3000
70
120
3.8
1
RGB Modules Type
Ref. No.
Length
No.
Current
Luminous flux (lm)
mm
of LEDs
mA
red
green
Dom. wavelength (nm) blue
red
green
blue
AluLED-320-RGB
543320
320
14
120
18
40
9
620–630 520–535 465–475 120
2.8
1
AluLED-920-RGB
543321
920
42
360
54
120
28
620–630 520–535 465–475 120
8.6
1
AluLED-1220-RGB
543322
1220
56
480
72
160
36
620–630 520–535 465–475 120
11.5
1
Note: Further colours for AluLED are available upon request
8 9 10 11 12 199
24 V CA System
Colour Control Modules – DigiLED CA The DigiLED CA series is based on a system design that combines simplicity, flexibility and reliability. The DigiLED CA series is suitable for operating both highpower RGB CA modules and low-power RGB CA modules. In the simplest case, a keypad enables manual colour control. In addition to custom colour control, it is also possible to call up pre-set colour programs for example colour sequences.
The CA series of VS colour control modules are available with both a manual operating pad and a DALI interface or "PUSH" or DMX variant. Furthermore the DigiLED Mono is available. The DigiLED Mono enables the dimming of single-colour (e. g. white) LED modules.
74
58
48.5
93
4.2
Technical notes Dimensions: 93 x 58 x 29 mm Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 45 °C Operating voltage: 24 V Max. current on the supply line: 5 А Push-in terminals: 0.25–1.5 mm², grid: 3.5 mm All DigiLED not suitable for the US market
29
4.2
83.5
DigiLED Manual CA
74
29
4.2
58
48.5
93
4.2
DigiLED Manual CA Colour controls via key pads (6 keys) Individual colour control or selection of pre-set programs tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-001-Digi-manuell-CA Ref. No.: 186136
DigiLED DALI CA Digital colour controls via DALI light management tc = 60 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-004-Digi-DALI-CA Ref. No.: 186138
83.5
DigiLED DALI CA
74
29
4.2
4.2
58
48.5
93
DigiLED DMX CA Digital colour controls via DMX light management tc = 60 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-003-Digi-DMX-CA Ref. No.: 186153
83.5
DigiLED DMX CA
74
58
48.5
93
4.2
DigiLED IR CA Colour adjustment by a portable remote control Call up of pre-adjusted setting possible Data transfer via infra-red tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-005-Digi-IR-CA Ref. No.: 186154
29
4.2
83.5
200
DigiLED IR CA
24 V CA System
74 4.2
29
1 2
58
48.5
93
4.2
DigiLED RF CA Easy operation possible via radio frequency (RF) and a keypad with 7 buttons. The operation via radio frequency (RF) enables a flexible installation. Optical "line of sight" or cables are not necessary due to RF operation. Dimensions: 93 x 58 x 29 mm Ambient temperature ta: –20 to 45 °C Operating voltage: 24 V DC Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-012-DigiLED-RF CA Ref. No.: 186181
83.5
DigiLED RF CA
3
15 86
Walltransmitter Required to activate the programs in the DigiLED RF Dimensions: 86 x 86 x15 mm Colour: white Type: WU-ST-009-Walltransmitter Ref. No.: 536843
4
86
Walltransmitter DigiLED Push CA Colour adjustment by separate push button Permits retrieval of pre-set programs tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.25 A Type: WU-ST-006-DigiLED-Push CA Ref. No.: 186144
(7)
69
19
7
6
30
15
3.2
83
(3) 75
4
1
DigiLED Push CA (7)
69
8
19
7
7
83
30
3.2
9
15
DigiLED Mono CA For dimming of single-colour LED modules Dimming via 1–10 V interface or external PWM signal tc = 55 °C max. Max. current per control channel: 5 A Type: WU-ST-010-DigiLED-Mono CA Ref. No.: 186155
5
(3) 4
75
1
DigiLED Mono CA
10
DigiLED Slave CA Increase of the system performance for 24 V CA LED built-in system Signal amplification on channels RGB(W) tc = 65 °C max. Max. current per control channel per slave: 1.25 Type: WU-ST-002-DigiLED-Slave CA Ref. No.: 186142
11 DigiLED Slave CA
12 201
24 V CA System
Passive Slave CA Increase of the system performance for 24 V CA LED built-in system No signal amplification on channels RGB(W) tc = 65 °C max. Type: WU-ST-011-Passive-Slave CA Ref. No.: 186172
Ø 3.2
48 36
Passive Slave PCB CA PCB for increase of the system performance for 24 V CA LED built-in system Without casing No signal amplification on channels RGB(W) tc = 65 °C max. Type: WU-VB-004-Slave-PCB CA Ref. No.: flatband cable
14.7
Passive Slave CA
43 56
Passive Slave PCB CA Table 1: Terminal connection Pole Colour coding
202
Function
Max. current-carrying
Colour coding
capacity
System flatband cable
1
red
supply line for LED built-in modules (+24 V)
5A
blue
2
orange
PWM signal line for channel 1
1.25 A
grey
3
green
PWM signal line for channel 2
1.25 A
grey
4
blue
PWM signal line for channel 3
1.25 A
grey
5
light grey
PWM signal line for channel 4
1.25 A
grey
6
black
supply line for LED built-in modules (GND)
5A
grey
24 V CA System
LED Connection Technology for 24 V CA System When setting up a 24 V CA system, it must be ensured that the minimum supply voltage stated in the data sheets of the LED built-in modules is attained through the combination of lead lengths.
2 3
3
12.7
20±2 100±2
4 400±5
12.7
Flatband system cables For reverse-polarity protected connections between LED built-in modules and/or groups and for connection to PCB distributors. The six-strand flatband cable is fitted with pre-assembled connectors that plug directly in to the sockets of the LED built-in modules and PCB distributors. Type: WU-VB-002-HP-20mm Ref. No.: 539476 cable length: 20 mm Type: WU-VB-002-HP-100mm Ref. No.: 539475 cable length: 100 mm Flatband extension cable Type: WU-VB-008-HP-extension-400mm Ref. No.: 543187 cable length: 400 mm
Flatband and feed-in cables are designed to ensure that LED built-in modules can be connected to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or a PCB distributor or slave board up to the maximum current-carrying capacity specified in Table 1.
5
3
Various connection methods like flatband cables, feed-in cables, PCB distributors and slaves can be used to effect electrical connections between LED assembly modules and DigiLED CA colour control units.
1
6 7
12.7
8
3
9 10 500-+5
12.7
Feed-in cable Mono For reverse polarity protected connection between monochromatic LED built-in modules and 24 V voltage supply. The dimming function is not supported. Type: WU-VB-006-HP-Feed-in-500mm mono Ref. No.: 542267 cable length: 500 mm
500-+5
3
Feed-in cable For connecting LED built-in modules and groups to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or slave board. The reverse-polarity protected connector attached to the feed-in cable is plugged on the LED built-in module. The other side of the cable is then connected to the slave board or DigiLED CA colour control unit while ensuring correct polarity (colour coding) Type: WU-VB-002-HP-Feed-in-500mm Ref. No.: 535900 cable length: 500 mm
11 12 203
24 V CA System
EasyConnect Cable for AluLED Max. permissible current: 3 A Number of strands: 2/4 (Strand diameter: 0.35 mm2/22 AWG) For monochrome modules with 2 strands Ref. No.: 543426 25 cm, male connector Ref. No.: 543427 50 cm, male/female connector For RGB modules with 4 strands Ref. No.: 543428 25 cm, male connector Ref. No.: 543429 50 cm, male/female connector
250
8
500
250
8
27.5
Ă&#x2DC; 3.2
33
PCB distributor For connecting up to four LED built-in modules or groups to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or slave board. The maximum current-carrying capacity per contact is 5 A on the input side (terminal) and as detailed in Table 1 (page 202) on the output side (connector). A standard six-strand conductor (e.g. LIYY 6X0.75 mm²) and up to four flatband cables can be used. Type: WU-VB-003-DistriPCB CA Ref. No.: 186141
14.7
500
45.5 56
204
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V
ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers
1 2
24 V / max. 20 W These flat LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with small capacity range of up to 20 W.
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.5
Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % With connection lead on primary side Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz
186129 75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4 5
K62 with cord grip
4,5
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV-equivalent
tc temperature
6 42
1,5
18
172 182
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
7
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Current
Ambient
Casing
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
output
temperature ta
temperature tc
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
g
24 ± 0,5
230–210
0.0–0.85
–20 to 45
75
155
K62 with cord grip – Dimensions: 182x42x18 mm 20
EDXe 120/24.009
186129
220–240
8 9 10 11 12 205
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V
ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 24 V / max. 50 W, max. 70 W and max. 130 W These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with medium and high capacity range of up to 50 W, 70 W or 130 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97
Ref. No. 186103, 186104, 186218, 186219
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz (EDXe 150: secondary 0 Hz) Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV
186131, 186132
tc temperature
70 °C
60 °C
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
50,000
100,000
K30 / K30.1
4,5
4,5
170/183 187/200
4,5
36/49
60/61
2,5 25,5/30,5
143/158
178/191
2,5
24/27
36/49
K30 / K30.1 with cord grip
4,5
224/245
7,5
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
60/61
4,5
45/46
210/231
4,5
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Current
Ambient
Casing
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
output
temperature ta
temperature tc
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
g
24 ± 0,72
260–235
0.0–2.1
–40 to 45
70
320
K30 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 187x60x36 mm 50
EDXe 150/24.035
186218
220–240
K30.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 200x61x49 mm 70
EDXe 170/24.010
186103
220–240
24 ± 0,48
360–310
0.0–2.9
–20 to 45
70
340
130
EDXe 1130/24.014
186131
220–240
24 ± 0,48
640–585
0.0–5.4
–20 to 45
75
370
260–235
0.0–2.1
–40 to 45
70
370
K30 with cord grip – Dimensions (L x W x H): 224x60x36 mm 50
EDXe 150/24.035
186219
220–240
24 ± 0,72
K30.1 with cord grip – Dimensions (L x W x H): 245x61x49 mm
206
70
EDXe 170/24.010
186104
220–240
24 ± 0,48
360–310
0.0–2.9
–20 to 45
70
360
130
EDXe 1130/24.015
186132
220–240
24 ± 0,48
640–585
0.0–5.4
–20 to 45
75
390
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V
ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers
1 2
24 V / max. 70 W and max. 130 W – IP67 These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in IP67 applications with medium and high capacity range of up to 70 W or 130 W.
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97
Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Preassembled connection leads primary side: 5 x1 mm², length: 200 mm secondary side: 2 x1 mm², length: 200 mm
186105, 186133 tc temperature
70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4 5
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I SELV
K37 with cord grip 275
30
51
6
225
45 65 79,1
7
237
8 9 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Current
Ambient
Casing
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
output
temperature ta
temperature tc
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
g
K37 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 275x79.1x51 mm 70
EDXe 170/24.010
186105
220–240
24 ± 0.48
360–330
0.0–2.9
–20 to 45
70
515
130
EDXe 1130/24.016
186133
220–240
24 ± 0.48
640–585
0.0–5.4
–20 to 45
70
545
10 11 12 207
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 24 V
EasyLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 24 V / max. 75 W, max. 100 W and max. 150 W – IP67 These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in IP67 applications with high capacity range of up to 75 W, 100 W or 150 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.95
Ref. No. all types
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Preassembled connection leads: K30.2: H05RN-F primary: 2 x 0.75 mm² secondary: 2 x1 mm² M58.1: primary: 2 x 2.08 mm² secondary: 2 x 2.08 mm²
tc temperature
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
32
K30.2
147
49
Safety features Short-circuit protection: electronic Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I SELV
180
M58.1
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Output
Ambient
Casing
Efficiency
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
current
temperature
temperature
at full load
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
ta (°C)
tc (°C)
% (230 V)
g
24 ± 0.5
385–355
0.0–3.125
–15 to 45
80
89
440
K30.2 – Dimensions (L xW xH): 180x52x32 mm 75
EDXe 175/24.040 186432
220–240
M58.1 – Dimensions (L xW xH): 206x68.6x37 mm
208
100
EDXe 1100/24.041 186433
220–240
24 ± 0.5
505–465
0.0–4.2
–15 to 45
85
90
840
150
EDXe 1150/24.042 186434
220–240
24 ± 0.5
760–700
0.0–6.25
–15 to 45
80
90
840
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V
ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers
1 2
12 V / max. 12 W The compact LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with small capacity range of up to 12 W.
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.57
Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz
186204
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV-equivalent
tc temperature
75 °C
65 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4 5
K39.1
6 7 8 9 Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Current
Ambient
Casing
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
output
temperature ta
temperature tc
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
g
12 ± 0,6
120
0.0–1.0
–20 to 50
75
60
10
K39.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 103.5 x 36 x 22 mm 12
EDXe 112/12.033
186204
220–240
11 12 209
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V
EasyLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 12 V / max. 15 W and max. 30 W The slim LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with capacity range of up to 15 W or 30 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0,5 (186413) > 0.95 (183457)
Ref. No. 186413, 186457
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Safety features Short-circuit protection: electronic Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP20 Protection class I SELV
tc temperature
80 °C
70 °C
hrs.
30,000
50,000
14
45/41
19 / 32
K52 / K53
118/148 123/153
Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Output
Ambient
Casing
Efficiency
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
current
temperature ta
temperature tc
at full load
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
% (230 V)
g
12 ± 0.5
85–75
0.0–1.25
–15 to 45
80
83
170
12 ± 0.5
165–150
0.0–2.5
–15 to 45
80
83
170
K52 – Dimensions (L xW x H): 123x45x192 mm 15
EDXe 115/12.038
186413
220–240
K53 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 153x41x32 mm 30
210
EDXe 130/12.043
186457
220–240
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V
ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers
1 2
12 V / max. 50 W and max. 70 W The compact LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in applications with medium capacity range of up to 50 W or 70 W.
3
Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97
Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz (EDXe 150: secondary 0 Hz)
all types 70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
4
K30 / K30.1
5
170/183 187/200
60/61
6 4,5
4,5
36/49
2,5 25,5/30,5
143/158
4,5
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV
tc temperature
7
178/191
4,5
224/245
Type
Ref. No.
60/61
4,5
45/46
210/231
7,5
Max.
8
2,5
24/27
36/49
K30 / K30.1 with cord grip
9
4,5
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Current
Ambient
Casing
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
output
temperature ta
temperature tc
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
g
12,1 ± 0,24
260–230
0.0–4.2
–40 to 45
70
375
12,1 ± 0,24
365–335
0.0–5.8
–20 to 45
70
340
250–240
0.0–4.2
–40 to 45
70
425
365–335
0.0–5.8
–20 to 45
70
360
K30 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 187x60x36 mm 50
EDXe 150/12.034
186216
220–240
10
K30.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 200x61x49 mm 70
EDXe 170/12.011
186112
220–240
K30 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 224x60x36 mm 50
EDXe 150/12.034
186217
220–240
12,1 ± 0,24
11
K30.1 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 245x61x49 mm 70
EDXe 170/12.012
186113
220–240
12,1 ± 0,24
12 211
LED Constant Voltage Devices for LED Modules 12 V
ComfortLine LED Constant Voltage Drivers 12 V / max. 70 W – IP67 These LED constant-voltage drivers are designed for use in IP67 applications with medium capacity range of up to 70 W. Expected service life time at operation temperatures at tc point
Electronic characteristics Power factor at full load: > 0.97
Ref. No.
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ±10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Preassembled connection leads primary side: 5 x1 mm², length: 200 mm secondary side: 2 x1 mm², length: 200 mm
186114 70 °C
60 °C
hrs.
50,000
100,000
K37 with cord grip
51
275
30
Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Degree of protection: IP67 Protection class I SELV-equivalent
tc temperature
45 65 79,1
225
237
Max.
Type
Ref. No.
Mains voltage
Output
Mains
Current
Ambient
Casing
output
50, 60 Hz
voltage
current
output
temperature ta
temperature tc
Weight
W
V
V
mA
A
°C
°C
g
365–335
0.0–5.8
–20 to 45
70
515
K37 with cord grip – Dimensions (L xW xH): 275x79.1x51 mm 70
212
EDXe 170/12.013
186114
220–240
12.1 ± 0,24
Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications
EMERGENCY LIGHTING DEVICES FOR LED APPLICATIONS ELECTRONIC EMERGENCY LIGHTING DEVICES FOR LED APPLICATIONS For nominal operating periods of 1 hour or 3 hours Emergency lighting systems spring to life any time normal main lighting systems fail. Emergency lighting is designed to ensure that staff can safely leave any rooms and that there is sufficient lighting to illuminate rescue paths/routes as well as to avoid panic situations. VS emergency lighting devices are designed for use with LED applications and can be operated as part of a combined system with electronic LED drivers. VS emergency lighting devices test the presence of and the charge left on batteries during regular cycles and display the existing status via a bi-colour LED (self-testing function). This both simplifies battery maintenance and ensures necessary emergency lighting in the event of a mains power cut. During normal operation, the batteries are recharged with mains power.
213
Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications
Emergency Lighting Modules for 3 Hours Operating Time 50, 130 or 220 V voltage output VS emergency lighting modules are suitable for LED luminaires. Dimensions (L x Wx H): 210 x 31.4 x 21.5 mm Fixing hole distance: 205.5 mm Ambient temperature: 5 to 50 °C
21,5
M5.1
31,4 4,5
Electrical characteristics Power consumption: 4 VA Constant output: 3 W Weekly automatic self-diagnosis and daily testing of system status Battery charge is checked during regular testing cycles. Optical status display via two-colour
205,5 210
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz LED emergency light devices must be connected in line with the installation manual.
red green
red
black
green
black
450
Rechargeable batteries 2
JST-EH connector
35
red wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 total length = 250 mm
Technical notes – Rechargeable batteries Choice of rechargeable battery depends on the operating device. Charging time of rechargeable batteries: max. 24 hrs. Rechargeable batteries: nickel-cadmium (NiCd)
red in circuit 2 black in circuit 1
2
35
black wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 total length = 250 mm, NiCd
Safety features Protection class I Degree of protection: IP20 SELV (186498) Type
5.5
LED
250
210
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
EL Module
Battery
Battery type
Nominal operat- Mains current Current
Voltage
Weight (g)
ing period (hrs.) mA
output (V)
EL Module
output (mA)
Battery
M5.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 210 x 31.4x21.5 mm EMCc 180.003
186498
188824
4.8V/4.5Ah 3
250–60
250–60
12–50
145
490
EMCc 180.004
186499
188824
4.8V/4.5Ah 3
150–23
150–23
20–130
145
490
EMCc 180.005
186500
188824
4.8V/4.5Ah 3
100–13
100–13
30–220
145
490
36.2
23.2
Ø37 .3 39
12.4
Holders for rechargeable batteries for emergency LED lighting modules It is recommended to use two holders per rechargeable battery to ensure optimum hold. Material: PBT For rechargeable battery type: 4.8V/4.5Ah NiCd Ref. No.: 188828
6
214
Emergency Lighting Devices for LED Applications
Emergency Lighting Modules for 1 Hour Operating Time
1 2
50, 130 or 220 V voltage output VS emergency lighting modules are suitable for LED luminaires.. Dimensions (L x Wx H): 210 x 31.4 x 21.5 mm Fixing hole distance: 205.5 mm Ambient temperature: 5 to 50 °C
3 21,5
M5.1
31,4 4,5
Electrical characteristics Power consumption: 3.5 VA Constant output: 3 W Weekly automatic self-diagnosis and daily testing of system status Battery charge is checked during regular testing cycles. Optical status display via two-colour
4
205,5 210
LED red
black
green
black
5
5.5
Connection details Mains voltage: 220–240 V ± 10 % Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz LED emergency light devices must be connected in line with the installation manual.
red green
450
Rechargeable batteries 24
Technical notes – Rechargeable batteries Choice of rechargeable battery depends on the operating device. Charging time of rechargeable batteries: max. 24 hrs. Rechargeable batteries: nickel-cadmium (NiCd)
6
JST-EH 2 red wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 connector red in total length = 250 mm circuit 2 2
black in circuit 1
black wire 0.5 mm /AWG20 total length = 250 mm, NiCd
24
7 250
170
Safety features Protection class I Degree of protection: IP20 SELV (186495) Type
8
Ref. No.
Ref. No.
EL Module
Battery
Battery type
Nominal operat- Mains current Current
Voltage
Weight (g)
ing period (hrs.) mA
output (V)
EL Module
output (mA)
Battery
M5.1 – Dimensions (L x W x H): 210 x 31.4x21.5 mm EMCc 60.000
186495
188823
4.8V/1.8Ah 1
250–60
250–60
12–50
145
200
EMCc 60.001
186496
188823
4.8V/1.8Ah 1
150–23
150–23
20–130
145
200
EMCc 60.002
186497
188823
4.8V/1.8Ah 1
100–13
100–13
30–220
145
200
10
26.3
18
Ø26 .7 35
11
13
Holders for rechargeable batteries for emergency LED lighting modules It is recommended to use two holders per rechargeable battery to ensure optimum hold. Material: PC For rechargeable battery type: 4.8V/1.8Ah NiCd Ref. No.: 188827
9
5.5
12 215
VS LED Lamps
LED LAMPS MR16, AR111, PAR30, PAR38, GU10
LED â&#x20AC;&#x201C; THE GREEN FUTURE LIGHTING LEDs contain no mercury and are low on energy consumption, as a result of which they lead the field when it comes to "green lighting". Thanks to their eco-friendly properties, they can make a valid contribution to reducing your carbon footprint and countering the greenhouse effect. Moreover, LEDs start instantaneously at full brightness and are available in many colours. In addition to providing UV- and IR-free light, LEDs are vibration-proof and have a very long service life that further increases the overall efficiency of any lighting system. As LED lamps are now powerful enough to replace both incandescent and low-voltage halogen lamps, they are becoming increasingly popular beyond the field of decorative lighting.
216
VS LED Lamps – Low-voltage Replacement
Low-voltage LED Lamps
1
48
Ø 49.9 ±0.3
Suitable for magnetic halogen transformers, electronic halogen converters (12 V AC) and electronic LED drivers (12 V DC) MR16, 5.5 W Design style: COB lens Operating temperature: 0 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –20 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Non dimmable Base: GU5.3
2 3
MR16, 7 W Design style: COB reflector Operating temperature: 0 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –20 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Dimmable (Magnetic with leading-edge dimmers/ Electronic preferred with trailing-edge dimmers) Base: GU5.3
Ref. No.
Type
Colour
Ø 49.9 ±0.3
48
4 5
Colour temperature CRI
Luminous flux
Light intensity
Beam
Field
Power
Power
Energy
K
Ra
lm
cd
angle (°)
angle (°)
factor
W
efficiency
MR16, 5.5 W MR16-5-3000-24-III
553212
warm white
3000
³ 80
350
1300
24
48
0.7
5.5
A
MR16-5-3000-36-III
553213
warm white
3000
³ 80
350
700
36
72
0.7
5.5
A+
MR16-7-3000-24-III
553214
warm white
3000
³ 80
500
1280
24
48
0.9
7.0
A
MR16-7-3000-36-III
553215
warm white
3000
³ 80
500
1000
36
72
0.9
7.0
A
6
MR16, 7 W
Note: Further colour temperatures are available on request.
7
Typical luminance of MR16 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux) Colour
MR16, 5.5 W
temperature
24°
K
1m
Warm White 3000 K 1300
MR16, 7 W 36°
24°
36°
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
325
140
700
175
80
1280
320
150
1000
250
110
9
Typical light distribution curves I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
50%
60°
30°
MR16, 5.5 W 24°
60°
90°
90° 50%
30°
MR16, 5.5 W 36°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
50%
8
60°
50%
10
30°
30°
MR16, 7 W 24°
60°
MR16, 7 W 36°
11 12 217
VS LED Lamps – Low-voltage Replacement
64
LED Lamps 53
111
Replacement for low-voltage incandescent lamps Suitable for 12 V AC magnetic transformers, 12 V DC electronic drivers and 12 V AC electronic converters AR111, 16 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Not dimmable Base: G53
Ref. No.
Type
Colour
53
AR111, 13 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: G53
111
64
Colour temperature CRI
Luminous flux
Light intensity Beam angle Field angle
Power
Power
Energy
K
Ra
lm
cd
°
°
factor
W
efficiency
AR111, 16 W AR111-16-3000-24-III 556794
warm white 3000
³ 80
1000
3200
24
48
> 0.9
16
A
AR111-16-3000-36-III 556795
warm white 3000
³ 80
1000
1600
36
72
> 0.9
16
A
AR111-13-3000-24-III 556796
warm white 3000
³ 80
800
2600
24
48
> 0.9
13
A
AR111-13-3000-36-III 556797
warm white 3000
³ 80
800
1400
36
72
> 0.9
13
A
AR111, 13 W
Further colour temperatures are available on request.
Typical luminance of AR111 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux) Colour
AR111, 16 W
temperature
24°
K
1m
Warm White 3000 K 3200
AR111, 13 W 36° 1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
800
360
1600
400
180
2600
650
290
1400
350
160
I (cd/klm) 90°
50%
60°
90° 50%
30°
AR111, 24°
218
36°
3m
Typical light distribution curves
I (cd/klm)
24°
2m
60°
30°
AR111, 36°
VS LED Lamps – Low-voltage Replacement
Electronic Converters for LED Lamps 12 V
1
You will find LED converters for the LED lamps MR16 and AR111 on page 209–212.
Important notice for LED lamps for replacement of low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps • Do not connect more than one unit to one transformer • Do not use in ambient temperatures of more than 40 °C • Unsuitable for installation in enclosed or airtight luminaires • For indoor use only • Unsuitable for use outdoors or in high-moisture environments Important notice for LED lamps for replacement of mains voltage incandescent lamps • Unsuitable for operation with an additional driver • Integrated high-frequency driver • Do not use in ambient temperatures of more than 40 °C • Unsuitable for installation in enclosed or airtight luminaires • For indoor use only • Unsuitable for use outdoors or in high-moisture environments • Dimmable with phase-cutting dimmers (E27 PAR and GU10 7 W lamps only); minimum dimmer load has to be respected. The compatibility of the lamp to the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoid flickering and/or noises. Trailing-edge dimmers are preferred.
Caution: Always disconnect equipment from the mains before replacing lamps!
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 219
VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement
LED Lamps
95
94
With integrated driver for replacement of mains voltage halogen incandescent lamps LED lamps made by Vossloh-Schwabe will fit most standard E27 and GU10 bases. These low-power, high-brightness and highly eco-friendly lamps are sure to improve the overall efficiency of your lighting system.
130
121
PAR30, 12 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: E27
PAR38, 17 W Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: E27 Type
Ref. No.
Colour
Colour temperature CRI
Luminous flux
Light intensity
Beam angle
Field angle
Power
Energy
K
Ra
lm
cd
°
°
W
efficiency
PAR30, 12 W PAR30-12-2700-38-II 549107
warm white
2700
³ 80
420
3320
20
38
12
A
PAR30-12-3000-38-II 549108
warm white
3000
³ 80
460
3670
20
38
12
A
PAR30-12-4000-38-II 549109
neutral white
4000
³ 75
570
4530
20
38
12
A
PAR30-12-6000-38-II 549110
cool white
6000
³ 70
680
5400
20
38
12
A
PAR30-12-2700-60-II 549111
warm white
2700
³ 80
420
980
40
60
12
A
PAR30-12-3000-60-II 549112
warm white
3000
³ 80
460
1200
40
60
12
A
PAR30-12-4000-60-II 549113
neutral white
4000
³ 75
570
1325
40
60
12
A
PAR30-12-6000-60-II 549114
cool white
6000
³ 70
680
1580
40
60
12
A
PAR38-17-2700-38-II 549131
warm white
2700
³ 80
560
4425
20
38
17
A
PAR38-17-3000-38-II 549133
warm white
3000
³ 80
630
5000
20
38
17
A
PAR38-17-4000-38-II 549134
neutral white
4000
³ 75
720
5700
20
38
17
A
PAR38-17-6000-38-II 549136
cool white
6000
³ 70
790
6300
20
38
17
A
PAR38-17-2700-60-II 549138
warm white
2700
³ 80
560
1350
40
60
17
A
PAR38-17-3000-60-II 549140
warm white
3000
³ 80
630
1500
40
60
17
A
PAR38-17-4000-60-II 549141
neutral white
4000
³ 75
720
1770
40
60
17
A
PAR38-17-6000-60-II 549142
cool white
6000
³ 70
790
1900
40
60
17
A
PAR38, 17 W
220
VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement
Typical luminance of PAR30, PAR38 at 1, 2 and 3 meters
1
Intensity (lux) Colour
PAR30, 12 W
temperature
20°
K
1m
Warm White 2700 K
3320
Warm White 3000 K Neutral White 4000 K Cool White 6000 K
PAR38, 17 W 40°
2m
3m
20°
1m
40°
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
830
368
980
245
108
4425
1106
491
1350
337
150
3670
918
408
1200
300
133
5000
1250
566
1500
375
167
4530
1133
503
1325
331
147
5700
1425
633
1770
443
197
5400
1350
600
1580
395
176
6300
1575
700
1900
475
211
3
Typical light distribution curves of PAR30, PAR38 lamps I (cd/klm)
50%
60°
50%
60°
50%
60°
90° 50%
30°
30°
PAR30, 12 W 40°
I (cd/klm) 90°
90°
30°
PAR30, 12 W 20°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
PAR38, 17 W 20°
2
60°
4
30°
PAR38, 17 W 40°
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 221
VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement
Mains Voltage LED Lamps 55
50
With integrated driver GU10, 5.5 W Design style: COB lens Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Non dimmable Base: GU10
GU10, 7 W Design style: COB reflector Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: GU10
Ref. No.
Type
Colour
50
55
Colour temperature CRI
Luminous flux
Light intensity
Beam angle
Field angle
Power
Power
Energy
K
Ra
lm
cd
°
°
factor
W
efficiency
GU10, 5.5 W GU10-5-3000-24-III
553218
warm white
3000
³ 80
350
1300
24
48
0.5
5.5
A+
GU10-5-3000-36-III
553219
warm white
3000
³ 80
350
700
36
72
0.5
5.5
A+
GU10-7-3000-24-III
553220
warm white
3000
³ 80
450
1000
24
48
0.9
7
A+
GU10-7-3000-36-III
553221
warm white
3000
³ 80
450
800
36
72
0.9
7
A+
GU10, 7 W
Further colour temperatures are available on request.
Typical luminance of GU10 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux) Colour
GU10, 5.5 W
temperature
24°
GU10, 7 W
K
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
Warm White 3000 K
1300
325
140
700
175
80
1000
250
120
800
200
90
36°
24°
36°
Typical light distribution curves I (cd/klm)
50%
90°
60°
50%
222
60°
GU10, 5,5 W 40°
I (cd/klm) 90°
50%
30°
30°
GU10, 5,5 W 24°
I (cd/klm)
I (cd/klm) 90°
60°
90° 50%
30°
GU10, 7 W 24°
60°
30°
GU10, 7 W 36°
VS LED Lamps – Mains Voltage Replacement
Mains Voltage LED Lamps
1
54.5
50
With integrated driver GU10, 4 W Design style: SMD reflector Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Non dimmable Base: GU10
2 3
GU10, 4.5 and 6 W Design style: SMD reflector Operating temperature: –20 to 40 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 60 °C Input voltage: 220–240 V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: GU10
54.5
50
4 5
Ref. No.
Type
Colour
Colour temperature CRI
Luminous flux
Light intensity Beam angle
Field angle
Power
Power
Energy
K
Ra
lm
cd
°
°
factor
W
efficiency
GU10, 4 W 556798
warm white
3000
³ 80
290
550
36
72
0.4
4
A+
GU10-4.5-2700-36-R 554601
warm white
2700
³ 80
230
520
36
72
0,4
4,5
A+
warm white
3000
³ 80
380
680
36
72
0.6
6
A+
GU10-4-3000-36-R GU10, 4.5 W
6
GU10, 6 W GU10-6-3000-36-R
556799
Further colour temperatures are available on request.
7
Typical luminance of GU10 at 1, 2 and 3 meters Intensity (lux)
8
Colour
GU10, 4 W
GU10, 4.5 W
GU10, 6 W
temperature
36°
36°
36°
K
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
1m
2m
3m
Warm White 3000 K / 2700 K 550
140
60
520
130
60
680
170
80
Typical light distribution curves
9
I (cd/klm) 90° 50%
60°
10
30°
GU10, 36°
11 12 223
Technical Details
General information on LED technology Thanks to the constant developmental progress made in LED semiconductor technology, the fields of application for LEDs are growing continuously. Mood and architectural lighting, for instance, are already benefiting from the saturated colours of and possibilities afforded by RGB colour control. Ever higher light efficiency levels at higher currents are making white LEDs increasingly attractive for general lighting. Among others, further decisive advantages are great longevity, low energy consumption, neither UV or IR beam nor any hazardous substances. The key basis of modern optoelectronics is the availability of high-performance LEDs in the three primary colours red, green and blue as well as white and warm white. By assembling these on circuit boards and in combination with converters and control systems, lighting systems can be created for the most diverse areas of use. Vossloh-Schwabe's production of LED modules is based on tried-and-tested COB and SMD technology. This makes it possible to design modules in various dimensions and performance classes. COB (Chip On Board) technology enables super-flat designs with very high chip densities. SMD (Surface Mounted Device Technology) enables convenient, quick and simultaneous assembly of LED and electronics devices.
Working principle of light emitting diodes (LEDs) An LED semiconductor chip is a semiconductor component that is made up of two differently doped crystallayers, one of which positive (p) and the other negative (n). Light is emitted at the depletion-layer pn boundary for a current flow in forward direction. An LED converts applied electric energy into visible electromagnetic radiation. The construction and doping of a semiconductor depends on the desired wavelength Îť (colour), which can only be monochromatic (red, orange, yellow, green or blue). Colour blends are created by varying the number of LEDs in the individual colours. By adding certain converter materials, LEDs can also produce white and warm white light. This type of light generation using a semiconductor is generally referred to as luminescence, i.e. the generation of cold light whose rays contain no warmth and are emitted without infrared (IR).
Emitted light
Anode (+) p n
Substrate, transparent Reflecting rear contact
Cathode (â&#x20AC;&#x201C;)
Semiconductor materials for LED chips Irrespective of the specific model, an LED always consists of the following components: leadframe, LED chip and contacting using conductive adhesive and bonding. While the leadframe can be made of a PCB or ceramics, plastics and other materials, the LED chips are mounted on a die-cut reflector (cathode) using conductive adhesive to achieve higher light intensities with a focused beam of light. The anode is connected using bonding wire. The optical viewing angle (j) of an LED is determined by the geometry of the casing including reflector and the position of the chip within the casing. Small in size and highly resistant against mechanical impact/stress, LEDs are an ideal component for lighting applications. Special modular solutions are also available for applications involving differing ambient conditions (humidity, ambient temperature, etc.).
224
Cross-sectional Detail Cross-section of an LED semi-conductor chip Light emission at the pn depletion layer
Technical Details
Visible light within the electromagnetic spectrum
1
Visible light only accounts for a small part of the electromagnetic spectrum. The part of the electromagnetic spectrum that is visible for humans ranges from ultraviolet (λ = 380 nm) to dark red (λ = 780 nm).
Frequency
10 4
10 6
10 8
10 10
Medium wave
Micro waves
f in Hz
Cosmic radiation 1012
1014
Infrared
10 16
2
10 18
Ultraviolet
3
X rays
TV Short wave
3*10 4
30
0,3
Wavelength
l in nm
3*10 -3
10 10 -6
3*10 -9
780 nm
4
3*10 -11
380 nm
Gamma radiation
5
Visible spectrum
6 Light sensitivity of the human eye
Service life of LEDs The service life of an LED is determined by various factors:
Degree of spectral light sensitivity
7
1 0.8
Relative spectral sensitivity
By day, the maximum light sensitivity (Km) of the human eye for green is at λ = 555 nm and drops to λ = 510 nm by night. Light sensitivity falls off sharply for both higher and lower wavelengths and only totals 1% of day vision for blue at λ = 430 nm and dark red at λ = 720 nm. Thus, in order for the human eye to perceive light of these wavelengths at the same intensity as yellow-green light, its luminance LV needs to be 100 times greater.
0.6 0.4 0.2 0 350 450 550 650 750
8
Wavelength in nm
• • • •
the degradation rate of the semiconductor material and the encapsulation material the applied operating current IF the ambient temperature ta during operation and the thermal resistance
The term degradation describes the decrease in brightness of an LED chip as a result of the applied forward current during normal operation. Given normal operating conditions (ta = 25°C at IF = 10–30 mA), LEDs will provide a service life of up to 100,000 operating hours (typically 50,000 hours for High Power applications), after which time the brightness of the LED will have dropped typically to 70% of its original value.
Day vision Night vision
9 10 11 12 225
Technical Details
LED efficiency In theory, the internal efficiency of an LED chip is 90%, meaning that 90% of the applied electrical energy is converted into visible light at the pn junction layer. However, a part of the light emitted at the pn junction layer cannot pass through the semiconductor structure and it remains a major technological challenge to optimise the coupling of light out of the chip with the help of innovative designs. These processes determine the external degree of LED efficiency, which denotes the magnitude of visible output that can pass through the semiconductor structure when, for instance, 1 W of electrical power is applied to an LED.
Colour design with LEDs CIE Chromaticity Chart (CIE 1931 according to DIN 5033)
The CIE chromaticity triangle (standardised CIE 1931 chromaticity chart according to DIN 5033) makes it possible to precisely plot the colours of light sources and objects using two standardised (and previously gauged) chromaticity coordinates, the x and y values. Every point in this chart represents the chromaticity location of a certain chroma. Colours of the same chromaticity only differ from each other in terms of their intensity (colour saturation). The so-called "no-colour point" (white, grey and black, depending on brightness) is situated in the middle of the chart at x = 0.33 and y = 0.33. The boundary of the chromaticity chart is made up of the gamut of spectral colours from 380 nm (blue-violet) to 780 nm (dark red) and the so-called purple boundary. As a result of additive mixing of two or more coloured light sources the chromaticity coordinates are always along a direct line between the starting coordinates.
226
Technical Details
When using LED lighting, different colours can be created using additive colour mixing (RGB) or by transforming the wavelengths a diode emits by adding a luminescent material in a manner similar to fluorescent lamps. In the case of additive colour mixing/control, appropriate control devices are used to adjust the brightness of the individual LED colours (RGB) to create the desired light colour.
1
LED system components • LED light modules • LED operating devices • LED control modules • LED connection technology
2
When selecting LED components, it is important to take account of their technical specifications, especially with regard to voltage range, current and temperature. VS provides a large range of components for the various areas that all go to build a perfectly matched system. The technical specifications of the various components can be found on the product pages. All VS LED operating devices work with a safety extra-low voltage (SELV) on the output side.
3 4
Assembly Instructions for LEDs For mounting and installing LED components Mandatory regulations DIN VDE 0100
Erection of low voltage installations
EN 60598-1
Luminaires – part 1: general requirements and tests
EN 60838-2-2
Miscellaneous lampholders – part 2-2: particular requirements – connectors for LED-modules
EN 61347-1
Lamp controlgear – part 1: general and safety requirements
EN 61347-2-11
Controlgear – part 2-11: particular requirements for miscellaneous electronic circuits used with luminaires
EN 61347-2-13
Lamp controlgear – part 2-13: particular requirements for DC or AC supplied electronic controlgear for LED modules
EN 62031
LED modules for general lighting – safety specifications
EN 62384
DC or AC supplied control gear for LED modules – performance requirements
EN 55015
Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical lighting and similar equipment
EN 61000-3-2
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – part 3-2: limits – limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current = 16 A per phase)
EN 61000-3-3
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – part 3-3: limits – limitation of voltage fluctuations and flicker (equipment input current = 16 A per phase)
EN 61547
Equipment for general lighting purposes – EMC immunity requirements
EN 62471
Photobiological safety of lamps and lamp systems
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 227
Technical Details
Mechanical mounting of LED operating devices Surface
Solid, flat surface for good heat discharge required. Avoid mounting protruding surfaces.
Mounting location Converters must be protected against moisture and heat. Installation in external luminaires Luminaire requires water protection rate of = 4 (e.g. IP54). Heat transfer
If the converter is destined for installation in a luminaire, sufficient heat transfer must be ensured between the converter and the luminaire casing. Converters should be mounted with the greatest possible clearance to sources of heat. During operation, the temperature measured at the tc point of the converter must not exceed the specified maximum value.
Additional mounting instructions for independent LED operating devices Mounting position Any Clearance
Min. of 0.10 m from walls, ceilings, insulation Min. of 0.10 m from other electronic ballasts Min. of 0.25 m from sources of heat (LEDs or other lamps)
Surface
Solid; device must not be allowed to sink into insulation materials
Safety, assembly and handling information for LED modules Installation and maintenance must always be performed by a qualified fitter in accordance with relevant legislation. The following instructions must be strictly observed. Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH accepts no liability for any possible inaccuracies during installation, any non-compliance with these instructions or for any possible omissions in this publication. In addition, Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH reserves the right to make modifications at any time and without prior notification. This data sheet is an integral part of the equipment and its safety devices and should therefore be kept in a safe place for easy reference. The equipment must always be disconnected from the mains prior to undertaking any maintenance work. The safety instructions on the type plate of the components must be strictly observed. Installation must be conducted at zero potential after disconnection from the line. Modules can have sharp edges or corners. Please take special care during installation to avoid injury. The modules can get hot. Please provide warning notices at the luminaire body if necessary. LED modules and all PCB components must not be subjected to undue mechanical stress: â&#x20AC;˘ LED modules must not be handled as bulk cargo. â&#x20AC;˘ Shear and pressure stress must be avoided on SMD LEDs and the grouting material of COB LEDs during assembly and handling. The circuit path must not be damaged or interrupted. We recommend using clips or plastic screws for installation purposes to avoid short circuits and damage to the modules. The LED modules are not protected against short-circuiting, overloading or overheating. The use of Vossloh-Schwabe electronic power supply units is therefore absolutely essential. Using other power supply units is not recommended. Please ensure you choose the correct electronic power supply unit for the module in question and that the respective output parameters (current, voltage, wattage) are correct (see www.vossloh-schwabe.com).
228
Technical Details
Safe operation is only possible by the use of external constant-current sources. Power supply units must be used for operation, in which the following protective measures are ensured: • Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Overheating protection • SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) Please ensure standard ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection measures are employed when handling and installing LED modules. Electrostatic discharge can damage LEDs. Please ensure the correct polarity of the leads prior to commissioning. Reversed polarity can destroy the modules. The maximum output of the power supply must be observed.
1 2 3
For optimal load of used constant-current driver the LEDSpots can only be connected in series. The quantity of LEDSpots is limited by the sum of forward voltage and the capacity of used constant-current driver. A parallel connection of the modules is not allowed. The modules are not protected against dust or moisture (except LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor, LEDSpots IP54, Roadway Light and Industrial Light IP66/IP67). When LED modules are operated in unduly moist or dusty environments, care must be taken to ensure each module is built into a protective casing in compliance with the correct IP classification or provided with corrosion protection. Damage caused by moisture and/or corrosion will not be recognised as a material or manufacturing defect. To ensure smooth module operation, care must be taken that module temperatures at the tc point never exceed the maximum values stipulated in the data on catalogue pages. Due to the numerous installation options and differing operating conditions, no precise installation guidelines can be provided that will ensure the maximum temperature values are never exceeded. In principle, the LED modules can be mounted on a flat metal surface (heat sink) that must, however, provide a large enough surface area to ensure the generated heat can be dissipated to the surroundings. Under no circumstances may LED modules ever be covered by insulation material or similar. Air ventilation must be ensured. Please ensure adhesive pads or other products with adhesive areas (LEDLine Flex SMD Professional, LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor) are only used on dry and clean surfaces that are free of grease, oil, silicone and dirt particles. Owing to the varying application options and different types of surface as well as ambient conditions, VS accepts no liability for the quality of the adhesive bond achieved when mounting these products. Tests have shown the following chemicals to be harmful to LEDs used on the modules. It is recommended not to use the under-mentioned chemicals anywhere in an LED system. The fumes from even small amounts of these chemicals may damage the LEDs. • Chemicals that might outgas aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., toluene, benzene, xylene) • Methyl acetate or ethyl acetate (i.e., nail polish remover) • Cyanoacrylates (i.e., "Superglue") • Glycol ethers (including Radio Shack®, Precision Electronics Cleaner – dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether) • Formaldehyde or butadiene (including Ashland PLIOBOND® adhesive) • Dymax 984-LVUF conformal coating • Loctite Sumo glue • Gorilla glue • Clorox bleach • Clorox Clean-Up cleaner spray • Loctite 384 adhesive • Loctite 7387 activator • Loctite 242 threadlocker
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 229
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
DALI LIGHT CONTROL GEAR AND ACCESSORIES
INTELLIGENT INDOOR LIGHTING The VS Light Controllers are light management systems that were developed as a convenient means of controlling and regulating light. Communication between the Light Controller and the luminaire is achieved using the standard DALI protocol. The Light Controllers comply with the standard IEC 62386:2008. Within this standard, the number of maximum possible luminaires is defined as 64 per DALI line. The controllers are designed for mounting on a 35 mm DIN installation rail. The entire lighting system was designed to permit easy and convenient configuration. Any later modifications to the system can thus be carried out without any problems.
Typical applications • Offices, industrial spaces and warehouses • Supermarkets • Public buildings (e.g. schools and hospitals) • Stairwells and hallways • Sanitary facilities
• Adjustment of lighting levels to suit human needs • Energy savings and cost reductions • More convenience thanks to automation
230
1 Light Controller IP/DALI and LightBox
Walltransmitter
2 3
System overviews
232–233
Light Controller IP/DALI, LightBox and DALI Push-button Interface
234–234
Light Controller L / LS and LW / LSW
236
Antennas
237
Light Controller S / XS
238–239
Extender / Extender Flex
240
MultiSensors
241
Industry Sensors High Bay
242
Technical details Light Controller IP/DALI Light Controller L / LS and LW / LSW Light Controller S / XS Extender MultiSensors Industry Sensors High Bay
243–255 243–244 245–246 247–249 249–250 250–251 252–255
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 231
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Overview of the LiCS Indoor System Product matrix
Light Controller L / LS
Light Controller LW / LSW
Light Controller S
Light Controller XS
for integration into the distribution board
for integration into the distribution board – EnOcean wireless version
for independent operation
for built-in into luminaires
MultiSensors
MultiSensors (movement and brightness) High Bay Sensors
High Bay Sensors (movement) or brightness (constant light control) Extender
Input devices
Functions Control options
max. 6 buttons (mains voltage-compatible)
Light Controller
Light Controller
Light Controller
button (mains voltage-compatible)
Light Controller
L
LS
LW
LSW
S
XS
single and group
group
single and group
group
broadcast
broadcast
No. of groups
max. 16
max. 16
—
—
No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors)
max. 64
max. 64
max. 64
max. 10
No. of MultiSensors
max. 36
max. 36
max. 36
max. 4
l
l
l
l
l
l
Motion detection (automatic and semi-automatic) Constant light control Scene settings
l
Push function (on/off, up and down) Dimming (only up or only down) ON/OFF function Overriding central control Stairwell function (timer) With integrated timer clock
—
Discourage burglaries
—
System analysis software Password protection Minimising standby losses
232
antenna (magnetic-base or screw-base); button max. 6 buttons (mains voltage(mains voltage-compatible) compatible); EnOcean wireless modules (max. 16 pcs.)
l —
l l l l l l l l
l l
l
l —
l l l l l
— —
l l l
—
l —
l —
l l
—
l —
l —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Menu navigation in
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish
—
—
Configuration using
rotary push key and screen
rotary push key and screen
dip switch
dip switch
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Overview of the LiCS Indoor System Network Product matrix
Light Controller IP/DALI
1
Light Controller IP/DALI W
2 MultiSensors
3 MultiSensors (movement and brightness)
High Bay Sensors
4
Industrial Sensors (movement or constant light control)
5
Extender*
Input devices
8 buttons (mains voltage-compatible)
8 buttons (mains voltage-compatible) EnOcean wireless modules
DALI buttons (4 channel)
DALI buttons (4 channel)
6
* Functionality limitations of the system possible; please observe the notes in the controller operation manuals.
7
¢ SYSTEM INFORMATION Server (Win 7) or LightBox Optional: Access Point for operating elements ¢ FUNCTIONS LIGHT CONTROLLER IP/DALI • Network-compliant – Intelligent networking of DALI devices Lighting control: – 3 level Motion detection (automatic and semi-automatic) – Constant light control – Intelligent day- and time-dependent switching functions – Astro function – Scene settings – Push function (on/off, up and down) – Dimming (only up or only down) – ON/OFF function, ON function, OFF function – Light value – Stairwell function (timer) – Retrieval of various sensor-gauged values – Logic functions
• Push-key and operating element: – Classic push buttons – Touch4Light – Tablet – EnOcean – DALI buttons • Documentation – Device documentation – Save/Load – Automated error detection (email report) – User accounts (password protection) • Language: – German – English – Further language on request • Further functions – Minimising standby losses • Intelligent device exchange
8 9 10 11 12 233
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Light Controller IP/DALI For installation in a distribution board This light control gear (gateways) is designed for installation in a distribution board. Technical notes Configuration interface: via browser via tablet/PC Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C (186484, 186485 ta: 5 to 45 °C) Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–2.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors and DALI push-button interfaces are connected directly to the DALI bus. Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 12 W • 2xRJ45 (Ethernet TCP/IP) 10/100MBit/s, Daisy Chain • 1 DALI bus: max. current on DALI bus = 200 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 8 independently configurable push button inputs, cables must be rated for mains voltage • Minimising standby losses • For Light Controllers with RF operation Antenna jack: radio signal with a frequency of 868 MHz
System architecture
Software download www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/services/ sw-updates/light-controller-ipdali.html
Light Controller
234
Ref. No.
Max. No. of operating devices No. of MultiSensors or DALI push-butten pcs./controller
interfaces (pcs./controller)
EnOcean
Dimensions
Horizontal
Weight
mm (LxWxH) pitches (hp)
g
IP/DALI 2CH
186484
2x64
2x36
no
180x90x71
10
340
IP/DALI
186339
64
36
no
180x90x71
10
340
IP/DALI W 2CH
186485
2x64
2x36
yes
180x90x71
10
340
IP/DALI W
186340
64
36
yes
180x90x71
10
340
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
LightBox
1
For operating Light Controllers of the IP/DALI series The LightBox serves to manage the tasks performed by the Light Controller IP and is pre-configured for plug-and-play operation.
Connections • Mains switch • Mains connection with power supply unit • RJ45 connection (Ethernet) • 6 x USB • HDMI output • Display port • Wi-Fi antenna
System architecture LightBox with DHCP
Light Box DHCP
Light Box
Light Controller 1
Light Controller 1 •••
4
Light Controller n
Optional: Access Point (Without DHCP Server, fixed IP 192.168.123.2)
3
System architecture LightBox without DHCP
•••
Technical notes • Mains switch for powering up the LightBox (activates automatically once mains power is restored following a power cut). • Indicator: green status LED at the front • As an alternative to client-based configuration (e.g. using a tablet, etc.), a monitor or input device can be connected during operation for configuration purposes. • Optional wake-on LAN • The Windows 8.1N operating system merely needs to be personalised and activated by telephone.
2
5
Light Controller n
Optional: PC/Notebook (as DHCP client)
(WiFi) Router + Internet-Gateway (as DHCP Server, e. g. VLAN)
Optional: PC/Notebook (as DHCP client)
7
Tablet Tablet
Type
Suitable for
Ref. No.
6
Max. No. of Light Controller
Dimensions (LxWxH)
Weight
per LightBox (pcs.)
mm
g
LightBox
network- and internet-based operation (as a DHCP client)
186512
5
127x127x45
600
LightBox DHCP
stand-alone light management (as a DHCP server)
186513
5
127x127x45
600
8 9
DALI Push-button Interface For connecting up to 4 push buttons to a Light Controller IP/DALI
20
10 11
22
DALI push-button interfaces make it possible to install push-buttons at any point along the DALI bus without needing to connect an additional power supply source. Designed for flush-mounted installation. For built-in into flushtype boxes Control input: DALI acc. to IEC 62386:2008 DALI current consumption: 4 mA With built-in LED (red) for configuration Dimensions (LxWxH): 32 x 22 x13 mm, weight: 30 g Connection leads: 0,5 mm², ferrules on bare end of core Protection class II Ref. No.: 186476
32
13
12 235
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Light Controller L/LW and LS/LSW
48,5
Technical notes Configuration interface: and rotary push key (on the controller) Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus.
68
For installation in a distribution board This light control gear is designed for installation in a distribution board.
90
126
General functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function, ON/OFF function, stairwell function (timer), system analysis software, password protection Software languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian
93,2
Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 9 W • 1 DALI bus to 3 pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 6 independently configurable push button inputs, cables must be rated for mains voltage • Minimising standby losses • For Light Controllers with RF operation Antenna jack: Radio signal with a frequency of 868 MHz
Light Controller LW/LWS Suitable for wireless operation with EnOcean No. of wireless modules: 16 pcs. Antenna needed
Additional functions Scene settings, control options (single and/or group) (Light Controller L/LW) Discourage burglaries, timer clock, control options (group) (Light Controller LS/LSW) Light Controller
236
Ref. No.
DALI Group Configuration Tool
FMH4-rw Ref. No.: 555534
Max. No. of operating devices
No. of MultiSensors
pcs./lead
pcs./lead
EnOcean
Dimensions
horizontal pitches
Weight
mm (LxWxH)
hp
g 250
L
186189
64
36
no
126x90x68
7
LS
186276
64
36
no
126x90x68
7
250
LW
186190
64
36
yes
126x90x68
7
250
LSW
186323
64
36
yes
126x90x68
7
250
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Antennas
1
To supplement LiCS Indoor System To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency.
2
When fitting the antenna, care must be taken that it is not shielded by metal objects, e.g. steel cabinets, radiators, ventilation shafts etc., to ensure optimum signal reception.
3
The requisite antenna is provided by Vossloh-Schwabe in two models: the screw-base model comes with a detachable connection cable, while the magneticbase model is fitted with a non-detachable connection cable.
4 5
Magnetic-base antenna with connection cable Antenna dimensions (ØxH): 29 x 88 mm Cable diameter: Ø 6 mm, length: 2.5 m Min. bending radius of the cable: 50 mm Impedance: 50 Ω Capacity: 10 W pulsed Ambient temperature ta: –40 to 80 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 80 °C Degree of protection: IP66 Weight: 62 g Ref. No.: 186211
Connection cable for the screw-base antenna Cable diameter: Ø 6 mm, length: 1.5 m Min. bending radius of the cable 50 mm Weight: 66 g Ref. No.: 186213
6 ~90
7 8
62 ±2
27±0,1
10,5
Ø14 +0,5 - 0,1
Screw-base antenna Antenna dimensions (ØxH): 33 x 89 mm Impedance: 50 Ω Capacity: 8 W pulsed Ambient temperature ta: –40 to 70 °C Storage temperature: –40 to 80 °C Degree of protection: IP66 Weight: 41 g Ref. No.: 186212
2500
9 10 11 12 237
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Light Controller S For independent operation These light control devices are suitable for independent operation (e.g. in false ceilings). Technical notes Configuration interface: dip switch (on the device) Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 50 °C Max. casing temperature tc: 65 °C Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class II RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 6,5 W • 1 DALI bus : max. current on DALI bus = 200 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 1 configurable push button input: cables must be rated for mains voltage Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function (64 EBs synchronously), ON/OFF function, stairwell function (timer), control option (broadcast)
Light Controller S
238
Ref. No. 186210
Max. No. of operating devices
No. of MultiSensors
pcs./lead
pcs./lead
64
36
EnOcean no
Dimensions
Weight
mm (LxWxH)
g
175x42x31,5
150
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Light Controller XS
1
For luminaire installation These light control devices are suitable for operation in luminaires.
2
Technical notes Configuration interface: dip switch (on the device) Ambient temperature ta: 5 to 50 °C Max. casing temperature tc: 60 °C Lifetime: 50,000 hrs. Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20 RFI-suppressed For luminaires of protection class I and II The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus.
3
(7)
19
69
30
4
3.2
83
15
Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption 0.8 W • 1 DALI bus: max. current on DALI bus = 20 mA (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. • 1 configurable push button input
7
(3) 75
4
1
5 6
Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function (10 EBs synchronously), ON/OFF function, control option (broadcast)
7 8
Light Controller XS
Ref. No. 186220
Max. No. of operating devices
No. of MultiSensors
pcs./lead
pcs./lead
10
4
EnOcean no
Dimensions
Weight
mm (LxWxH)
g
83x30x19
30
9 10 11 12 239
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Extender To extend LiCS Indoor system An extender enables the maximum number of DALIcompliant control gear units within a standard DALI system to be increased. This means the DALI extender is installed and addressed in instead of the ballast. Up to 64 DALI control gear units can be connected to an extender output. All of these control gear units will either respond in the same way to an incoming signal (Ref. No.: 186194) or, given changed characteristics, will transfer values to the addressed DALI control gear units (Ref. No.: 186481). The extender for DALI systems can only be used in combination with a DALI controller. When DALI commands are received, the extender behaves just like a DALI-compliant ballast. Technical notes Configuration interface: via a DALI controller Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 50 °C Max. casing temperature tc: 65 °C Screw terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class II RFI-suppressed Connections • Mains connection: 220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz • Max. power consumption: 6.5 W • For DALI signals in acc. with IEC 62386 • DALI current consumption: 2 mA • 1 DALI bus to 3 terminal pairs: max. current on the DALI bus = 200 mA • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. Functions Connection of up to 64 ballasts to a single DALI address Extender Flex serves to transfer characteristics, which permit light to be staged in a more flexible manner, to the connected DALI addresses. Example: group devices can be dimmed to varying degrees.
Type
Ref. No. Max. No. of secondary
Functions
control gear units per Extender
Weight
LxWxH
pcs./lead
240
Dimensions mm
g
Extender
186194
64
Broadcast Classic
175x42x31.5
150
Extender Flex
186481
64
Broadcast Flexible: a compilation of characteristics can be made available on request 175x42x31,5
150
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
MultiSensors
1
To supplement LiCS Indoor system Daylight and motion sensors increase both energy savings and convenience.
2
VS MultiSensors detect both light levels and motion. In addition, MultiSensors feature a space-saving design and were specifically developed to work with VS Light Controllers. No external power supply is required, as the sensors are supplied via the DALI bus.
Technical notes Configuration interface: via the Light Controller Ambient temperature ta: 0 to 50 °C Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² DALI current consumption: 4 mA
3 Functions Motion detection and monitoring of lighting levels. With built-in LED (red): the light flashes during configuration when the sensor is selected.
4 5
MultiSensor SM-E For surface mounting Dimensions (ØxH): 53 x 48.5 mm Weight: 30 g Ref. No.: 186320
48,5
Ø53
6 7 Ø33
MultiSensor FM-E For ceiling installation With cord grip Dimensions (ØxH): 40 x 43.8 mm Weight: 30 g Ref. No.: 186321
8
Ø40
ca. 58
43,8
27,2
9
(16,5)
10
MultiSensor IL-E For luminaire installation Dimensions (ØxH): 45 x 31.9 mm Weight: 30 g Ref. No.: 186322
31,9 (4,7)
Ø33
Ø45
27,2
11 12 241
Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Industrial Sensors High Bay for Industrial Applications
86 60 Ø 4.5
Ø 11
Ø 11
12.4
34
MovementSensor HB 65 For surface mounting With cord grip Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II Dimensions (LxWxH): 98 x 73.2 x 34 mm Weight: 151 g Ref. No.: 186311
Functions Reliable HF motion detection with indication LED (red) (MovementSensor) Reliable monitoring of light levels with indication LED (red) (BrightnessSensor)
36
VS BrightnessSensors detect light levels in difficult environments that require an IP65 degree of protection. VS Brightness systems do not require an external power supply as the DALI lead can simply be connected through.
Technical notes Configuration interface: via the Light Controller Ambient temperature ta: –5 to 50 °C Push-in terminals with lever opener: 0.5–1.5 mm² DALI current consumption: HB 65: 2 mA / IP65: 4 mA
64
Vossloh-Schwabe MovementSensors are even capable of detecting motion in rooms with high ceilings (up to 8 m in height). Specifically developed for use with VS Light Controllers, these MovementSensors have been optimised for unprotected installation (HB 65) and to deal with obstructions in the detection field.
The fact that the sensors are connected via the DALI bus now makes it possible – and for the very first time – to manage an entire warehouse with just one Light Controller and to define individually adjustable or uniform lighting levels.
73.2
To supplement LiCS Indoor system Using DALI MovementSensors increases both energy savings and application flexibility.
40 98
BrightnessSensor IP65 For surface mounting With cord grip Degree of protection: IP65 Protection class II Dimensions (LxWxH): 98 x 73 x 34 mm Weight: 140 g Ref. No.: 186370
242
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
General safety information
1
• LiCS products may only be installed and commissioned by authorised and fully qualified staff. • These instructions must be carefully read before installing and commissioning the system, as this is the only way to ensure safe and correct handling. • Before any work is carried out on the equipment, it must be disconnected from the mains. • All valid safety and accident-prevention regulations must be observed. • The products should never be inexpertly opened as this poses lethal danger due to electrical shock. Repairs may only be undertaken by the manufacturer. • On no account may the DALI control lead be used to carry mains voltage or any other external voltage as this can destroy individual system components.
2 3
Light Controller IP/DALI Installation
Removal
4
• In a distribution board on a 35-mm mounting rail in acc. with DIN 43880; required installation space: 10 hp (horizontal pitches) (180 mm) • Hook the light controller over the upper edge of the rail using the two mounting notches. Then carefully press the controller onto the lower part of the rail until the mounting spring on the controller snaps into place over the rail. If required, use a screwdriver to help you with the spring.
5
To remove the controller from the mounting rail, use a screwdriver to loosen the spring and ease the controller over the rail flange from the bottom.
Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.5–2.5 mm² for rigid or flexible conductors • Cable preparation (see right) • To protect the equipment, a 10 A or 16 A, Type B automatic circuit breaker must be fitted. • Push button inputs 1–8: cables must be rated for mains voltage; max. cable length = 100 m. • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI lead must be rated for mains voltage. • A max. of 64 DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to 36 MultiSensors or DALI push-button interfaces, which in total must not exceed 200 mA. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using 5 x1.5 mm². • Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI lead during installation:
6.2 Ω max.
2.5 mm²
1.5 mm²
1 mm²
0.75 mm²
0.5 mm²
300 m
300 m
180 m
130 m
80 m
• The relay contact is a potential-free closing contact. The current load of the relay contact must not exceed an Ohmic load of Imax. = 3 A. When using the standby contact, an additional external power relay should be used. • Connection to the LightBox (e.g.) is effected via RJ45 (Ethernet TCP/IP) 10/100 Mbit/s. • The two RJ45 ports can be used as a (daisy chain) switch. • It is not recommended to connect atypical network components of a light management system (e.g. printers) directly to the Light Controller.
6 0.5–2.5 mm²
5–6 mm
7 8 9 10 11 12 243
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Additional information • To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency. This antenna is not included in the scope of delivery. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller. • The outputs of different controllers must not be connected with each other. • To ensure safe operation of the controller, the maximum ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • Integration of VS Extenders limits the whole system to its basic funcitions for control. Please observe the notes in the appendix of the controller operation manuals.
Circuit diagram of Light Controller IP/DALI
Industrial Sensor
DALI 4CH Button
Network
DALI Line 2
* Functionality limitations of the system des Systems possible; please observe the notes in the controller operation manuals.
DALI Line 1
Technical details Light Controller PI/DALI Light Controller
IP/DALI
IP/DALI W
IP/DALI 2 CH
IP/DALI W 2 CH
Ref. No.
186339
186340
186484
186485
Supply voltage
220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz
Power consumption
12 W
Ambient temperature ta
5 to 50 °C
5 to 45 °C
max. 200 mA current drain
2 x max. 200 mA current drain
max. 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)
max. 2 x 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)
max. 36 pcs.
max. 2 x 36 pcs.
DALI output (da+–) No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors) No. of MultiSensors or DALI push-button interfaces RF input
—
Antenna for a reception range of 868 MHz
—
Antenna for a reception range of 868 MHz
Wireless modules
—
All radio buttons with PT radio sensors by EnOcean with 868 MHz
—
All radio buttons with PT radio sensors by EnOcean with 868 MHz
No. of wireless modules
—
max. 16 pcs. with up to 4 buttons
—
max. 16 pcs. with up to 4 buttons
Relais (Output a1, a2)
250 V, max. 3 A ohmic load
Push inputs 1–8
220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz
Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements
244
IP20 I 340 g EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Installation
Removal
1
• In a distribution board on a 35-mm mounting rail in acc. with DIN 43880; required installation space: 7 hp (horizontal pitches) (126 mm) • The controller must be installed so the display screen is in the upper left corner. • Hook the light controller over the upper edge of the rail using the two mounting notches. Then carefully press the controller onto the lower part of the rail until the mounting spring on the controller snaps into place over the rail. If required, use a screwdriver to help you with the spring.
2
To remove the controller from the mounting rail, use a screwdriver to loosen the spring and ease the controller over the rail flange from the bottom.
Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for rigid or flexible conductors • Cable preparation (see right) • To protect the equipment, a 10 A or 16 A, Type B automatic circuit breaker must be fitted. • Push button inputs 1–6: cables must be rated for mains voltage; max. cable length = 100 m. • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. • A max. of 64 DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to 36 MultiSensors, which in total must not exceed 200 mA. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using 5 x1.5 mm². • Three electrically connected DALI outputs make it easier to connect DALI control gear. Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:
6.2 Ω max.
1.5 mm²
1 mm²
0.75 mm²
0.5 mm²
300 m
180 m
130 m
80 m
• The relay contact is a potential-free closing contact. The current load of the relay contact must not exceed an Ohmic load of Imax. = 3 A. When using the standby contact, an additional external power relay should be used. • Although models of the Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW feature an antenna-connection jack (located top right on the front), only the jack on the LW/LSW model is functional. This is where the antenna is connected to enable wireless operation (EnOcean) of the Light Controller LW/LSW.
Additional information • To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency. This antenna is not included in the scope of delivery. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller. • The outputs of different controllers must not be connected with each other. • To ensure safe operation of the controller, the maximum ambient temperature must not be exceeded.
3 0.5–1.5 mm²
8.5–9.5
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 245
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Circuit diagram of Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW
Technical details Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Light Controller Ref. No.
L
LS
LW
LSW
186189
186276
186190
186323
Supply voltage
220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz
Power consumption
9W
Ambient temperature ta
5 to 50 °C
DALI output (da+–)
max. 200 mA current drain
No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors)
max. 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)
No. of MultiSensors —
Wireless modules
—
All radio buttons with PTM radio sensors by EnOcean with 868 MHz
No. of wireless modules
—
max. 16 pcs. with up to 4 buttons
Antenna for a reception range of 868 MHz
Relais (Output a1, a2)
250 V, max. 3 A ohmic load
Push inputs 1–6
220–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz
Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements
246
max. 36 pcs.
RF input
IP20 I 250 g EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Light Controller S Installation
1
• Independent installation, e.g. in false ceilings • Easy and time-saving installation thanks to end caps that snap into place without needing tools. • Clearance: min. 0.1 m to walls, ceilings, insulation and other electronic devices; min. 0.25 m to sources of heat (e.g. lamps) • Surface: solid, must not let the controller sink into insulation material • Fastening: using 4-mm screws
Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.75–2.5 mm² • Cable preparation (see right) • Screw terminals: max. tightening torque = 0.4 Nm • A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. • A max. of 64 DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to 36 MultiSensors, which in total must not exceed 200 mA. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:
6.2 Ω max.
1.5 mm²
1 mm²
0.75 mm²
0.5 mm²
300 m
180 m
130 m
80 m
2 3 7–10
max.20
5
• Push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains power; maximum 100 m.
6
Light Controller XS Installation
• Any installation location • Suitable for installation only in dry rooms or in luminaires, cases, casings or similar. If destined for use in outdoor applications or spaces subject to higher degrees of moisture, the Light Controller XS must be installed in a casing with a suitable degree of protection. • Fastening with 3 mm or 4 mm screw • Take care to ensure a solid, flat surface.
7 8
Application/Function • Suitable only for installation in a luminaire; unsuitable for independent operation. • For constant light control or motion detection, or a combination of both. • In addition, a target value for constant light control can be set via manual dimming. Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section for all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² • Cable preparation (see right) • A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. • Operation without sensors: A max. of 10 DALI operating devices can be connected; no MultiSensors are allowed. • Operation with sensors: If one VS MultiSensor is connected a max of 8 DALI ballasts can be connected in addition. • Push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains power; maximum 15 m. • Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: The DALI lead does not exceed a maximum length of 95 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm² • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable, e.g. using 5 x1.5 mm².
4
7–10
9
max.20
10 11 12 247
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Additional information • The outputs of different Light Controllers S/XS must not be connected with each other. • All control gear that is connected to the output of the DALI Extender is synchronously operated in "broadcast" mode; the output side is not addressed. • To ensure safe operation of the Light Controller S/XS, the maximum casing temperature at the measuring point (tc) must not be exceeded. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller.
Circuit diagram of Light Controller S
Circuit diagram of Light Controller XS L3 L2 L1 N PE 230V
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
da da 230V
da da 230V
da da
Electronic DALI Ballast
Electronic DALI Ballast
Electronic DALI Ballast
VS Multisensor
da da PE N L1 L2
248
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Technical details Light Controller S Light Controller Ref. No.
S
XS
186210
186220
Supply voltage
1
220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz
Power consumption
6.5 W
0.8 W
Ambient temperature ta DALI output (da+–) No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors) No. of MultiSensors
0 to 50 °C max. 200 mA current drain
max. 20 mA current drain
max. 64 pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender)
max. 10 pcs. per Controller (without sensors)
max. 36 pcs.
max. 4 pcs.
RF input
—
Wireless modules
—
No. of wireless modules
—
Relais (Output a1, a2)
2 3
—
Push inputs
220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz
Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements
IP20 II
I and II
150 g
30 g
4
EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11
5 Extender Installation
• Independent installation, e.g. in false ceilings • Easy and time-saving installation due to end caps that snap into place without needing tools • Clearance: min. 0.1 m to walls, ceilings, insulation and to other electronic devices; min. 0.25 m to sources of heat (e.g. lamps) • Surface: solid, must not permit the extender to sink into insulation material • Fastening: using 4-mm screws
Installation instructions • Cross-section of primary/secondary conductor: 0.75–2.5 mm² • Cable preparation (see right) • Screw terminals: max. tightening torque = 0.4 Nm • Length of the secondary bus cable: max. 300 m • A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable (max. 100 m). • Mains power cables and DALI cables should not be laid directly parallel to lamp cables (min. clearance = 0.25 m). • A maximum of 64 DALI operating devices in total can be connected. Additional information • The extender can only be operated if connected to a DALI control unit. Please refer to the respective operating instructions for information on the control unit. • The DALI extender is integrated into the DALI system using the "random address" assignment method. • Three electrically connected DALI outputs make it easier to connect DALI ballasts. A maximum of 64 DALI operating devices in total can be connected. • The outputs of several extenders must not be connected with each other. • All control gear that is connected to the output of the DALI Extender is synchronously operated in "broadcast" mode; the output side is not addressed. • To ensure safe operation of the Extender, the maximum casing temperature at the measuring point (tc) must not be exceeded.
6 7 7–10
8
max.20
9 10 11 12 249
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Circuit diagram of the Extender
. . .
Technical details Extender Extender Ref. No.
186194/186481
Supply voltage
220–240 V AC/DC, 0/50–60 Hz
Power consumption
6.5 W
Control input
DALI in. acc. with IEC 62386-102/-201
DALI output
max. 64 pcs. DALI operating devices or max. 200 mA (expandable with the Extender)
Ambient temperature ta
0 to 50 °C
Casing temperature tc
max. 65 °C
Degree of protection
IP20
Protection class
II
Weight
150 g
CE requirements
EMC in acc. with EN 61547, RFI in acc. with EN 55015, Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11
MultiSensors Installation
SM-E (Surface Mounted) Prepare the cable accordingly and thread it through the back plate of the sensor at the side or from behind. Attach the back plate in the selected position using the two screws provided, then connect the cable to the sensor. Use two fingers to lightly press the springs of the sensor cover together and allow to lock into place along the guide rails inside the sensor's bottom face (see Fig. 1). FM-E (Flush Mounted), with or without cord grip Prepare the cable, connect to the sensor and attach cord grip if appropriate. Use two fingers to lightly press the sensor together and allow to lock into place in the pre-drilled hole (35 mm) in the selected position (see Fig. 2).
Fig. 1
Fig. 2 «click»
IL-E (In Luminaire) Heed the dimension of the drilling template when inserting the sensor in the metal plate, which is 0.5–1 mm thick. Allow the sensor to lock into place in the precisely pre-drilled hole in the metal plate. Allow the sensor cover ring to lock into place from the other side in the recesses provided (see Fig. 3). Fig. 3
250
«click»
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Installation instructions • Conductor cross-section of all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors • Preparation of the sensor cables (see right) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:
6.2 Ω max.
1.5 mm²
1 mm²
0.75 mm²
0.5 mm²
300 m
180 m
130 m
80 m
Additional information • VS MultiSensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. • Please refer to the manual at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the sensors. • To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • The sensor must be positioned to ensure its reception range is not obstructed by objects, furniture, etc. • See Fig. 4 for the sensor range. The height specified in Fig. 4 is a reference value. For other and specifically greater heights, it may be necessary to test the sensitivity of the sensors on site as the sensitivity of the motion sensor decreases the higher up it is mounted.
1 0.5–1.5 mm²
2
8.5–9.5
3 4 Fig. 4
5 6
Circuit diagram of Sensors
7 8 9 10
Technical details MultiSensors MultiSensor Ref. No. Control input DALI current consumption
SM-E
FM-E
IL-E
186320
186321
186322
DALI in acc. with IEC 62386 4 mA
Ambient temperature ta
0 to 50 °C
Casing temperature tc
max. 50°C
Degree of protection
IP20
Protection class Weight CE requirements
11
II 30 g Safety in acc. with EN 61347-2-11
12 251
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
MovementSensors HB Installation
MovementSensor HB 65 Prepare the cable accordingly. Open the housing cover and the protective caps for the connections. Thread the connection cables (230 V L, N + DALI control cable) through the protective cap closure and connect with push terminals. Close the protective caps. Before the housing cover is closed, attach the housing with the aid of 4 mm screws in the holes provided. During installation make sure that the sensor component is not touched. Installation position: any See operating manual for the sensor range.
Installation instructions • To protect the device, please use a Type B circuit breaker (10 A or 16 A). • Conductor cross-section of all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors • Preparation of the sensor cables (see on the right) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:
• The sensor must never be placed inside a luminaire. • The sensor must be installed with a clearance of 1 m to the respective luminaire.
8.5–9.5
max. 17.5
Ceiling suspension: Sensing range MovementSensors in meters (sensor leads on the left side) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Additional information • VS HB sensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. • Please refer to the controller manual for exact instructions on how to configure the sensor. • To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • The sensor must be positioned to ensure its reception range is not obstructed by objects, furniture, etc. • Moving objects e.g. fans may be enough to lead to movement detection. • See Fig. 1 to 3 for detection range.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ceiling 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fig. 1
Wall mounting: Sensing range MovementSensor in meters (sensor connections on bottom side) 2
4
6
8
10
12
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Wall
Fig. 2 Distance
4m
6m
8m
10 m
12 m
Fig. 3
252
Sensing Range of MovementSensors Wall Ceiling
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Circuit diagram of MovementSensors HB
1 2 3 4 5
Technical details MovementSensors HB MovementSensor Ref. No. Control input DALI current consumption Ambient temperature ta Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements
HB 65 186311 DALI in acc. with IEC 62386 2 mA –5 to 50 °C
6
IP65 II 151 g Safety in acc. with EN 61347-1 and EN 61347-2-11
7 8 9 10 11 12 253
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
BrightnessSensors IP65 Installation
BrightnessSensors IP65 Prepare the cable accordingly. Open the housing cover and the protective caps for the connections. Thread the connection cables (DALI control cable) through the protective cap closure and connect with push terminals. Close the protective caps. Before the housing cover is closed, attach the housing with the aid of 4 mm screws in the holes provided. During installation make sure that the sensor component is not touched. Installation position: any See operating manual for the sensor range.
Installation instructions • • Conductor cross-section of all terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors • Preparation of the sensor cables (see Fig. 1) • As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. • The power supply and the DALI lead can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 100 m, e.g. using NYM 5 x1.5 mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation:
6.2 Ω max.
1.5 mm²
1 mm²
0.75 mm²
0.5 mm²
300 m
180 m
130 m
80 m
Additional information • VS sensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. • Please refer to the controller manual for exact instructions on how to configure the sensor: www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/home/products/ light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html • To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. • Installation location: the sensor must detect the differences in the artificial light.
254
8.5–9.5
max. 17.5
Fig. 1
Technical Details – Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications
Circuit diagram of BrightnessSensors IP65
1 2 3 4 5
Technical details BrightnessSensors IP65 BrightnessSensor Ref. No. Control input DALI current consumption Ambient temperature ta Degree of protection Protection class Weight CE requirements
IP65 186370 DALI in acc. with IEC 62386 4 mA
6
–5 to 50 °C IP65 II 140 g Safety in acc. with EN 61347-1 and EN 61347-2-11
7 8 9 10 11 12 255
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications
ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ECO-FRIENDLY AND ECONOMICAL LIGHTING Many street lighting facilities are outdated and are therefore highly inefficient. This not only results in higher energy requirements, but also more maintenance work and higher investment costs. All this adds up to street lighting accounting for approx. 30–50% of the entire power consumption recorded by municipal and other types of local authority – which amounts to a huge cost factor for public budgets to cover. The lighting solutions provided by Vossloh-Schwabe ensure that local authorities can save energy, achieve sustainable cost reductions and at the same time make a valuable contribution to reducing CO2 output. Using various lighting situations as examples, energy savings of up to 80% can be achieved. Vossloh-Schwabe's light management systems enable centralised control of individual luminaires with the advantage of a constant online link and the ability to monitor the lighting system. But these intelligent, multifunctional VS controllers provide the same savings potential and high flexibility even without online connectivity.
Typical Applications • General lighting in public spaces • Lighting in the vicinity of buildings • Lighting in tunnels • Lighting for sports' venues • Industrial lighting
256
1 2 3 Flexible Structure
Targeted Use of Light and Optimisation of Maintenance Processes
The complete LiCS Outdoor system is suitable both for new installations as well as for classic retrofits. The particularly flat designs of the controllers enable installation in almost all luminaires, especially luminaires featuring LED technology.
Vossloh-Schwabe's LiCS Outdoor system makes it possible to dim individual luminaires or entire luminaire groups. Depending on the requirements, the degree to which the lighting level is dimmed can be sensorcontrolled or can comply with a preset level; the burn-in periods of discharge lamps can also be taken into consideration. Considerable savings potential can be harnessed by need-driven programming and/or lighting control. Thanks to the system's convenient remote monitoring functions, it is possible to optimise maintenance processes as well as better plan maintenance work and budget for it in more detail.
SMART NIGHT
The system enables control of luminaires operated with magnetic ballasts as well as luminaires with up to four dimmable electronic ballasts with a 1â&#x20AC;&#x201C;10 V or DALI interface.
FLEX NIGHT
4 5 6
MANAGED NIGHT
Control line Motion sensor
Control
Control and monitoring
Hand-held programming unit
Remote or on-site programming
Data concentrator in the distribution board
Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole
Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole
Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole + light sensor (optional)
7 8 9 10 11 12 257
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications
FUNCTIONS OF THE LIGHT CONTROLLERS
Vossloh-Schwabe's LiCS Outdoor System is based on mature system technology that has already proved itself in millions of applications around the world in the most diverse of areas. Overview of functions Independent functions form an integral part of the LiCS Outdoor controller and are common to almost all products. The parameters of these functions can be (re)set at any time by the customer using various tools or via the power line carrier network.
MFF (Maintenance Factor Function) With prolonged service life, light sources suffer a decrease in luminous flux and, as a result, in brightness. But thanks to the maintenance factor function, this can be compensated by the light management system so as to ensure luminous flux remains stable over the lamp's service life and, additionally, save energy. The flux reduction curve can be adjusted to the real luminous flux reduction by 3 support points.
100%
DOO (Dimmed ON/OFF) Lighting can be faded up to the desired brightness level after being switched on and can also be faded down before being switched off; the duration of the fade-in/-out can be set to suit.
100%
t1 d2
50% d1 0%
..................................................... h
Dimming
ISD (Intelligent Switching Time Dimming) During any one night phase, brightness and with that the output of the lighting system can be altered or the luminaire can be switched on/off up to a maximum of 10 times.
50%
0%
Time 100%
DPC (Delayed Switching for Pedestrian Crossing) Delayed switching on and/or earlier switching off of lighting in the vicinity of pedestrian crossings.
50%
0% 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8
100%
50%
0%
Time
BBT (Burn-in Block Time) Adjustable dimming block for conventional light sources (discharge lamps) to prevent the lamp from being dimmed during its burn-in period (function can later be deactivated again).
258
LST (Control input) In addition, using a control input (e.g. with a push button or motions ensor) the system can be switched to a certain lighting level for a freely configurable period of time.
RCR (Ripple Control Receiver) Sound frequency reception module for typical sound frequencies of 100 Hz to 1.7 kHz; TFR protocols on request.
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications
Smart Night
1
Independent, pre-programmed controllers are used for lighting control purposes. These controllers can also be individually reconfigured at a later point in time. In this regard, up to 4 lighting profiles can be transferred to the hand-held control unit and then transferred to each individual controller on site. In this case, data transfer is purely unidirectional. iMCU – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Unit iCTI – intelligent Configuration Tool iCTI-USB – intelligent Configuration Tool with USB interface
260 261 261
2 3
Flex Night New lighting profiles can be transferred to several iMCU-series controllers at the same time. All iMCUs that are installed on the same supply line are then programmed with a new profile, while still allowing individual iMCUs to be excluded from receiving the new profile.
4
This can be achieved on site using a laptop and the iCTT, or using the iCTT connection at the control point of the street lighting or, remotely, using the iMICO, in which case the iMICO controller would be firmly installed at the control point. iCTT – intelligent configuration technician tool iMICO – intelligent MidNight controller iSITE MidNight – system software iMCU – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Unit iCTI – intelligent Configuration Tool iCTI-USB – intelligent Configuration Tool with USB interface
262 263 264 260 261 261
Managed Night Power-line technology enables bidirectional data transfer using the 230 V supply line. As a result, controllers can be grouped together to form a high-performance network using just the cables provided (without needing any additional control lines) in almost any environment. Data can thus be transferred to each controller connected to the network with a very high degree of reliability; if necessary, signal strength is automatically boosted, thus removing any restrictions in terms of distance. iLC – intelligent luminaire controller (built-in) iPC – intelligent pole controller iDC – intelligent data concentrator iCT – intelligent configuration software for iDC iLUX – intelligent lux meter with a power-line carrier interface iPL-NI – powerline network interface iCCU – intelligent, capacitive coupling unit iBRIDGE – wireless bridge iLIC – intelligent luminaire information centre iOPC – intelligent OPC DA Server
6 7 8
265 266 267 267 268 268 269 269 270 270
Accessories iHFS – intelligent high-frequency sensor iSCT – intelligent tablet PC
5
9 10 11
271 272
12 259
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Smart Night
iMCU – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Units For outdoor luminaire control These light controllers were specifically designed for independent operation to enable control of street lighting or lighting close to buildings.
iMCU – IP20
IP67
IP20 version Depending on the given task, the product can replace one or more individual products. The controllers are suitable for use with almost all electronic ballasts and LED drivers with a DALI or a 1–10 Volt interface. They also enable control of conventional magnetic ballasts that are with coil tapping points without needing any other components.
19 30
15
3.2
83
(3) 75
4
1
IP67 version M8
Technical Notes Control output: DALI, 1–10 V or PWM for max. 1 EB, short-circuit-proof Relay contacts: potential-free (input, opener, closing contact) Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP20 or IP67 Upgradeable firmware
(7)
69
Ø 45
The control input LST can be used to connect a control phase, a motion detector, a key switch or a light sensor, but can also be used to receive simple data protocols.
7
600
75
10
Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Street lighting or lighting in the vicinity of buildings
Type
Ref. No.
DPC
MFF
ISD
DOO
BBT
LST
RCR
(s. p. 258)
Voltage AC
Power consumption
Control input LST
Switching current Connection
Weight
V, Hz
mW
V
A (λ = 0.8)
g
< 500
230
4
Push-in terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm²
< 500
230
4
9-core lead, 600 mm
IP20 – Dimensions (LxWxH): 83x30x19 mm iMCU IP20
186232
220–230, 50
30
IP67 – Dimensions (LxØ): 85x45 mm iMCU IP67
260
186338
220–230, 50
250
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Smart Night
iCTI â&#x20AC;&#x201C; intelligent Hand-held Operating Device
1 2
For subsequent controller configuration The iCTI features 4 memory cells for different lighting situations. Standard connection: USB 2 OS: upgradeable firmware The continually updated programming software can be downloaded at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/ home/services/sw-updates.html. Dimensions: 180 x65 x40 mm Weight: 0.2 kg Ref. No.: 186246 For subsequent controller configuration especially for luminaire manufacturing and maintenance Standard connection: USB 2 OS: upgradeable firmware The continually updated programming software can be downloaded at www.vossloh-schwabe.com/en/ home/services/sw-updates.html. Ref. No.: 186392 iCTI-USB
iCTI
iCTI-USB
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 261
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Flex Night
iCTT – intelligent Configuration Technician Tool For subsequent configuration of lighting scenes The push-in terminal delivered along with this portable configuration tool is located on a DIN rail (top-hat section) in the distribution board and is connected to the lighting circuit.
iCTT
ca. 300
ca. 520
114
25.5 36.5
Reconfiguring lighting scenes at a later point in time involves using the push-in terminal and the iCTT's connector to make a connection to a laptop or PC. The MidNight Configurator software is then used to adjust the relevant settings and transfer these new values to the lighting system. Once the configuration process has been completed, the iCTT is disconnected again and the protective cover of the push-in terminal is replaced. Technical Notes Portable use Dimensions (LxWxH): 103 x 35 x 25 mm Connection to the lighting system: Push-in terminal with protection cover: MSTB 2.5/4-ST-5.08 Plug: MSTBVK 2.5/4-G-5.08, lead length: 1 mm Connection to a laptop/PC: RS-232 One DB9 male (Standard EIA), lead length: approx. 0.3 m Operating temperature: –20 to 70 °C Humidity: 5–90% RH at max. 50 °C Degree of protection: IP20
Type
262
Ref. No.
Voltage AC
Power consumption
Control input LST
Switching current
V, Hz
mW
V
A (λ = 0.8)
g
< 500
230
4
250
iCTT
186241
220–230, 50
iCTT Terminal Block
186391
Terminal block for iCTT
Weight
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Flex Night
iMICO – intelligent Multifunctional Controller Units
1 2
For outdoor luminaire control By installing the iMICO in a street-side distribution board and using the MidNight function, it is possible to update the lighting profiles of an iMCU controller or of a dimmable electronic ballast from a central location without needing to install any additional wiring in the street.
iMICO BI – incl. transformer and relay, completely pre-wired
3
This function is typically used in cases that require the lighting profile to be changed several times per year or if it needs to remain possible to deactivate dimmed output periods of a city's lighting system in a targeted manner, e.g. during city festivals or other events.
4 5
iMICO – single controller without transformer and relay 111 70
280
38
10,1
54
6 31
56
230
The web-based iMICO works on the iSITE web platform. To reconfigure a lighting profile, the server sends a text message to the iMICO via the mobile phone network. The iMICO then transfers the new configuration to the connected controllers or MidNight electronic ballasts by switching the mains phase or another free phase on and off. These controllers will even prevent any flickering in luminaires during signal transfer.
34
53
ca. 27
Technical Notes Operating temperature: –20 to 50 °C Storage temperature: –25 to 75 °C Humidity during operation: 5–75% Protection class I 1 relay contact: potential-free (input, opener, closing contact) Material: aluminium AlSi12 (Fe) Drill holes for cables for iMICO-BI: 2 PG metric fittings (25 x1.5 mm) 2 PG metric fittings (32 x1.5 mm) 1 PG metric fittings (20 x1.5 mm) 1 fixing hole for antenna connection
7 8
35
32
75
9
Ø3,2
31,4
64
Ø3 ,2
Interfaces Transmission: mobile phone network, requires quad band SIM card Protocols: SMS, GPRS Internal modem: Telit 862 Internal and external antenna: MMCX Type
Ref. No.
10
83 100
Voltage AC
Max. switching output Overvoltag protection Degree of protection
Dimensions
Weight
V, Hz
A/V
kV
LxWxH (mm)
g 4400
iMICO-BI
186250
220–230, 50
16/250
4
IP65
280x230x112
iMICO
186240
220–230, 50
—
2
IP20
90x65x50
11
450
12 263
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Flex Night
iSITE MidNight – intelligent Configuration Software For programming lighting situations using iMICO iSITE can be accessed using any PC with an internet browser (preferably Google Chrome) and was developed to configure the iMICO controller. This convenient and quick method enables all lumi-n aires to be reprogrammed with new lighting profiles. The server-based supports Windows Server operating systems. The following actions can be controlled using the software: • Creating various timer programs • Group allocation of various iMICOs • Assignment of groups and timer programs • Graphic representation (maps) showing the positions of luminaires and iMICOs • Sending text messages to groups or to individual iMICOs to transfer settings • Generating notifications (text messages) to confirm that settings were successfully transmitted Ref. No.: 186244
264
System requirements • Memory RAM: 4GB Memory HD: 2TB • CPU: min. Dual Core,depending on the scope of the project • Operating system: Windows server • Data security: min. RAID 1 recommended RAID 5
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Managed Night
iLC – intelligent Luminaire Controller (built-in)
Control input LST can be used for a control phase, a motion detector, a key switch, a light sensor or, if operated independently, to receive simple protocols.
iLC
Ref. No. 186233
29 4
Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free.
4
93 83,5
(96
Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Lighting for tunnels
)
5 6 7
Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 93 x 58 x 30 mm Control output: DALI or 1–10 V for max. 4 EBs, short-circuit-proof Bistable relay output: closing contact Low-voltage control input: 1 x 5 V DC for sensors with "open collector" output or potential-free relay Connection terminals: 0.5–1.5 mm² Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP20
Type
3
74 4,2
58
Once installed in a light management system, the controller delivers various performance data and status reports, for example voltage, current, power factor, energy consumption, lighting hours and temperature. Limits must be defined for each measured value, which are then monitored in the controller with a report being transmitted to the master system if limits are exceeded. As a result, the controller itself already intelligently monitors the luminaire. The calibrated performance data are available within a tolerance of 1 %
iLC – intelligent Luminaire Controller (built-in)
48,5
iLC can be used as independent control unit in a light management system. The controller is integrated into a LON power-line light management system that requires a network connection to a central module (iDC)
2
4,2
Vossloh-Schwabe's light control units of the "Managed Night" series work with power-line communication using the C/B CENELEC band. Communication occurs in accordance with standardised directives EN 14908-1, EN 14908-3 and the Lonmark® OLC profile (outdoor luminaire controller profile).
1
8 9 DPC
MFF
ISD
DOO
BBT
LST
RCR
(s. p. 258)
Voltage AC
Power consumption
Control input LST
Switching output
Switching current
Weight
V, 50 Hz
W
V
V
A (λ = 0.8)
g
110–250
< 1.0
230
230
4
100
10 11 12 265
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Managed Night
iPC – intelligent Pole Controller This light controller was developed for installation in a luminaire pole and features the same functions (and in full scope) as the iLC Controller on page 265. Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 250 x 60 x 55 mm Control output: DALI or 1–10 V for max. 4 EBs, short-circuit-proof Bistable relay output: closing contact Control output ECO ballast: 10 mA for power reduction relays Connection cable: 1 m (special configurations are available on request) Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP67, Protection class I
iPC – intelligent Pole Controller
Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings
Type
Suitable for
186234
iPC
MFF
ISD
DOO
BBT
LST
RCR
(s. p. 258)
Voltage AC Power consumption Control input LST
Switching output* Switching current Weight
V, 50 Hz
W
V
V
A (λ = 0.8)
g
110–230
< 1.0
230
230
4
360
iPC-Lux
iLUX light sensors
186235
110–230
< 1.0
230
230
4
360
iPC-RC
ripple-control sound frequency**
186236
110–230
< 1.0
230
230
4
360
186357
110–230
< 1.0
230
230
4
360
iPC-HFS iHFS high frequency sensor *
Optionally available with a second switching output on request
** Protocols on request
266
Ref. No.
DPC
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Managed Night
iDC – intelligent Data Concentrator
1
The iDC forms the master of the "Managed Night" light managment system and functions as the central connection interface to the software of the master system. The iDC can be programmed and also features application programs that are perfect for controlling lighting systems.
2 iDC – intelligent Data Concentrator The iDC also provides a very well documented, web-based XML/SOAP interface or an optionally available OPC driver (open process control) to the SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) system. This makes it possible to integrate the iDC also into any BA (Building Automation) or control system.
The following functions are an integral part of the product: timer programs, monitoring of limit values plus alarm function and alarm transmission, data conversion, data logging and email client. Fitted with various interfaces such as S0 for counter registration, the M bus for remote counter reading or the MOD bus for extended sensor and actuating functions, the iDC can adapt to suit almost any control task.
The iLIC software was specifically developed to enable control of the iDC. Various extension options are available to suit common communication requirements: GPRS...G3, IP (CAT5), Fibre optic (FO) Single Mode, Fibre optic (FO) Multi Mode, and optionally also WLAN on request.
Type
Ref. No.
3 4 5 6 7
111 70 38
10,1
54
280
8
31
56
230
53
ca. 27
34
Technical Notes Dimensions (BxHxT): 280 x 230 x112 mm Material: aluminium AlSi12 (Fe) Drill holes for cables: 2 PG metric fittings (25 x1.5 mm) 2 PG metric fittings (32 x1.5 mm) 1 PG metric fittings (20 x1.5 mm) 1 fixing hole for antenna connection Interfaces for power-line carriers Inputs: 2 digital inputs 30 V DC Optionally extendable using a cut-off relay for 230 V AC: 2 impulse-counter inputs typ. of S0 Outputs: 2 relay outputs 230 V AC; 10 A Ethernet Port 10/100BaseT, auto-selecting, RS232 Interface for GSM/GPRS modem, for up to 200 controllers LON power line carrier communication: Protocols: in acc. with ANSI CEA 709.1 / EN 14908-1 on the supply voltage (tri/single phase) Transmission: in acc. with ANSI CEA 709.3 / EN 14908-3 IP communication: XML / SOAP, http, FTP, UDP FME antenna connection: Male Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 60 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP65, Protection class I
iCT – intelligent Configuration Software • Specifically developed for commissioning an iDC • Convenient and quick installation of all controllers in a network segment • Quick commissioning thanks to clear identification of every controller with a barcode (scanner optional) • The controller is configured in accordance with OLC-Lonmark® conventions
9
35 75
Voltage AC
Average power consumption
Transmission mode
Weight
V, Hz
W
VA
g
iDC-GPRS.3G
186230
230±10%, 50±1%
7
12
4400
iDC-IP
186237
230±10%, 50±1%
6.5
12
4400
iDC-FO-MM
186238
230±10%, 50±1%
7
12
4400
iDC-FO-SM
186239
230±10%, 50±1%
7
12
4400
iCT
186242
iDC commissioning software; the software can only be delivered along with the iDC and must be ordered separately.
iLIC
186243
Software for visualizing; Operating system: independent (Linux derivate and Microsoft)
iOPC
186...
Software for integration into the BA (Building Automation) (see page 270)
10 11 12 267
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories
iLUX – intelligent Lux Meter with Power Line Interface The high-quality light sensor directly measures and delivers digital light metrics in lux to a light management system for the purpose of lighting control. iLUX – Light sensor Lighting systems operated with or without a light management system can be switched on or off at a specific lux value via internal relays. The measured lux values can then be transmitted to the lighting system via the power line. Depending on the respective lighting level required in each case, it is therefore possible to independently control luminaires in different areas, e.g. at major and minor roads, pedestrian crossings and in parks.
59,5
76
25
160
Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 165 x165 x104 mm Sensor casing: aluminium with a PC cover, sensor unit protected by opal glass Connection cable to the controller: 10 m (special configurations available on request) Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 80 °C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP65 Weight of mounting bracket: 300 g Casing and connection details of the iPC controller (intended for installation in luminaire poles), see page 208
75,3
The compact sensor can be fixed to the luminaire pole or a wall using the enclosed mounting bracket.
135
Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings
Type
Ref. No.
Note
Weight
iLUX
186231
Use only in combination with iPC-LUX (Ref. No.: 186235)
1000
g
iPL-NI Powerline Network Interface For subsequent iLUX configuration without network operation Data communication: notebook / PC and iLUX using a 230 V AC power supply cable Operating system: XP and higher For parameter configuration and firmware updates Ref. No.: 186265
iPL-NI – Powerline Network Interface
268
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories
iCCU – intelligent, Capacitive Coupling Unit Intelligent, capacitive coupling unit for powerline communication. Powerline signals are transferred using the B/C frequency range in acc. with Cenelec specifications. The unit is suitable for direct installation without requiring configuration and is transparent for data transfer purposes. The unit draws no power when operated in standby mode. No software-based configuration required Connection with an NH fuse possible on request
1 2 iCCU – Capacitive Coupling Unit Typical applications Lighting for public spaces, street lighting Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Company premises, warehouses, sports facilities
3 4
Technical notes Casing: PC Dimensions (LxWxH): 180 x 94 x 60 mm Mains voltage: 230 V AC ±10%, 50 Hz Power consumption: 0.0 W Leads: High-voltage silicone cable, stranded conductors 1 mm², length: 80 mm Storage temperature: –25 to 85 °C Operating temperature: –25 to 65 °C Degree of protection: IP65, Protection class I Weight: 770 g Resistance against surge voltage: 3 kV Ref. No.: 186345
5 6 7
iBRIDGE – intelligent Wireless Bridge
8
For wireless signal transfer
9
iBRIDGE enables wireless transfer of control signals of the power-line network to adjacent lighting circuits without requiring a cable connection. iBRIDGE This makes it possible to jointly control several smaller, independent circuits within a larger lighting network and serves to reduce the number of required iDCs (data concentrators) since a larger number of controllers can be configured using a single iDC. Sections of the lighting cable that are not suitable for power-line communication due to severe local interference can also be bridged using iBRIDGE. Just like a controller, iBRIDGE is commissioned using the light management system and does not require any special software installation.
Technical Notes Dimensions (ØxH): 105 x120 mm Mains voltage:120–277 V AC ±10% Mains frequency: 50–60 Hz Wireless frequency: 2.4 GHz Power line communication frequency: Dual 115 kb/s and 132 kb/s Wireless output: 10 mW Operating temperature: –40 to 85 °C Humidity during the operation: non-condensing Connection: in acc. with NEMA Socket Standard BS5972 Degree of protection: IP66 Weight: 190 g Ref. No.: 186275
10 11 12 269
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories
iLIC – intelligent Luminaire Information Centre For outdoor luminaire control The luminaire information centre is the central control instrument of a light management system. All connected luminaires can be controlled, monitored and displayed using a web-based server application. The server-based software supports both Windows and Linux operating systems. Firefox or Internet Explorer are the frontend applications to operate, control or display the light management system. The following actions can be controlled via the software: • Switching individual luminaires on or off ahead of defined luminaire groups • Defining the most diverse timer settings • Evaluation and display of the lighting system status depending on various types of error message • Evaluation of energy consumption at individual luminaire and luminaire-group level • Graphic display of all acquired data over time (voltage, current, power, temperature, power factor, lighting hours, ...) Ref. No.: 186243
Based on the software design, the lighting system displays information as a tree-like structure showing city, suburb, street, luminaire or can be broken down according to other criteria. The multi-client software also makes it possible to restrict rights and functions for different people or groups of people depending on their level of authorisation. As the software is a wholly web-based application, system maintenance can be carried out via the web (global) or can be restricted to just the company using its LAN network, all depending on the system structure. Numerous users can access the system at the same time. Optional interfaces are also available to connect to other asset management systems.
System requirements • Server: state-of-the-art • Memory RAM: 4GB Memory HD: 2TB • CPU: min. Dual Core, depending on the scope of the project • Operating system: XP, Windows 7, Linux, Distribution, VM operation is possible • Data security: min. RAID 1 recommended RAID 5
iOPC – intelligent OPC DA Server iOPC DA Sever for connecting iDCs to typical control technology systems
SCADA Software SCADA
OPC Client www.opcfoundation.org
iLIC
iOPC Server
The iOPC Server is used to integrate iDCs into standardised SCADA/control technology systems. The software runs on Microsoft® operating systems and provides a standard interface for integrating data points. OPC DA specification: DA 2.05 Type: iOPC 1.001 Tool Ref. No.: 186358 for max. 3 iDC Ref. No.: 186359 for max. 10 iDC Ref. No.: 186385 for max. 20 iDC
OPC Server
OPC Server
Microsoft
Option A
www
Electronic ballast or LED driver
Option B Electronic ballast or LED driver
iLC
iPC
iDC
iLUX iPC
270
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories
iHFS – intelligent High-Frequency Sensor
1 2
Motion sensor for street lighting The iHFS enables energy-efficient and need-driven control of street lighting and lighting in the vicinity of buildings using intelligent high-frequency-based object detection. The sensor system functions reliably at all times irrespective of light and weather conditions. The iHFS is available as a modular and an integrated system. With the modular version, up to 3 sensor modules can be attached to the luminaire pole, which enables simultaneous detection of objects from different directions. The detection field can be individually defined via the sensor's mounting angle.
iHFS
3
Installation The sensors are attached to the luminaire pole using stainless steel tension bands (included in the scope of delivery). The direction of a sensor's detection field can be individually adjusted via the swivel-head holder.
4 5
With the integrated version, one sensor is typically mounted per luminaire. The sensor is installed directly in the luminaire. Technical Notes For Light Controller iPC-HFS (s. p. 266) Dimensions (LxWxH): 83 x 75 x 67 mm plus holder Operating temperature: –20 to 70 °C HF technology: 5.8 GHz Cable length: 10 m
Type
Note
6 7 Ref. No.
Power consumption
Reach
Opening angle
up to 22 m
120°
W iHFS-120 1
Sensor
186253
0.7–1.5 (1–3 sensors)
Sensor for built-in into luminaires on request.
Detection area
45°
8 9 10
90°
60°
11 10 m
15 m
22 m
12 271
Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications – Accessories
iSCT – intelligent Software Configurations Tool The Managed Night power-line system as well as the two Smart and Flex Night systems can be controlled using the extremely robust tablet PC made by Panasonic and the associated software. Panasonic toughpad FZ-G1 for software configuration • Full-ruggedized Windows 8 Tablet • Intel® Core™ i5-3437U vPro processor • Windows 8 Pro, Intel HD 4000 Graphic • Daylight-readable 10,1" WUXGA outdoor display with IPSa technology (1920 x 1200) with up to 800 cd/m² • Capacitive 10-point multi-touch screen and digitizer • Standard connections: USB 3.0, HDMI and headphones • Pre-configurable port (serial, LAN, microSD or USB 2.0) • Up to 8 hours of battery life; battery can be changed by user • Protected against water and dust • Will survive being dropped from a height of up to 120 cm without suffering damage (as tested by Panasonic) • With preinstalled and configured light management software Dimensions: 270 x188 x9 mm, Weight: approx. 1.1 kg Ref. No.: 186251
272
iSCT Further details can be found under: http://business.panasonic.co.uk/computer-product/toughpad/fz-g11
Reference Numbers
Page
Ref. No.
142150
189
186220
Page
Ref. No.
Page
186327
179
186428
239
142170
188
186221
153
182
186328
157
186429
142185
187
186222
150
153
186329
157
186430
142736
184
167
186226
148
186330
157
186431
142737
166
185
186227
143
186331
157
186432
208
147230
184
186229
149
186338
260
186433
208
147233
184
186230
267
186339
234
186434
208
147234
185
186231
268
186340
234
186443
146
149800
191
186232
260
186341
166
186444
146
149820
186
186233
265
186342
165
186445
141
149992
190
186234
266
186345
269
186446
141
149993
190
186235
266
186348
165
186447
163
186103
206
186236
266
186349
166
186448
163
186104
206
186237
267
186350
166
186449
163
186105
207
186238
267
186351
167
186450
163
186112
211
186239
267
186353
166
186451
163
186113
211
186240
263
186354
147
186452
181
186114
212
186241
262
186355
144
186453
181
186129
205
186242
267
186356
142
186454
181
186131
206
186243
267, 270
186357
266
186455
181
186132
206
186244
264
186358
270
186456
181
186133
207
186246
261
186359
270
186457
210
186136
200
186250
263
186363
159
186458
164
186138
200
186251
272
186364
159
186460
143
186140
202
186253
271
186365
159
186463
158
186141
204
186265
268
186367
168
186464
158
186142
201
186266
156
186370
242
186465
151
186144
201
186267
156
186384
143
186476
235
186153
200
186268
156
186385
270
186477
181
186154
200
186269
156
186386
157
186478
181
186155
201
186275
269
186387
157
186479
162
186172
202
186276
236
186391
262
186481
240
186175
176
186278
155
186392
261
186484
234
186177
153
186279
154
186393
160
186485
234
186180
161
186280
152
186394
160
186486
145
186181
201
186297
180
186395
160
186487
145
186189
236
186298
180
186397
173
186488
145
186190
236
186299
177
186398
173
186489
174
186194
240
186300
177
186399
175
186490
171
186195
153
186301
180
186400
169
186491
145
186196
153
186302
180
186401
169
186492
145
186197
153
186303
177
186402
169
186495
215
186202
172
186304
177
186406
147
186496
215
186203
172
186305
148
186407
144
186497
215
186204
209
186306
155
186409
147
186498
214
186208
178
186308
152
186410
144
186499
214
186210
238
186311
242
186413
210
186500
214
186211
237
186315
148
186414
150
186503
151
186212
237
186316
170
186415
163
186509
173
186213
237
186320
241
186416
163
186510
181
186216
211
186321
241
186424
161
186512
235
186217
211
186322
241
186425
161
186513
235
186218
206
186323
236
186426
161
188823
215
186219
206
186326
179
186427
161
188824
214
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
273
Reference Numbers
274
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
188827
215
546736
85
548424
131
548895
131
188828
214
546741
85
548429
131
548896
131
529157
90
546748
85
548432
131
548897
131
533815
90
546749
85
548435
131
548898
131
535900
203
546750
85
548438
131
548899
131
536248
90
546755
85
548518
195
548900
131
536843
201
546756
85
548519
195
548901
131
536977
90
546757
85
548520
195
548902
131
539475
203
547510
88
548521
195
548903
131
539476
203
547511
88
548522
195
548904
131
539624
90
547587
88
548523
195
548905
131
539625
90
547588
88
548524
195
548906
131
539626
90
547589
88
548525
195
548907
131
542267
203
547590
88
548526
195
548908
131
543187
203
547591
88
548739
89
548909
131
543314
199
547592
88
548769
134
548912
130
543315
199
547716
86
548771
134
548913
130
543316
199
547717
86
548772
134
548914
130
543317
199
547718
86
548775
134
548915
130
543318
199
547719
86
548777
134
548916
130
543319
199
547726
127
548778
134
548917
130
543320
199
547788
127
548781
89
548918
130
543321
199
547789
127
548782
134
548919
130
543322
199
547790
127
548784
134
548920
130
543422
87
547791
127
548785
134
548921
130
543423
87
547792
127
548788
134
548922
130
543424
87
547793
127
548790
134
548923
130
543425
87
547794
127
548791
134
548924
130
543426
204
547795
127
548794
134
548925
130
543427
204
547796
127
548796
134
548926
130
543428
204
547797
127
548797
134
548927
130
543429
204
547798
127
548800
134
548928
130
544036
87
547799
127
548802
134
548931
130
544038
87
547800
127
548803
134
548932
130
544804
89
547801
127
548806
134
548935
130
544805
89
547802
127
548808
134
548936
130
545029
137
547837
127
548809
134
548939
130
545315
137
547838
131
548812
134
548940
130
545316
137
547940
127
548814
134
548943
130
546370
89
548030
84
548815
134
548944
134
546388
137
548031
84
548863
127
548947
134
546671
83
548032
84
548864
127
548948
134
546673
83
548088
85
548868
86
548951
134
546676
83
548089
85
548869
86
548952
134
546680
83
548090
85
548870
86
548955
134
546684
83
548179
13
548871
86
548956
134
546685
83
548252
91
548886
131
548959
134
546686
83
548363
131
548887
131
548960
135
546687
83
548366
131
548888
131
548961
135
546688
83
548369
131
548889
131
548962
135
546727
85
548372
131
548891
131
548963
135
546729
85
548375
131
548892
131
548964
135
546733
85
548378
131
548893
131
548965
135
546735
85
548418
131
548894
131
548966
135
Reference Numbers
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
548967
135
550899
108
549107
220
550900
108
549108
220
550901
549109
220
550902
549110
220
549111
Page
551994
95
553426
132
552015
101
553427
95 96
108
552016
101
553428
132
108
552017
101
553429
132
550903
108
552018
101
553430
132
220
550904
108
552019
101
553431
132
549112
220
550905
108
552020
101
553432
132
549113
220
550906
108
552021
101
553433
132
549114
220
550907
108
552022
101
553434
132
549131
220
550908
108
552039
95, 96, 99, 101
553435
132
549133
220
550909
108
552082
129
553441
132
549134
220
550912
24
552083
129
553442
132
549136
220
550913
24
552084
129
553443
132
549138
220
550914
24
552085
129
553444
132
549140
220
550915
24
552086
129
553445
132
549141
220
550952
13
552087
129
553446
132
549142
220
550958
101
552088
129
553612
55
549585
24
550959
101
552089
129
553679
114
549586
24
550967
86
552090
129
553680
114
549914
127
550968
86
552091
129
553681
114
549915
127
550969
86
552092
198
553682
114
549916
127
550970
86
552093
198
553683
114
549917
127
550971
86
552094
198
553684
114
549992
13
550972
86
552095
198
553795
99
549993
13
550973
86
552096
111
553820
99
549994
24
550974
86
552167
61
553821
99
549995
24
551039
13
552168
61
553822
99
550224
91
551129
13
552169
61
553823
99
550382
101
551131
13
552398
135
553824
99
550438
95
551132
13
552399
135
553825
99
550439
95
551265
101
552400
135
553826
99
550440
95
551448
101
552401
135
553827
99
550441
95
551588
29
552406
135
553828
99
550532
196
551589
29
552407
135
553829
99
550533
196
551590
29
552408
135
553830
99
550534
196
551591
29
552409
135
553831
99
550535
196
551700
196
552463
91
553907
66
550880
106
551747
132
552787
91
553908
66
550882
106
551748
132
552788
91
553911
70
550884
106
551749
132
553067
68
553912
70
550885
106
551750
132
553068
51
553914
49
550886
106
551757
132
553069
55
553915
49
550887
106
551758
132
553212
217
553917
53
550888
106
551983
95
553213
217
553918
53
550889
106
551984
95
553214
217
553920
74
550890
107
551985
95
553215
217
553921
74
550891
107
551986
95
553218
222
553926
66
550892
107
551987
95
553219
222
553927
66
550893
107
551988
95
553220
222
553929
70
550894
107
551989
95
553221
222
553930
70
550895
107
551990
95
553422
101
553932
49
550896
107
551991
95
553423
132
553933
49
550897
107
551992
95
553424
132
553935
53
550898
108
551993
95
553425
132
553936
53
275
Reference Numbers
276
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
553938
74
554789
68
554943
99
555345
115
553939
74
554790
68
554944
99
555346
115
553981
99
554792
72
554945
99
555347
115
554022
66
554793
72
554946
99
555348
115
554044
29
554794
76
554947
99
555349
115
554045
29
554795
51
554948
99
555350
115
554046
29
554797
68
554949
99
555351
118
554047
29
554798
68
554950
99
555353
118
554065
82
554799
72
554951
99
555355
118
554066
82
554801
49
554952
99
555357
118
554067
82
554802
53
554953
99
555359
118
554068
82
554803
74
554954
99
555361
118
554188
79
554804
66
554956
93
555399
58
554189
79
554805
70
554957
93
555402
129
554191
79
554806
49
554958
93
555403
129
554192
79
554807
53
554959
93
555404
129
554285
33
554808
74
554960
94
555405
129
554286
33
554816
60
554961
94
555406
129
554287
33
554817
82
554969
118
555407
129
554288
33
554818
60
554971
118
555437
16
554289
33
554819
82
554973
118
555438
16
554290
33
554820
60
554981
118
555439
16
554300
72
554821
82
554983
118
555479
59
554386
103
554822
60
554985
118
555482
16
554387
103
554823
82
555008
95, 96
555786
60
554388
103
554843
133
555009
95, 96
555875
96
554389
103
554845
133
555010
101
556214
60
554390
104
554901
66
555012
99
556215
60
554391
104
554907
134
555013
104
556216
60
554392
104
554908
134
555014
104
556217
60
554393
104
554910
134
555016
93
556218
60
554394
104
554911
134
555017
93
556219
60
554395
104
554912
135
555019
93
556220
60
554396
104
554913
135
555020
93
556221
82
554397
104
554914
135
555314
15
556222
82
554409
68
554915
135
555315
15
556223
82
554410
76
554916
135
555316
15
556224
82
554419
104
554917
135
555317
15
556227
66
554529
136
554918
135
555318
15
556228
66
554530
136
554919
135
555319
15
556229
70
554532
136
554921
135
555320
15
556230
70
554533
136
554922
135
555321
15
556231
70
554534
136
554923
135
555333
115
556232
74
554535
136
554924
135
555334
115
556233
74
554601
223
554925
135
555335
115
556234
74
554780
72
554926
135
555336
115
556235
49
554781
76
554927
135
555337
115
556236
49
554782
51
554928
135
555338
115
556237
49
554783
55
554929
137
555339
115
556238
53
554784
68
554932
197
555340
115
556239
53
554785
72
554933
197
555341
115
556240
53
554786
76
554934
197
555342
115
556251
79
554787
51
554935
197
555343
115
556252
79
554788
55
554936
197
555344
115
556255
80
Reference Numbers
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
556256
80
556745
96
556934
12
557445
21
556257
80
556746
96
556935
12
557447
21
556258
81
556747
96
556961
80
557448
21
556259
81
556748
96
556962
79
557449
21
556260
81
556749
96
556963
80
557452
21
556261
81
556750
96
557081
63
557453
21
556262
81
556751
96
557082
63
557455
21
556263
81
556752
96
557136
69
557456
21
556264
58
556753
96
557137
69
557460
27
556266
58
556755
96
557138
69
557461
27
556267
58
556756
96
557139
69
557462
27
556269
58
556794
218
557140
69
557463
27
556270
58
556795
218
557152
121
557464
27
556271
59
556796
218
557153
121
557465
27
556273
59
556797
218
557154
121
557466
27
556274
59
556798
223
557157
133
557467
27
556277
59
556799
223
557158
133
557468
27
556278
59
556835
103
557182
44
557469
27
556292
67
556836
103
557183
44
557470
27
556293
67
556837
103
557184
46
557471
27
556294
71
556838
103
557186
63
557472
27
556295
71
556839
103
557187
44
557473
27
556296
75
556840
103
557228
11
557474
27
556297
50
556841
103
557229
11
557475
27
556298
54
556863
42, 43
557233
44
557642
63
556490
80
556864
44
557234
44
557691
100
556491
80
556865
44
557239
63
557692
100
556492
80
556866
44
557240
63
557723
15
556493
67
556867
44
557241
63
557724
15
556526
79
556869
63
557252
97
557725
15
556538
20, 27
556870
63
557253
97
557726
15
556539
20, 27
556871
63
557359
120
557727
15
556540
20, 27
556872
63
557360
120
557728
15
556541
20, 27
556873
63
557361
120
557729
15
556567
79
556874
63
557394
27
557730
15
556571
67
556875
42, 43
557395
27
557731
15
556576
103
556876
42, 43
557396
27
557732
15
556640
101
556877
44
557397
27
557733
15
556695
72
556878
44
557398
27
557734
15
556696
76
556879
44
557399
27
557735
15
556697
51
556880
44
557400
27
557736
15
556698
55
556881
44
557401
27
557737
15
556699
68
556882
44
557402
27
557738
15
556700
68
556883
44
557403
27
557767
21
556701
72
556884
63
557404
27
557768
21
556702
72
556885
63
557405
27
557769
21
556703
76
556886
63
557406
27
557770
21
556704
51
556912
11
557407
27
557782
121
556705
55
556926
11
557408
27
557783
121
556706
70
556927
11
557409
27
557784
121
556741
96
556928
11
557440
21
557785
121
556742
96
556929
11
557441
21
557786
121
556743
96
556930
11
557442
21
557787
121
556744
96
556933
12
557443
21
557788
121
277
Reference Numbers
278
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
557789
121
557898
120
558171
73
558499
32
557790
121
557979
10
558172
73
558500
32
557791
121
557980
10
558173
77
558501
32
557792
121
557981
10
558174
77
558502
32
557793
121
557982
10
558175
77
558503
32
557799
45
557983
10
558176
52
558504
32
557800
46
557984
10
558177
52
558505
32
557801
45
557985
10
558178
52
558506
32
557802
46
557986
10
558179
56
558507
32
557806
43
557987
10
558180
56
558508
32
557807
45
557992
18
558181
56
558509
32
557808
45
557993
18
558182
21
558510
32
557809
45
557994
18
558183
21
558511
32
557810
46
557995
18
558184
21
558512
32
557811
45
557996
18
558185
21
558513
32
557812
45
557997
18
558186
21
558514
32
557813
45
557998
18
558187
21
558515
32
557814
45
557999
18
558188
21
558516
32
557815
45
558000
19
558189
21
558517
32
557816
45
558001
19
558190
117
558518
32
557820
35
558002
19
558191
117
558519
32
557821
35
558003
19
558192
117
558520
32
557822
35
558025
101
558193
117
558521
32
557823
35
558085
120
558194
117
558522
32
557824
35
558086
120
558195
117
558523
32
557825
35
558088
120
558229
100
558524
32
557826
35
558089
120
558231
38
558525
32
557827
35
558090
120
558232
38
558526
32
557828
35
558091
120
558233
40
558527
32
557829
35
558092
120
558234
38
558528
32
557834
100
558093
120
558235
38
558529
32
557835
100
558094
120
558236
40
558530
32
557836
100
558095
120
558237
38
558531
32
557837
100
558096
120
558238
38
558532
32
557838
100
558100
10
558239
39
558533
32
557839
100
558101
10
558240
40
558534
32
557840
100
558102
10
558406
120
558535
32
557841
100
558103
10
558407
120
558628
33
557843
100
558104
10
558408
120
558629
33
557844
100
558105
10
558409
120
558630
33
557845
100
558106
10
558410
120
558631
33
557846
100
558137
116
558411
120
558632
33
557856
35
558140
116
558412
120
558633
33
557857
35
558141
117
558413
120
558634
33
557858
35
558142
117
558414
120
558635
33
557859
35
558143
117
558415
120
558636
33
557860
35
558144
117
558491
32
558637
33
557861
35
558145
117
558492
32
558638
33
557862
35
558146
117
558493
32
558639
33
557863
35
558166
69
558494
32
558640
33
557864
35
558167
73
558495
32
558641
33
557865
35
558168
73
558496
32
558642
33
557886
115
558169
73
558497
32
558644
33
557888
115
558170
73
558498
32
558645
33
Reference Numbers
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
558646
33
558708
23
558989
115
559237
117
558647
33
558709
23
558990
115
559238
117
558648
33
558710
23
558991
115
559239
117
558649
33
558711
23
558992
115
559261
15
558650
33
558712
23
558993
115
559262
15
558651
33
558713
23
559001
115
559263
15
558652
33
558714
23
559002
115
559264
15
558653
33
558728
117
559030
95
559287
117
558654
33
558729
117
559069
15
559288
117
558655
33
558730
117
559070
15
559289
117
558656
33
558731
117
559071
15
559294
116
558657
33
558825
18
559072
15
559295
116
558658
33
558826
18
559098
118
559296
116
558667
23
558827
19
559099
118
559297
116
558668
23
558905
36
559100
118
559298
116
558669
23
558922
38
559101
118
559299
116
558670
23
558923
38
559102
118
559300
116
558671
23
558924
38
559103
118
559301
116
558672
23
558925
38
559104
118
559302
116
558673
23
558926
38
559105
118
559303
116
558674
23
558927
38
559106
118
559304
116
558675
23
558928
39
559164
41
559305
116
558676
23
558929
39
559165
41
559306
117
558677
23
558930
39
559190
117
559307
117
558678
23
558931
39
559191
117
559308
117
558679
23
558932
38
559192
117
559309
117
558680
23
558933
38
559193
117
559310
117
558681
23
558934
38
559194
117
559311
117
558682
23
558935
38
559199
18
559312
117
558683
23
558936
38
559200
18
559313
117
558684
23
558937
38
559201
18
559326
117
558685
23
558938
39
559202
18
559327
117
558686
23
558940
39
559203
18
559328
117
558687
23
558941
39
559208
116
559329
117
558688
23
558942
39
559209
116
559330
117
558689
23
558943
38
559210
116
559331
117
558690
23
558944
38
559211
116
559332
117
558691
23
558945
38
559213
116
559333
117
558692
23
558946
38
559214
116
559334
117
558693
23
558947
38
559215
116
559379
124
558694
23
558948
38
559216
116
559380
124
558695
23
558949
39
559217
116
559381
124
558696
23
558950
39
559218
116
559382
124
558697
23
558951
39
559220
19
559383
124
558698
23
558952
40
559221
19
559384
124
558699
23
558953
40
559222
19
559385
124
558700
23
558954
40
559223
19
559386
124
558701
23
558955
40
559224
19
559387
124
558702
23
558975
114
559225
19
559388
124
558703
23
558976
114
559226
19
559389
124
558704
23
558977
114
559227
19
559390
124
558705
23
558978
114
559229
19
559391
124
558706
23
558979
114
559232
19
559392
124
558707
23
558980
114
559234
19
559393
124
279
Reference Numbers
280
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
Ref. No.
Page
559394
124
559534
96
559694
104
559395
124
559535
96
559695
104
559396
124
559536
96
559696
104
559397
123
559537
99
559941
116
559398
123
559538
99
559943
117
559399
123
559539
99
559944
117
559400
123
559540
99
559965
104
559401
123
559541
99
599966
104
559402
123
559542
99
559967
104
559403
123
559543
99
559968
102
559404
123
559544
99
559969
102
559405
123
559545
99
559970
102
559406
124
559546
99
559972
16
559407
124
559547
99
566047
12
559408
124
559548
99
566051
18
559412
124
559550
100
566052
18
559413
124
559551
100
566053
18
559414
124
559552
100
566054
18
559418
123
559553
100
566055
18
559419
123
559554
100
566056
18
559420
123
559555
100
566057
18
559430
126
559559
101
566058
18
559431
126
559560
101
566059
18
559432
126
559563
101
566060
18
559433
126
559564
101
566061
18
559434
126
559565
102
566062
18
559435
126
559566
102
566063
18
559436
126
559567
102
566064
18
559437
126
559568
102
566065
18
559438
126
559569
102
566066
18
559439
126
559570
102
566067
18
559440
126
559571
103
559441
126
559572
103
559442
125
559573
103
559443
125
559574
103
559444
125
559575
103
559445
125
559576
103
559446
125
559577
103
559447
125
559578
103
559494
115
559579
103
559495
115
559580
103
559496
115
559581
103
559522
95
559582
103
559523
95
559583
104
559524
95
559584
104
559525
95
559585
104
559526
95
559586
104
559527
95
559621
133
559528
95
559622
133
559529
96
559623
133
559530
96
559624
133
559531
96
559690
104
559532
96
559691
104
559533
96
559693
104
Notes
281
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Address
Phone / Fax / Email
Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
P.O. Box 28 69
Phone: +49/(0)2351/10 10
Germany, Benelux, CIS, Georgia, Great Britain, Ireland,
D-58478 Lüdenscheid, Germany
Austria, Switzerland, Scandinavia, Turkey
Fax: +49/(0)2351/10 12 17 info.vsv@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com
Australia
Branch Office Sydney
Phone: +61/(0)2/88 43 07 00
Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
3A Lenton Place
Fax: +61/(0)2/88 43 07 77
North Rocks, N.S.W. 2151, Australia
sales-aus@vsaus.vossloh-schwabe.com
China
Wiselogic International Center
Phone: +86/21/62 18 55 99
Vossloh-Schwabe Electrical Appliances
Room 2603, #66 North Shannxi Road
Fax: +86/21/62 67 07 81
Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Shanghai, P.C. 200041/China
linda.li@vshk.vossloh-schwabe.com
Czech Republic, Slovakia
Sales Office East Europe
Phone: +420/235 30 03 58
Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
Na Radosti 184
Fax: +420/235 31 22 61
France Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
155 21 Prague 5 - Zlicín, Czech Republic
magdalena.ragauerova@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com
Branch Office France
Phone: +33/(0)389/20 12 12
10 Rue Denis Papin CS50101
Fax: +33/(0)389/24 18 65
68025 Colmar, France
vsf.ventes@vsf.vossloh-schwabe.com
Hong Kong
Flat A & B, 26/F., West Gate Tower
Phone: +852/28779688
Vossloh-Schwabe Hong Kong Ltd.
7 Wing Hong Street, Cheung Sha Wan
Fax: +852/28779933
Kowloon, Hong Kong
linda.li@vshk.vossloh-schwabe.com
Italy
Via Strada S. Martino 15
Phone: +39/0547/9 81 11
Vossloh-Schwabe Italia S.p.A.
47027 Sarsina/Forlí-Cesena, Italy
Fax: +39/0547/9 82 60 vs-i@vsi.vossloh-schwabe.com
Korea
#605 Cosmo Tower Building
Phone: +82/2/34 84 66 11/16
Vossloh-Schwabe Korea
416 Youngdongdae-ro, Gangnam-gu
Fax: +82/2/34 84 66 17
New Zealand Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
Seoul 135-549, Korea
j.y.maeng@vs.vossloh-schwabe.com
Branch Office Auckland
Phone: +64/(0)9/265 11 10
P.O. Box 58809
Fax: +64/(0)9/265 11 20
2163 Botany, Manukau / New Zealand
sales-nz@vsnz.vossloh-schwabe.com
Poland, Baltic States
Sales Office Poland
Phone: +48/(0)12/3 57 23 23
Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
ul. Zaporoska 6/5
Fax: +48/(0)12/2 62 03 26
PL 30-389 Kraków, Poland
lukasz.niemczycki@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com
Serbia, Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia,
Sales Office Belgrad/Serbia
Phone: +381/63/286 330
Greece, Kosovo, Macedonia, Montenegro, Slovenia, Cyprus
Danila Lekica 1
Fax: +381/63/286 330
Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
11000 Belgrade, Serbia
goran.stankovic@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com
Singapore
Vertex, 33 Ubi Avenue 3
Phone: +65/62 75 75 33
Lobby A #06-72
Fax: +65/62 75 76 33
Vossloh-Schwabe Pte. Ltd. South Africa Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH
Singapore 408868
vssing@singnet.com.sg
Branch Office Johannesburg
Phone: +27/11/31 44 340
154, Lechwe Avenue, Corporate Park
Fax: +27/11/31 45 287
Midrand 1685, South Africa
barry.hall@vsaf.vossloh-schwabe.com
Spain, South America, Portugal
Venezuela 105, 5º - A
Phone: +34/93/481 70 70
Vossloh-Schwabe Ibérica, S.L.
08019 Barcelona, Spain
Fax: +34/93/481 70 71
Taiwan
Taiwan Branch
Phone: +886/(0)2/25 68 36 22
9. FL-2, No. 80
Fax: +886/(0)2/25 68 36 20
vs-e@vse.vossloh-schwabe.com Vossloh-Schwabe Pte. Ltd.
Sung Chiang Road, Taipei, Taiwan
betty.ho@vstw.vossloh-schwabe.com
Thailand
3rd Floor (Unit 1) BUI Building 1
Phone: +66/(0)2/63 473 11
Vossloh-Schwabe Trading Ltd.
175–177 Soi Anumarnratchathon 1
Fax: +66/(0)2/63 473 13
Surawong Road, Kwaeng Suriyawongse
sales.vstt@vstt.vossloh-schwabe.com
Khet Bangrak, Bangkok 10500, Thailand Tunisia
Rue de l'énergie, BP. 299
Phone: +216/71/384 900
Vossloh-Schwabe Tunisie S.A.
Zone Industrielle de Ben Arous 2013
Fax: +216/71/384 990
Tunis, Tunisia
hatem.benyahmed@vstu.com.tn
USA, Canada, Mexico
26 Century Blvd.
Phone: +1/615/316-5100
Universal™ Lighting Technologies
Nashville, TN 37214-3683, USA
Fax: +1/615/316-5205 oem_sales@unvlt.com
282
Distributors
Distributors
Address
Belarus
5-907A, Nekrasova str.
Phone / Fax / Email Phone: +375 (17) 239 09 99
OOO 'Avilyuks'
BY 220040 Minsk, Belarus
alecsey@lux.by
Belgium
Golden Hope Straat 35b
Phone: +32/2/344 34 34
Huppertz NV-SA
1620 Drogenbos, Belgium
Fax: +32/2/344 34 30
Bulgaria
Vasil Levski Street, No 20
Phone: +359/(0)618/64 909
HIT Ltd.
5139 Parvomaitsi, Bulgaria
info@huppertz.be Fax: +359/(0)618/64 929 m.zelenkov@hitlighting.com Denmark
Syv Holmevej 3
Ingemann Components A/S
4130 Viby Sj., Denmark
Phone: +45/4618/66 44 Fax: +45/4618/67 12 sales@scanlouvers.dk
Egypt
55, Al Gomhoria St.
Egyptian German Electrical Supplies Comp.
Azbakia, Cairo, Egypt
Fax: +202/2/59 141 88
Germany
An der Wachsfabrik 3a
Phone: +49/(0)2236/966 310
Arnold Houben GmbH
50996 Cologne, Germany
Fax: +49/(0)2236/966 319
Distributor für den Elektro-Großhandel
Phone: +202/2/58 800 22
info@houben.eu
Finland
Timmermalmintie 21 A
Phone: +358 (0)98553210
Artisan Rinaldo AB Ltd.
01680 Vantaa, Finland
Fax: +358 (0)98533183
Iran
141 Amol Road
Phone: +98/111/328 39 11
Sepehr Afrooz Saba Trading, Inc.
Babol, Iran
rinaldo@artisan-rinaldo.fi Fax: +98/111/328 39 24 info@sasti.net Jordan
Salah Ad-deen Str. 164, 182
Phone: +962/6/46 46 666
Hassan Minwer Est.
P.O. Box 182651
Fax: +962/6/46 43 746
Jabal Al-Hussein
11118 Amman, Jordan
minwerlight@index.com.jo
Netherlands
Amperestraat 24-28
Phone: +31/(0)38 46 98 200
Hemmink BV
8013 PV Zwolle
Fax: +31/(0)38 46 98 299
Netherlands
info@hemmink.nl
Norway
Sagmyra 2 A
Phone: +47/38/003636
Lyskomponenter AS
4624 KristiansandBal, Norway
Fax: +47/23/501283
Portugal
Empreendimento Urbiportral, Armazém 3
Phone: +351/21/91 511 75
firmapost@lyskomponenter.no Vabeldi-Comercio de Iluminação, Lda.
Zona Industrial da Abrunheira
Fax: +351/21/91 520 63
2710-089 Sintra, Portugal
vabeldi@vabeldi.pt
Romania
Budila str., 12, ap. 4B4, Sector 2
Mobile: +40/744278096
Patrascoiu Consulting SRL
024095 Bucharest, Romania
Phone/Fax: +40/21/6107437
Russia
87, Dmitrovskoje schosse
Phone: +7 (0)495/7750100
JSC 'LAINER'
127238 Moscow, Russia
sekretar.info@zaolainer.ru
OOO Svetotekhnika
195 Moskovskij prospekt
Phone: +7-4012777999
silviu.patrascoiu@patrascoiu-consulting.ro
Kaliningrad Region
236001 Kaliningrad, Russia
office@st39.ru
OOO 'Market Union'
10/6, Dokukina str.
Phone: +7-495-921-1222
LED Products
129226 Moscow, Russia
info@lamps.ru
Saudi Arabia
P.O. Box 42005
Phone: +966/1/29 17 855
Ultra Light
11541 Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
Fax: +966/1/29 13 597
Sweden
Almedalsvägen 147
Phone: +46/(0)31/70 600 70
Candelux AB
SE 439 62 Frillesås, Sweden
ultralight@ultra-light.net Fax: +46/(0)31/70 600 72 info@candelux.se Switzerland, Liechtenstein
Weidstrasse 16
Max Hauri AG
9220 Bischofszell, Switzerland
Phone: +41/71/42 42 525 Fax: +41/71/42 42 590 verkauf@maxhauri.ch
Ukraine
BZ 'Afina'
Phone: +380482375122
PP Elektrosila COM
3/4, Grecheskaya Pl., off. 534
el-power-kiev@voliacable.com
UA 65026 Odessa, Ukraine United Arab Emirates
P.O. Box 17590
Phone: +971/4/88 12 599
VS-Gulf FZCO
Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, U.A.E.
Fax: +971/4/88 12 170 sales@vsgulf.com
283
Whenever an electric light goes on around the world, Vossloh-Schwabe is likely to have made a key contribution to ensuring that everything works at the flick of a switch. Headquartered in Germany, VosslohSchwabe has been a member of the global Panasonic group since 2002 and counts as a technology leader within the lighting sector. Top-quality, highperformance products form the basis of the company's success. Vossloh-Schwabe's extensive product portfolio covers all lighting components: LED systems with matching control gear units and state-of-the-art control systems (LiCS) as well as electronic and magnetic ballasts and lampholders.
Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH Hohe Steinert 8 · 58509 Lüdenscheid · Germany Telefon +49/23 51/10 10 · Fax +49/23 51/10 12 17 www.vossloh-schwabe.com
All rights reserved © Vossloh-Schwabe Photos: istockphoto.com; shutterstock.com Specifications are subject to change without notice Innovative Systems EN 06/2015